cvs.texinfo revision 1.9
1\input texinfo  @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@comment Documentation for CVS.
3@setfilename cvs.info
4@macro copyleftnotice
5@noindent
6Copyright @copyright{} 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
7                       2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
8                       Free Software Foundation, Inc.
9
10@multitable @columnfractions .12 .88
11@item Portions
12@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
13				  2006 Derek R. Price,
14@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
15                                  Ximbiot @url{http://ximbiot.com},
16@item @tab Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1999 Signum Support AB,
17@item @tab and Copyright @copyright{} others.
18@end multitable
19
20@ignore
21Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
22results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
23notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
24(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
25
26@end ignore
27Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
28this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
29are preserved on all copies.
30
31Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
32manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
33entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
34permission notice identical to this one.
35
36Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
37into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
38except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
39approved by the Free Software Foundation.
40@end macro
41
42@comment This file is part of the CVS distribution.
43
44@comment CVS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
45@comment it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
46@comment the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
47@comment any later version.
48
49@comment CVS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
50@comment but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
51@comment MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
52@comment GNU General Public License for more details.
53
54@c See ../README for A4 vs. US letter size.
55@c When we provided A4 postscript, and people tried to
56@c print it on US letter, the usual complaint was that the
57@c page numbers would get cut off.
58@c If one prints US letter on A4, reportedly there is
59@c some extra space at the top and/or bottom, and the side
60@c margins are a bit narrow, but no text is lost.
61@c
62@c See
63@c http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-paper.html
64@c for more on paper sizes.  Insuring that margins are
65@c big enough to print on either A4 or US letter does
66@c indeed seem to be the usual approach (RFC2346).
67
68@c This document seems to get overfull hboxes with some
69@c frequency (probably because the tendency is to
70@c sanity-check it with "make info" and run TeX less
71@c often).  The big ugly boxes just seem to add insult
72@c to injury, and I'm not aware of them helping to fix
73@c the overfull hboxes at all.
74@finalout
75
76@include version.texi
77@settitle CVS---Concurrent Versions System v@value{VERSION}
78@setchapternewpage odd
79
80@c -- TODO list:
81@c -- Fix all lines that match "^@c -- "
82@c -- Also places marked with FIXME should be manual
83@c problems (as opposed to FIXCVS for CVS problems).
84
85@c @splitrcskeyword{} is used to avoid keyword expansion.  It is replaced by
86@c @asis when generating info and dvi, and by <i></i> in the generated html,
87@c such that keywords are not expanded in the generated html. 
88@ifnothtml
89@macro splitrcskeyword {arg}
90@asis{}\arg\
91@end macro
92@end ifnothtml
93
94@ifhtml
95@macro splitrcskeyword {arg}
96@i{}\arg\
97@end macro
98@end ifhtml
99
100@dircategory GNU Packages
101@direntry
102* CVS: (cvs).                   Concurrent Versions System
103@end direntry
104@dircategory Individual utilities
105@direntry
106* cvs: (cvs)CVS commands.       Concurrent Versions System
107@end direntry
108
109@comment The titlepage section does not appear in the Info file.
110@titlepage
111@sp 4
112@comment The title is printed in a large font.
113@center @titlefont{Version Management}
114@sp 1
115@center @titlefont{with}
116@sp 1
117@center @titlefont{CVS}
118@sp 2
119@center for @sc{cvs} @value{VERSION}
120@comment -release-
121@sp 3
122@center Per Cederqvist et al
123
124@comment  The following two commands start the copyright page
125@comment  for the printed manual.  This will not appear in the Info file.
126@page
127@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
128@copyleftnotice
129@end titlepage
130
131@summarycontents
132
133@contents
134
135@comment ================================================================
136@comment                   The real text starts here
137@comment ================================================================
138
139@ifnottex
140@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
141@node    Top
142@top
143
144This info manual describes how to use and administer
145@sc{cvs} version @value{VERSION}.
146@end ifnottex
147
148@ifinfo
149@copyleftnotice
150@end ifinfo
151
152@c This menu is pretty long.  Not sure how easily that
153@c can be fixed (no brilliant ideas right away)...
154@menu
155* Overview::                    An introduction to CVS
156* Repository::                  Where all your sources are stored
157* Starting a new project::      Starting a project with CVS
158* Revisions::                   Numeric and symbolic names for revisions
159* Branching and merging::       Diverging/rejoining branches of development
160* Recursive behavior::          CVS descends directories
161* Adding and removing::         Adding/removing/renaming files/directories
162* History browsing::            Viewing the history of files in various ways
163
164CVS and the Real World.
165-----------------------
166* Binary files::                CVS can handle binary files
167* Multiple developers::         How CVS helps a group of developers
168* Revision management::         Policy questions for revision management
169* Keyword substitution::        CVS can include the revision inside the file
170* Tracking sources::            Tracking third-party sources
171* Builds::                      Issues related to CVS and builds
172* Special Files::		Devices, links and other non-regular files
173
174References.
175-----------
176* CVS commands::                CVS commands share some things
177* Invoking CVS::                Quick reference to CVS commands
178* Administrative files::        Reference manual for the Administrative files
179* Environment variables::       All environment variables which affect CVS
180* Compatibility::               Upgrading CVS versions
181* Troubleshooting::             Some tips when nothing works
182* Credits::                     Some of the contributors to this manual
183* BUGS::                        Dealing with bugs in CVS or this manual
184* Index::                       Index
185@end menu
186
187@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
188@node Overview
189@chapter Overview
190@cindex Overview
191
192This chapter is for people who have never used
193@sc{cvs}, and perhaps have never used version control
194software before.
195
196If you are already familiar with @sc{cvs} and are just
197trying to learn a particular feature or remember a
198certain command, you can probably skip everything here.
199
200@menu
201* What is CVS?::                What you can do with @sc{cvs}
202* What is CVS not?::            Problems @sc{cvs} doesn't try to solve
203* A sample session::            A tour of basic @sc{cvs} usage
204@end menu
205
206@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
207@node What is CVS?
208@section What is CVS?
209@cindex What is CVS?
210@cindex Introduction to CVS
211@cindex CVS, introduction to
212
213@sc{cvs} is a version control system.  Using it, you can
214record the history of your source files.
215
216@c -- ///
217@c -- ///Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.
218@c -- ///               -- George Santayana
219@c -- //////
220
221@c -- Insert history  quote here!
222For example, bugs sometimes creep in when
223software is modified, and you might not detect the bug
224until a long time after you make the modification.
225With @sc{cvs}, you can easily retrieve old versions to see
226exactly which change caused the bug.  This can
227sometimes be a big help.
228
229You could of course save every version of every file
230you have ever created.  This would
231however waste an enormous amount of disk space.  @sc{cvs}
232stores all the versions of a file in a single file in a
233clever way that only stores the differences between
234versions.
235
236@sc{cvs} also helps you if you are part of a group of people working
237on the same project.  It is all too easy to overwrite
238each others' changes unless you are extremely careful.
239Some editors, like @sc{gnu} Emacs, try to make sure that
240two people never modify the same file at the
241same time.  Unfortunately, if someone is using another
242editor, that safeguard will not work.  @sc{cvs} solves this problem
243by insulating the different developers from each other.  Every
244developer works in his own directory, and @sc{cvs} merges
245the work when each developer is done.
246
247@cindex History of CVS
248@cindex CVS, history of
249@cindex Credits (CVS program)
250@cindex Contributors (CVS program)
251@sc{cvs} started out as a bunch of shell scripts written by
252Dick Grune, posted to the newsgroup
253@code{comp.sources.unix} in the volume 6
254release of July, 1986.  While no actual code from
255these shell scripts is present in the current version
256of @sc{cvs} much of the @sc{cvs} conflict resolution algorithms
257come from them.
258
259In April, 1989, Brian Berliner designed and coded @sc{cvs}.
260Jeff Polk later helped Brian with the design of the @sc{cvs}
261module and vendor branch support.
262
263@cindex Source, getting CVS source
264You can get @sc{cvs} in a variety of ways, including
265free download from the Internet.  For more information
266on downloading @sc{cvs} and other @sc{cvs} topics, see:
267
268@example
269@url{http://cvs.nongnu.org/}
270@end example
271
272@cindex Mailing list
273@cindex List, mailing list
274@cindex Newsgroups
275There is a mailing list, known as @email{info-cvs@@nongnu.org},
276devoted to @sc{cvs}.  To subscribe or
277unsubscribe
278write to
279@email{info-cvs-request@@nongnu.org}.
280If you prefer a Usenet group, there is a one-way mirror (posts to the email
281list are usually sent to the news group, but not visa versa) of
282@email{info-cvs@@nongnu.org} at @url{news:gnu.cvs.help}.  The right
283Usenet group for posts is @url{news:comp.software.config-mgmt} which is for
284@sc{cvs} discussions (along with other configuration
285management systems).  In the future, it might be
286possible to create a
287@code{comp.software.config-mgmt.cvs}, but probably only
288if there is sufficient @sc{cvs} traffic on
289@url{news:comp.software.config-mgmt}.
290@c Other random data is that the tale was very
291@c skeptical of comp.software.config-mgmt.cvs when the
292@c subject came up around 1995 or so (for one
293@c thing, because creating it would be a "reorg" which
294@c would need to take a more comprehensive look at the
295@c whole comp.software.config-mgmt.* hierarchy).
296
297You can also subscribe to the @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} mailing list,
298described in more detail in @ref{BUGS}.  To subscribe
299send mail to @email{bug-cvs-request@@nongnu.org}.  There is a two-way
300Usenet mirror (posts to the Usenet group are usually sent to the email list and
301visa versa) of @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} named @url{news:gnu.cvs.bug}.
302
303@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
304@node What is CVS not?
305@section What is CVS not?
306@cindex What is CVS not?
307
308@sc{cvs} can do a lot of things for you, but it does
309not try to be everything for everyone.
310
311@table @asis
312@item @sc{cvs} is not a build system.
313
314Though the structure of your repository and modules
315file interact with your build system
316(e.g. @file{Makefile}s), they are essentially
317independent.
318
319@sc{cvs} does not dictate how you build anything.  It
320merely stores files for retrieval in a tree structure
321you devise.
322
323@sc{cvs} does not dictate how to use disk space in the
324checked out working directories.  If you write your
325@file{Makefile}s or scripts in every directory so they
326have to know the relative positions of everything else,
327you wind up requiring the entire repository to be
328checked out.
329
330If you modularize your work, and construct a build
331system that will share files (via links, mounts,
332@code{VPATH} in @file{Makefile}s, etc.), you can
333arrange your disk usage however you like.
334
335But you have to remember that @emph{any} such system is
336a lot of work to construct and maintain.  @sc{cvs} does
337not address the issues involved.
338
339Of course, you should place the tools created to
340support such a build system (scripts, @file{Makefile}s,
341etc) under @sc{cvs}.
342
343Figuring out what files need to be rebuilt when
344something changes is, again, something to be handled
345outside the scope of @sc{cvs}.  One traditional
346approach is to use @code{make} for building, and use
347some automated tool for generating the dependencies which
348@code{make} uses.
349
350See @ref{Builds}, for more information on doing builds
351in conjunction with @sc{cvs}.
352
353@item @sc{cvs} is not a substitute for management.
354
355Your managers and project leaders are expected to talk
356to you frequently enough to make certain you are aware
357of schedules, merge points, branch names and release
358dates.  If they don't, @sc{cvs} can't help.
359
360@sc{cvs} is an instrument for making sources dance to
361your tune.  But you are the piper and the composer.  No
362instrument plays itself or writes its own music.
363
364@item @sc{cvs} is not a substitute for developer communication.
365
366When faced with conflicts within a single file, most
367developers manage to resolve them without too much
368effort.  But a more general definition of ``conflict''
369includes problems too difficult to solve without
370communication between developers.
371
372@sc{cvs} cannot determine when simultaneous changes
373within a single file, or across a whole collection of
374files, will logically conflict with one another.  Its
375concept of a @dfn{conflict} is purely textual, arising
376when two changes to the same base file are near enough
377to spook the merge (i.e. @code{diff3}) command.
378
379@sc{cvs} does not claim to help at all in figuring out
380non-textual or distributed conflicts in program logic.
381
382For example: Say you change the arguments to function
383@code{X} defined in file @file{A}.  At the same time,
384someone edits file @file{B}, adding new calls to
385function @code{X} using the old arguments.  You are
386outside the realm of @sc{cvs}'s competence.
387
388Acquire the habit of reading specs and talking to your
389peers.
390
391
392@item @sc{cvs} does not have change control
393
394Change control refers to a number of things.  First of
395all it can mean @dfn{bug-tracking}, that is being able
396to keep a database of reported bugs and the status of
397each one (is it fixed?  in what release?  has the bug
398submitter agreed that it is fixed?).  For interfacing
399@sc{cvs} to an external bug-tracking system, see the
400@file{rcsinfo} and @file{verifymsg} files
401(@pxref{Administrative files}).
402
403Another aspect of change control is keeping track of
404the fact that changes to several files were in fact
405changed together as one logical change.  If you check
406in several files in a single @code{cvs commit}
407operation, @sc{cvs} then forgets that those files were
408checked in together, and the fact that they have the
409same log message is the only thing tying them
410together.  Keeping a @sc{gnu} style @file{ChangeLog}
411can help somewhat.
412@c FIXME: should have an xref to a section which talks
413@c more about keeping ChangeLog's with CVS, but that
414@c section hasn't been written yet.
415
416Another aspect of change control, in some systems, is
417the ability to keep track of the status of each
418change.  Some changes have been written by a developer,
419others have been reviewed by a second developer, and so
420on.  Generally, the way to do this with @sc{cvs} is to
421generate a diff (using @code{cvs diff} or @code{diff})
422and email it to someone who can then apply it using the
423@code{patch} utility.  This is very flexible, but
424depends on mechanisms outside @sc{cvs} to make sure
425nothing falls through the cracks.
426
427@item @sc{cvs} is not an automated testing program
428
429It should be possible to enforce mandatory use of a
430test suite using the @code{commitinfo} file.  I haven't
431heard a lot about projects trying to do that or whether
432there are subtle gotchas, however.
433
434@item @sc{cvs} does not have a built-in process model
435
436Some systems provide ways to ensure that changes or
437releases go through various steps, with various
438approvals as needed.  Generally, one can accomplish
439this with @sc{cvs} but it might be a little more work.
440In some cases you'll want to use the @file{commitinfo},
441@file{loginfo}, @file{rcsinfo}, or @file{verifymsg}
442files, to require that certain steps be performed
443before cvs will allow a checkin.  Also consider whether
444features such as branches and tags can be used to
445perform tasks such as doing work in a development tree
446and then merging certain changes over to a stable tree
447only once they have been proven.
448@end table
449
450@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
451@node A sample session
452@section A sample session
453@cindex Example of a work-session
454@cindex Getting started
455@cindex Work-session, example of
456@cindex tc, Trivial Compiler (example)
457@cindex Trivial Compiler (example)
458
459@c I think an example is a pretty good way to start.  But
460@c somewhere in here, maybe after the sample session,
461@c we need something which is kind of
462@c a "roadmap" which is more directed at sketching out
463@c the functionality of CVS and pointing people to
464@c various other parts of the manual.  As it stands now
465@c people who read in order get dumped right into all
466@c manner of hair regarding remote repositories,
467@c creating a repository, etc.
468@c
469@c The following was in the old Basic concepts node.  I don't
470@c know how good a job it does at introducing modules,
471@c or whether they need to be introduced so soon, but
472@c something of this sort might go into some
473@c introductory material somewhere.
474@ignore
475@cindex Modules (intro)
476The repository contains directories and files, in an
477arbitrary tree.  The @dfn{modules} feature can be used
478to group together a set of directories or files into a
479single entity (@pxref{modules}).  A typical usage is to
480define one module per project.
481@end ignore
482
483As a way of introducing @sc{cvs}, we'll go through a
484typical work-session using @sc{cvs}.  The first thing
485to understand is that @sc{cvs} stores all files in a
486centralized @dfn{repository} (@pxref{Repository}); this
487section assumes that a repository is set up.
488@c I'm not sure that the sentence concerning the
489@c repository quite tells the user what they need to
490@c know at this point.  Might need to expand on "centralized"
491@c slightly (maybe not here, maybe further down in the example?)
492
493Suppose you are working on a simple compiler.  The source
494consists of a handful of C files and a @file{Makefile}.
495The compiler is called @samp{tc} (Trivial Compiler),
496and the repository is set up so that there is a module
497called @samp{tc}.
498
499@menu
500* Getting the source::          Creating a workspace
501* Committing your changes::     Making your work available to others
502* Cleaning up::                 Cleaning up
503* Viewing differences::         Viewing differences
504@end menu
505
506@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
507@node Getting the source
508@subsection Getting the source
509@cindex Getting the source
510@cindex Checking out source
511@cindex Fetching source
512@cindex Source, getting from CVS
513@cindex Checkout, example
514
515The first thing you must do is to get your own working copy of the
516source for @samp{tc}.  For this, you use the @code{checkout} command:
517
518@example
519$ cvs checkout tc
520@end example
521
522@noindent
523This will create a new directory called @file{tc} and populate it with
524the source files.
525
526@example
527$ cd tc
528$ ls
529CVS         Makefile    backend.c   driver.c    frontend.c  parser.c
530@end example
531
532The @file{CVS} directory is used internally by
533@sc{cvs}.  Normally, you should not modify or remove
534any of the files in it.
535
536You start your favorite editor, hack away at @file{backend.c}, and a couple
537of hours later you have added an optimization pass to the compiler.
538A note to @sc{rcs} and @sc{sccs} users: There is no need to lock the files that
539you want to edit.  @xref{Multiple developers}, for an explanation.
540
541@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
542@node Committing your changes
543@subsection Committing your changes
544@cindex Committing changes to files
545@cindex Log message entry
546
547When you have checked that the compiler is still compilable you decide
548to make a new version of @file{backend.c}.  This will
549store your new @file{backend.c} in the repository and
550make it available to anyone else who is using that same
551repository.
552
553@example
554$ cvs commit backend.c
555@end example
556
557@noindent
558@sc{cvs} starts an editor, to allow you to enter a log
559message.  You type in ``Added an optimization pass.'',
560save the temporary file, and exit the editor.
561
562@cindex CVSEDITOR, environment variable
563@cindex EDITOR, environment variable
564The environment variable @code{$CVSEDITOR} determines
565which editor is started.  If @code{$CVSEDITOR} is not
566set, then if the environment variable @code{$EDITOR} is
567set, it will be used. If both @code{$CVSEDITOR} and
568@code{$EDITOR} are not set then there is a default
569which will vary with your operating system, for example
570@code{vi} for unix or @code{notepad} for Windows
571NT/95.
572
573@cindex VISUAL, environment variable
574In addition, @sc{cvs} checks the @code{$VISUAL} environment
575variable.  Opinions vary on whether this behavior is desirable and
576whether future releases of @sc{cvs} should check @code{$VISUAL} or
577ignore it.  You will be OK either way if you make sure that
578@code{$VISUAL} is either unset or set to the same thing as
579@code{$EDITOR}.
580
581@c This probably should go into some new node
582@c containing detailed info on the editor, rather than
583@c the intro.  In fact, perhaps some of the stuff with
584@c CVSEDITOR and -m and so on should too.
585When @sc{cvs} starts the editor, it includes a list of
586files which are modified.  For the @sc{cvs} client,
587this list is based on comparing the modification time
588of the file against the modification time that the file
589had when it was last gotten or updated.  Therefore, if
590a file's modification time has changed but its contents
591have not, it will show up as modified.  The simplest
592way to handle this is simply not to worry about it---if
593you proceed with the commit @sc{cvs} will detect that
594the contents are not modified and treat it as an
595unmodified file.  The next @code{update} will clue
596@sc{cvs} in to the fact that the file is unmodified,
597and it will reset its stored timestamp so that the file
598will not show up in future editor sessions.
599@c FIXCVS: Might be nice if "commit" and other commands
600@c would reset that timestamp too, but currently commit
601@c doesn't.
602@c FIXME: Need to talk more about the process of
603@c prompting for the log message.  Like show an example
604@c of what it pops up in the editor, for example.  Also
605@c a discussion of how to get the "a)bort, c)ontinue,
606@c e)dit" prompt and what to do with it.  Might also
607@c work in the suggestion that if you want a diff, you
608@c should make it before running commit (someone
609@c suggested that the diff pop up in the editor.  I'm
610@c not sure that is better than telling people to run
611@c "cvs diff" first if that is what they want, but if
612@c we want to tell people that, the manual possibly
613@c should say it).
614
615If you want to avoid
616starting an editor you can specify the log message on
617the command line using the @samp{-m} flag instead, like
618this:
619
620@example
621$ cvs commit -m "Added an optimization pass" backend.c
622@end example
623
624@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
625@node Cleaning up
626@subsection Cleaning up
627@cindex Cleaning up
628@cindex Working copy, removing
629@cindex Removing your working copy
630@cindex Releasing your working copy
631
632Before you turn to other tasks you decide to remove your working copy of
633tc.  One acceptable way to do that is of course
634
635@example
636$ cd ..
637$ rm -r tc
638@end example
639
640@noindent
641but a better way is to use the @code{release} command (@pxref{release}):
642
643@example
644$ cd ..
645$ cvs release -d tc
646M driver.c
647? tc
648You have [1] altered files in this repository.
649Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': n
650** `release' aborted by user choice.
651@end example
652
653The @code{release} command checks that all your modifications have been
654committed.  If history logging is enabled it also makes a note in the
655history file.  @xref{history file}.
656
657When you use the @samp{-d} flag with @code{release}, it
658also removes your working copy.
659
660In the example above, the @code{release} command wrote a couple of lines
661of output.  @samp{? tc} means that the file @file{tc} is unknown to @sc{cvs}.
662That is nothing to worry about: @file{tc} is the executable compiler,
663and it should not be stored in the repository.  @xref{cvsignore},
664for information about how to make that warning go away.
665@xref{release output}, for a complete explanation of
666all possible output from @code{release}.
667
668@samp{M driver.c} is more serious.  It means that the
669file @file{driver.c} has been modified since it was
670checked out.
671
672The @code{release} command always finishes by telling
673you how many modified files you have in your working
674copy of the sources, and then asks you for confirmation
675before deleting any files or making any note in the
676history file.
677
678You decide to play it safe and answer @kbd{n @key{RET}}
679when @code{release} asks for confirmation.
680
681@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
682@node Viewing differences
683@subsection Viewing differences
684@cindex Viewing differences
685@cindex Diff
686
687You do not remember modifying @file{driver.c}, so you want to see what
688has happened to that file.
689
690@example
691$ cd tc
692$ cvs diff driver.c
693@end example
694
695This command runs @code{diff} to compare the version of @file{driver.c}
696that you checked out with your working copy.  When you see the output
697you remember that you added a command line option that enabled the
698optimization pass.  You check it in, and release the module.
699@c FIXME: we haven't yet defined the term "check in".
700
701@example
702$ cvs commit -m "Added an optimization pass" driver.c
703Checking in driver.c;
704/usr/local/cvsroot/tc/driver.c,v  <--  driver.c
705new revision: 1.2; previous revision: 1.1
706done
707$ cd ..
708$ cvs release -d tc
709? tc
710You have [0] altered files in this repository.
711Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': y
712@end example
713
714@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
715@node Repository
716@chapter The Repository
717@cindex Repository (intro)
718@cindex Repository, example
719@cindex Layout of repository
720@cindex Typical repository
721@cindex /usr/local/cvsroot, as example repository
722@cindex cvsroot
723
724The @sc{cvs} @dfn{repository} stores a complete copy of
725all the files and directories which are under version
726control.
727
728Normally, you never access any of the files in the
729repository directly.  Instead, you use @sc{cvs}
730commands to get your own copy of the files into a
731@dfn{working directory}, and then
732work on that copy.  When you've finished a set of
733changes, you check (or @dfn{commit}) them back into the
734repository.  The repository then contains the changes
735which you have made, as well as recording exactly what
736you changed, when you changed it, and other such
737information.  Note that the repository is not a
738subdirectory of the working directory, or vice versa;
739they should be in separate locations.
740@c Need some example, e.g. repository
741@c /usr/local/cvsroot; working directory
742@c /home/joe/sources.  But this node is too long
743@c as it is; need a little reorganization...
744
745@cindex :local:, setting up
746@sc{cvs} can access a repository by a variety of
747means.  It might be on the local computer, or it might
748be on a computer across the room or across the world.
749To distinguish various ways to access a repository, the
750repository name can start with an @dfn{access method}.
751For example, the access method @code{:local:} means to
752access a repository directory, so the repository
753@code{:local:/usr/local/cvsroot} means that the
754repository is in @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} on the
755computer running @sc{cvs}.  For information on other
756access methods, see @ref{Remote repositories}.
757
758@c Can se say this more concisely?  Like by passing
759@c more of the buck to the Remote repositories node?
760If the access method is omitted, then if the repository
761starts with @samp{/}, then @code{:local:} is
762assumed.  If it does not start with @samp{/} then either
763@code{:ext:} or @code{:server:} is assumed.  For
764example, if you have a local repository in
765@file{/usr/local/cvsroot}, you can use
766@code{/usr/local/cvsroot} instead of
767@code{:local:/usr/local/cvsroot}.  But if (under
768Windows NT, for example) your local repository is
769@file{c:\src\cvsroot}, then you must specify the access
770method, as in @code{:local:c:/src/cvsroot}.
771
772@c This might appear to go in Repository storage, but
773@c actually it is describing something which is quite
774@c user-visible, when you do a "cvs co CVSROOT".  This
775@c isn't necessary the perfect place for that, though.
776The repository is split in two parts.  @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} contains
777administrative files for @sc{cvs}.  The other directories contain the actual
778user-defined modules.
779
780@menu
781* Specifying a repository::     Telling CVS where your repository is
782* Repository storage::          The structure of the repository
783* Working directory storage::   The structure of working directories
784* Intro administrative files::  Defining modules
785* Multiple repositories::       Multiple repositories
786* Creating a repository::       Creating a repository
787* Backing up::                  Backing up a repository
788* Moving a repository::         Moving a repository
789* Remote repositories::         Accessing repositories on remote machines
790* Read-only access::            Granting read-only access to the repository
791* Server temporary directory::  The server creates temporary directories
792@end menu
793
794@node Specifying a repository
795@section Telling CVS where your repository is
796
797There are several ways to tell @sc{cvs}
798where to find the repository.  You can name the
799repository on the command line explicitly, with the
800@code{-d} (for "directory") option:
801
802@example
803cvs -d /usr/local/cvsroot checkout yoyodyne/tc
804@end example
805
806@cindex .profile, setting CVSROOT in
807@cindex .cshrc, setting CVSROOT in
808@cindex .tcshrc, setting CVSROOT in
809@cindex .bashrc, setting CVSROOT in
810@cindex CVSROOT, environment variable
811        Or you can set the @code{$CVSROOT} environment
812variable to an absolute path to the root of the
813repository, @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} in this example.
814To set @code{$CVSROOT}, @code{csh} and @code{tcsh}
815users should have this line in their @file{.cshrc} or
816@file{.tcshrc} files:
817
818@example
819setenv CVSROOT /usr/local/cvsroot
820@end example
821
822@noindent
823@code{sh} and @code{bash} users should instead have these lines in their
824@file{.profile} or @file{.bashrc}:
825
826@example
827CVSROOT=/usr/local/cvsroot
828export CVSROOT
829@end example
830
831@cindex Root file, in CVS directory
832@cindex CVS/Root file
833        A repository specified with @code{-d} will
834override the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.
835Once you've checked a working copy out from the
836repository, it will remember where its repository is
837(the information is recorded in the
838@file{CVS/Root} file in the working copy).
839
840The @code{-d} option and the @file{CVS/Root} file both
841override the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.  If
842@code{-d} option differs from @file{CVS/Root}, the
843former is used.  Of course, for proper operation they
844should be two ways of referring to the same repository.
845
846@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
847@node Repository storage
848@section How data is stored in the repository
849@cindex Repository, how data is stored
850
851For most purposes it isn't important @emph{how}
852@sc{cvs} stores information in the repository.  In
853fact, the format has changed in the past, and is likely
854to change in the future.  Since in almost all cases one
855accesses the repository via @sc{cvs} commands, such
856changes need not be disruptive.
857
858However, in some cases it may be necessary to
859understand how @sc{cvs} stores data in the repository,
860for example you might need to track down @sc{cvs} locks
861(@pxref{Concurrency}) or you might need to deal with
862the file permissions appropriate for the repository.
863
864@menu
865* Repository files::            What files are stored in the repository
866* File permissions::            File permissions
867* Windows permissions::         Issues specific to Windows
868* Attic::                       Some files are stored in the Attic
869* CVS in repository::           Additional information in CVS directory
870* Locks::                       CVS locks control concurrent accesses
871* CVSROOT storage::             A few things about CVSROOT are different
872@end menu
873
874@node Repository files
875@subsection Where files are stored within the repository
876
877@c @cindex Filenames, legal
878@c @cindex Legal filenames
879@c Somewhere we need to say something about legitimate
880@c characters in filenames in working directory and
881@c repository.  Not "/" (not even on non-unix).  And
882@c here is a specific set of issues:
883@c 	Files starting with a - are handled inconsistently. They can not
884@c   be added to a repository with an add command, because it they are
885@c   interpreted as a switch. They can appear in a repository if they are
886@c   part of a tree that is imported. They can not be removed from the tree
887@c   once they are there.
888@c Note that "--" *is* supported (as a
889@c consequence of using GNU getopt).  Should document
890@c this somewhere ("Common options"?).  The other usual technique,
891@c "./-foo", isn't as effective, at least for "cvs add"
892@c which doesn't support pathnames containing "/".
893
894The overall structure of the repository is a directory
895tree corresponding to the directories in the working
896directory.  For example, supposing the repository is in
897
898@example
899/usr/local/cvsroot
900@end example
901
902@noindent
903here is a possible directory tree (showing only the
904directories):
905
906@example
907@t{/usr}
908 |
909 +--@t{local}
910 |   |
911 |   +--@t{cvsroot}
912 |   |    |
913 |   |    +--@t{CVSROOT}
914          |      (administrative files)
915          |
916          +--@t{gnu}
917          |   |
918          |   +--@t{diff}
919          |   |   (source code to @sc{gnu} diff)
920          |   |
921          |   +--@t{rcs}
922          |   |   (source code to @sc{rcs})
923          |   |
924          |   +--@t{cvs}
925          |       (source code to @sc{cvs})
926          |
927          +--@t{yoyodyne}
928              |
929              +--@t{tc}
930              |    |
931              |    +--@t{man}
932              |    |
933              |    +--@t{testing}
934              |
935              +--(other Yoyodyne software)
936@end example
937
938With the directories are @dfn{history files} for each file
939under version control.  The name of the history file is
940the name of the corresponding file with @samp{,v}
941appended to the end.  Here is what the repository for
942the @file{yoyodyne/tc} directory might look like:
943@c FIXME: Should also mention CVS (CVSREP)
944@c FIXME? Should we introduce Attic with an xref to
945@c Attic?  Not sure whether that is a good idea or not.
946@example
947  @code{$CVSROOT}
948    |
949    +--@t{yoyodyne}
950    |   |
951    |   +--@t{tc}
952    |   |   |
953            +--@t{Makefile,v}
954            +--@t{backend.c,v}
955            +--@t{driver.c,v}
956            +--@t{frontend.c,v}
957            +--@t{parser.c,v}
958            +--@t{man}
959            |    |
960            |    +--@t{tc.1,v}
961            |
962            +--@t{testing}
963                 |
964                 +--@t{testpgm.t,v}
965                 +--@t{test2.t,v}
966@end example
967
968@cindex History files
969@cindex RCS history files
970@c The first sentence, about what history files
971@c contain, is kind of redundant with our intro to what the
972@c repository does in node Repository....
973The history files contain, among other things, enough
974information to recreate any revision of the file, a log
975of all commit messages and the user-name of the person
976who committed the revision.  The history files are
977known as @dfn{RCS files}, because the first program to
978store files in that format was a version control system
979known as @sc{rcs}.  For a full
980description of the file format, see the @code{man} page
981@cite{rcsfile(5)}, distributed with @sc{rcs}, or the
982file @file{doc/RCSFILES} in the @sc{cvs} source
983distribution.  This
984file format has become very common---many systems other
985than @sc{cvs} or @sc{rcs} can at least import history
986files in this format.
987@c FIXME: Think about including documentation for this
988@c rather than citing it?  In the long run, getting
989@c this to be a standard (not sure if we can cope with
990@c a standards process as formal as IEEE/ANSI/ISO/etc,
991@c though...) is the way to go, so maybe citing is
992@c better.
993
994The @sc{rcs} files used in @sc{cvs} differ in a few
995ways from the standard format.  The biggest difference
996is magic branches; for more information see @ref{Magic
997branch numbers}.  Also in @sc{cvs} the valid tag names
998are a subset of what @sc{rcs} accepts; for @sc{cvs}'s
999rules see @ref{Tags}.
1000
1001@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1002@node File permissions
1003@subsection File permissions
1004@c -- Move this to @node Creating a repository or similar
1005@cindex Security, file permissions in repository
1006@cindex File permissions, general
1007@cindex Permissions, general
1008@c FIXME: we need to somehow reflect "permissions in
1009@c repository" versus "permissions in working
1010@c directory" in the index entries.
1011@cindex Group, UNIX file permissions, in repository
1012@cindex Read-only files, in repository
1013All @samp{,v} files are created read-only, and you
1014should not change the permission of those files.  The
1015directories inside the repository should be writable by
1016the persons that have permission to modify the files in
1017each directory.  This normally means that you must
1018create a UNIX group (see group(5)) consisting of the
1019persons that are to edit the files in a project, and
1020set up the repository so that it is that group that
1021owns the directory.
1022(On some systems, you also need to set the set-group-ID-on-execution bit
1023on the repository directories (see chmod(1)) so that newly-created files
1024and directories get the group-ID of the parent directory rather than
1025that of the current process.)
1026
1027@c See also comment in commitinfo node regarding cases
1028@c which are really awkward with unix groups.
1029
1030This means that you can only control access to files on
1031a per-directory basis.
1032
1033Note that users must also have write access to check
1034out files, because @sc{cvs} needs to create lock files
1035(@pxref{Concurrency}).  You can use LockDir in CVSROOT/config
1036to put the lock files somewhere other than in the repository
1037if you want to allow read-only access to some directories
1038(@pxref{config}).
1039
1040@c CVS seems to use CVSUMASK in picking permissions for
1041@c val-tags, but maybe we should say more about this.
1042@c Like val-tags gets created by someone who doesn't
1043@c have CVSUMASK set right?
1044@cindex CVSROOT/val-tags file, and read-only access to projects
1045@cindex val-tags file, and read-only access to projects
1046Also note that users must have write access to the
1047@file{CVSROOT/val-tags} file.  @sc{cvs} uses it to keep
1048track of what tags are valid tag names (it is sometimes
1049updated when tags are used, as well as when they are
1050created).
1051
1052Each @sc{rcs} file will be owned by the user who last
1053checked it in.  This has little significance; what
1054really matters is who owns the directories.
1055
1056@cindex CVSUMASK, environment variable
1057@cindex Umask, for repository files
1058@sc{cvs} tries to set up reasonable file permissions
1059for new directories that are added inside the tree, but
1060you must fix the permissions manually when a new
1061directory should have different permissions than its
1062parent directory.  If you set the @code{CVSUMASK}
1063environment variable that will control the file
1064permissions which @sc{cvs} uses in creating directories
1065and/or files in the repository.  @code{CVSUMASK} does
1066not affect the file permissions in the working
1067directory; such files have the permissions which are
1068typical for newly created files, except that sometimes
1069@sc{cvs} creates them read-only (see the sections on
1070watches, @ref{Setting a watch}; -r, @ref{Global
1071options}; or @code{CVSREAD}, @ref{Environment variables}).
1072@c FIXME: Need more discussion of which
1073@c group should own the file in the repository.
1074@c Include a somewhat detailed example of the usual
1075@c case where CVSUMASK is 007, the developers are all
1076@c in a group, and that group owns stuff in the
1077@c repository.  Need to talk about group ownership of
1078@c newly-created directories/files (on some unices,
1079@c such as SunOS4, setting the setgid bit on the
1080@c directories will make files inherit the directory's
1081@c group.  On other unices, your mileage may vary.  I
1082@c can't remember what POSIX says about this, if
1083@c anything).
1084
1085Note that using the client/server @sc{cvs}
1086(@pxref{Remote repositories}), there is no good way to
1087set @code{CVSUMASK}; the setting on the client machine
1088has no effect.  If you are connecting with @code{rsh}, you
1089can set @code{CVSUMASK} in @file{.bashrc} or @file{.cshrc}, as
1090described in the documentation for your operating
1091system.  This behavior might change in future versions
1092of @sc{cvs}; do not rely on the setting of
1093@code{CVSUMASK} on the client having no effect.
1094@c FIXME: need to explain what a umask is or cite
1095@c someplace which does.
1096@c
1097@c There is also a larger (largely separate) issue
1098@c about the meaning of CVSUMASK in a non-unix context.
1099@c For example, whether there is
1100@c an equivalent which fits better into other
1101@c protection schemes like POSIX.6, VMS, &c.
1102@c
1103@c FIXME: Need one place which discusses this
1104@c read-only files thing.  Why would one use -r or
1105@c CVSREAD?  Why would one use watches?  How do they
1106@c interact?
1107@c
1108@c FIXME: We need to state
1109@c whether using CVSUMASK removes the need for manually
1110@c fixing permissions (in fact, if we are going to mention
1111@c manually fixing permission, we better document a lot
1112@c better just what we mean by "fix").
1113
1114Using pserver, you will generally need stricter
1115permissions on the @sc{cvsroot} directory and
1116directories above it in the tree; see @ref{Password
1117authentication security}.
1118
1119@cindex Setuid
1120@cindex Setgid
1121@cindex Security, setuid
1122@cindex Installed images (VMS)
1123Some operating systems have features which allow a
1124particular program to run with the ability to perform
1125operations which the caller of the program could not.
1126For example, the set user ID (setuid) or set group ID
1127(setgid) features of unix or the installed image
1128feature of VMS.  @sc{cvs} was not written to use such
1129features and therefore attempting to install @sc{cvs} in
1130this fashion will provide protection against only
1131accidental lapses; anyone who is trying to circumvent
1132the measure will be able to do so, and depending on how
1133you have set it up may gain access to more than just
1134@sc{cvs}.  You may wish to instead consider pserver.  It
1135shares some of the same attributes, in terms of
1136possibly providing a false sense of security or opening
1137security holes wider than the ones you are trying to
1138fix, so read the documentation on pserver security
1139carefully if you are considering this option
1140(@ref{Password authentication security}).
1141
1142@node Windows permissions
1143@subsection File Permission issues specific to Windows
1144@cindex Windows, and permissions
1145@cindex File permissions, Windows-specific
1146@cindex Permissions, Windows-specific
1147
1148Some file permission issues are specific to Windows
1149operating systems (Windows 95, Windows NT, and
1150presumably future operating systems in this family.
1151Some of the following might apply to OS/2 but I'm not
1152sure).
1153
1154If you are using local @sc{cvs} and the repository is on a
1155networked file system which is served by the Samba SMB
1156server, some people have reported problems with
1157permissions.  Enabling WRITE=YES in the samba
1158configuration is said to fix/workaround it.
1159Disclaimer: I haven't investigated enough to know the
1160implications of enabling that option, nor do I know
1161whether there is something which @sc{cvs} could be doing
1162differently in order to avoid the problem.  If you find
1163something out, please let us know as described in
1164@ref{BUGS}.
1165
1166@node Attic
1167@subsection The attic
1168@cindex Attic
1169
1170You will notice that sometimes @sc{cvs} stores an
1171@sc{rcs} file in the @code{Attic}.  For example, if the
1172@sc{cvsroot} is @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} and we are
1173talking about the file @file{backend.c} in the
1174directory @file{yoyodyne/tc}, then the file normally
1175would be in
1176
1177@example
1178/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
1179@end example
1180
1181@noindent
1182but if it goes in the attic, it would be in
1183
1184@example
1185/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/Attic/backend.c,v
1186@end example
1187
1188@noindent
1189@cindex Dead state
1190instead.  It should not matter from a user point of
1191view whether a file is in the attic; @sc{cvs} keeps
1192track of this and looks in the attic when it needs to.
1193But in case you want to know, the rule is that the RCS
1194file is stored in the attic if and only if the head
1195revision on the trunk has state @code{dead}.  A
1196@code{dead} state means that file has been removed, or
1197never added, for that revision.  For example, if you
1198add a file on a branch, it will have a trunk revision
1199in @code{dead} state, and a branch revision in a
1200non-@code{dead} state.
1201@c Probably should have some more concrete examples
1202@c here, or somewhere (not sure exactly how we should
1203@c arrange the discussion of the dead state, versus
1204@c discussion of the attic).
1205
1206@node CVS in repository
1207@subsection The CVS directory in the repository
1208@cindex CVS directory, in repository
1209
1210The @file{CVS} directory in each repository directory
1211contains information such as file attributes (in a file
1212called @file{CVS/fileattr}.  In the
1213future additional files may be added to this directory,
1214so implementations should silently ignore additional
1215files.
1216
1217This behavior is implemented only by @sc{cvs} 1.7 and
1218later; for details see @ref{Watches Compatibility}.
1219
1220The format of the @file{fileattr} file is a series of entries
1221of the following form (where @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}
1222means the text between the braces can be repeated zero
1223or more times):
1224
1225@var{ent-type} @var{filename} <tab> @var{attrname} = @var{attrval}
1226  @{; @var{attrname} = @var{attrval}@} <linefeed>
1227
1228@var{ent-type} is @samp{F} for a file, in which case the entry specifies the
1229attributes for that file.
1230
1231@var{ent-type} is @samp{D},
1232and @var{filename} empty, to specify default attributes
1233to be used for newly added files.
1234
1235Other @var{ent-type} are reserved for future expansion.  @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older
1236will delete them any time it writes file attributes.
1237@sc{cvs} 1.10 and later will preserve them.
1238
1239Note that the order of the lines is not significant;
1240a program writing the fileattr file may
1241rearrange them at its convenience.
1242
1243There is currently no way of quoting tabs or line feeds in the
1244filename, @samp{=} in @var{attrname},
1245@samp{;} in @var{attrval}, etc.  Note: some implementations also
1246don't handle a NUL character in any of the fields, but
1247implementations are encouraged to allow it.
1248
1249By convention, @var{attrname} starting with @samp{_} is for an attribute given
1250special meaning by @sc{cvs}; other @var{attrname}s are for user-defined attributes
1251(or will be, once implementations start supporting user-defined attributes).
1252
1253Built-in attributes:
1254
1255@table @code
1256@item _watched
1257Present means the file is watched and should be checked out
1258read-only.
1259
1260@item _watchers
1261Users with watches for this file.  Value is
1262@var{watcher} > @var{type} @{ , @var{watcher} > @var{type} @}
1263where @var{watcher} is a username, and @var{type}
1264is zero or more of edit,unedit,commit separated by
1265@samp{+} (that is, nothing if none; there is no "none" or "all" keyword).
1266
1267@item _editors
1268Users editing this file.  Value is
1269@var{editor} > @var{val} @{ , @var{editor} > @var{val} @}
1270where @var{editor} is a username, and @var{val} is
1271@var{time}+@var{hostname}+@var{pathname}, where
1272@var{time} is when the @code{cvs edit} command (or
1273equivalent) happened,
1274and @var{hostname} and @var{pathname} are for the working directory.
1275@end table
1276
1277Example:
1278
1279@c FIXME: sanity.sh should contain a similar test case
1280@c so we can compare this example from something from
1281@c Real Life(TM).  See cvsclient.texi (under Notify) for more
1282@c discussion of the date format of _editors.
1283@example
1284Ffile1 _watched=;_watchers=joe>edit,mary>commit
1285Ffile2 _watched=;_editors=sue>8 Jan 1975+workstn1+/home/sue/cvs
1286D _watched=
1287@end example
1288
1289@noindent
1290means that the file @file{file1} should be checked out
1291read-only.  Furthermore, joe is watching for edits and
1292mary is watching for commits.  The file @file{file2}
1293should be checked out read-only; sue started editing it
1294on 8 Jan 1975 in the directory @file{/home/sue/cvs} on
1295the machine @code{workstn1}.  Future files which are
1296added should be checked out read-only.  To represent
1297this example here, we have shown a space after
1298@samp{D}, @samp{Ffile1}, and @samp{Ffile2}, but in fact
1299there must be a single tab character there and no spaces.
1300
1301@node Locks
1302@subsection CVS locks in the repository
1303
1304@cindex #cvs.rfl, technical details
1305@cindex #cvs.pfl, technical details
1306@cindex #cvs.wfl, technical details
1307@cindex #cvs.lock, technical details
1308@cindex Locks, cvs, technical details
1309For an introduction to @sc{cvs} locks focusing on
1310user-visible behavior, see @ref{Concurrency}.  The
1311following section is aimed at people who are writing
1312tools which want to access a @sc{cvs} repository without
1313interfering with other tools accessing the same
1314repository.  If you find yourself confused by concepts
1315described here, like @dfn{read lock}, @dfn{write lock},
1316and @dfn{deadlock}, you might consult the literature on
1317operating systems or databases.
1318
1319@cindex #cvs.tfl
1320Any file in the repository with a name starting
1321with @file{#cvs.rfl.} is a read lock.  Any file in
1322the repository with a name starting with
1323@file{#cvs.pfl} is a promotable read lock.  Any file in
1324the repository with a name starting with
1325@file{#cvs.wfl} is a write lock.  Old versions of @sc{cvs}
1326(before @sc{cvs} 1.5) also created files with names starting
1327with @file{#cvs.tfl}, but they are not discussed here.
1328The directory @file{#cvs.lock} serves as a master
1329lock.  That is, one must obtain this lock first before
1330creating any of the other locks.
1331
1332To obtain a read lock, first create the @file{#cvs.lock}
1333directory.  This operation must be atomic (which should
1334be true for creating a directory under most operating
1335systems).  If it fails because the directory already
1336existed, wait for a while and try again.  After
1337obtaining the @file{#cvs.lock} lock, create a file
1338whose name is @file{#cvs.rfl.} followed by information
1339of your choice (for example, hostname and process
1340identification number).  Then remove the
1341@file{#cvs.lock} directory to release the master lock.
1342Then proceed with reading the repository.  When you are
1343done, remove the @file{#cvs.rfl} file to release the
1344read lock.
1345
1346Promotable read locks are a concept you may not find in other literature on
1347concurrency.  They are used to allow a two (or more) pass process to only lock
1348a file for read on the first (read) pass(es), then upgrade its read locks to
1349write locks if necessary for a final pass, still assured that the files have
1350not changed since they were first read.  @sc{cvs} uses promotable read locks,
1351for example, to prevent commit and tag verification passes from interfering
1352with other reading processes.  It can then lock only a single directory at a
1353time for write during the write pass.
1354
1355To obtain a promotable read lock, first create the @file{#cvs.lock} directory,
1356as with a non-promotable read lock.  Then check
1357that there are no files that start with
1358@file{#cvs.pfl}.  If there are, remove the master @file{#cvs.lock} directory,
1359wait awhile (CVS waits 30 seconds between lock attempts), and try again.  If
1360there are no other promotable locks, go ahead and create a file whose name is
1361@file{#cvs.pfl} followed by information of your choice (for example, CVS uses
1362its hostname and the process identification number of the CVS server process
1363creating the lock).  If versions of @sc{cvs} older than version 1.12.4 access
1364your repository directly (not via a @sc{cvs} server of version 1.12.4 or
1365later), then you should also create a read lock since older versions of CVS
1366will ignore the promotable lock when attempting to create their own write lock.
1367Then remove the master @file{#cvs.lock} directory in order to allow other
1368processes to obtain read locks.
1369
1370To obtain a write lock, first create the
1371@file{#cvs.lock} directory, as with read locks.  Then
1372check that there are no files whose names start with
1373@file{#cvs.rfl.} and no files whose names start with @file{#cvs.pfl} that are
1374not owned by the process attempting to get the write lock.  If either exist,
1375remove @file{#cvs.lock}, wait for a while, and try again.  If
1376there are no readers or promotable locks from other processes, then create a
1377file whose name is @file{#cvs.wfl} followed by information of your choice
1378(again, CVS uses the hostname and server process identification
1379number).  Remove your @file{#cvs.pfl} file if present.  Hang on to the
1380@file{#cvs.lock} lock.  Proceed
1381with writing the repository.  When you are done, first
1382remove the @file{#cvs.wfl} file and then the
1383@file{#cvs.lock} directory. Note that unlike the
1384@file{#cvs.rfl} file, the @file{#cvs.wfl} file is just
1385informational; it has no effect on the locking operation
1386beyond what is provided by holding on to the
1387@file{#cvs.lock} lock itself.
1388
1389Note that each lock (write lock or read lock) only locks
1390a single directory in the repository, including
1391@file{Attic} and @file{CVS} but not including
1392subdirectories which represent other directories under
1393version control.  To lock an entire tree, you need to
1394lock each directory (note that if you fail to obtain
1395any lock you need, you must release the whole tree
1396before waiting and trying again, to avoid deadlocks).
1397
1398Note also that @sc{cvs} expects write locks to control
1399access to individual @file{foo,v} files.  @sc{rcs} has
1400a scheme where the @file{,foo,} file serves as a lock,
1401but @sc{cvs} does not implement it and so taking out a
1402@sc{cvs} write lock is recommended.  See the comments at
1403rcs_internal_lockfile in the @sc{cvs} source code for
1404further discussion/rationale.
1405
1406@node CVSROOT storage
1407@subsection How files are stored in the CVSROOT directory
1408@cindex CVSROOT, storage of files
1409
1410The @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directory contains the
1411various administrative files.  In some ways this
1412directory is just like any other directory in the
1413repository; it contains @sc{rcs} files whose names end
1414in @samp{,v}, and many of the @sc{cvs} commands operate
1415on it the same way.  However, there are a few
1416differences.
1417
1418For each administrative file, in addition to the
1419@sc{rcs} file, there is also a checked out copy of the
1420file.  For example, there is an @sc{rcs} file
1421@file{loginfo,v} and a file @file{loginfo} which
1422contains the latest revision contained in
1423@file{loginfo,v}.  When you check in an administrative
1424file, @sc{cvs} should print
1425
1426@example
1427cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
1428@end example
1429
1430@noindent
1431and update the checked out copy in
1432@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}.  If it does not, there is
1433something wrong (@pxref{BUGS}).  To add your own files
1434to the files to be updated in this fashion, you can add
1435them to the @file{checkoutlist} administrative file
1436(@pxref{checkoutlist}).
1437
1438@cindex modules.db
1439@cindex modules.pag
1440@cindex modules.dir
1441By default, the @file{modules} file behaves as
1442described above.  If the modules file is very large,
1443storing it as a flat text file may make looking up
1444modules slow (I'm not sure whether this is as much of a
1445concern now as when @sc{cvs} first evolved this
1446feature; I haven't seen benchmarks).  Therefore, by
1447making appropriate edits to the @sc{cvs} source code
1448one can store the modules file in a database which
1449implements the @code{ndbm} interface, such as Berkeley
1450db or GDBM.  If this option is in use, then the modules
1451database will be stored in the files @file{modules.db},
1452@file{modules.pag}, and/or @file{modules.dir}.
1453@c I think fileattr also will use the database stuff.
1454@c Anything else?
1455
1456For information on the meaning of the various
1457administrative files, see @ref{Administrative files}.
1458
1459@node Working directory storage
1460@section How data is stored in the working directory
1461
1462@c FIXME: Somewhere we should discuss timestamps (test
1463@c case "stamps" in sanity.sh).  But not here.  Maybe
1464@c in some kind of "working directory" chapter which
1465@c would encompass the "Builds" one?  But I'm not sure
1466@c whether that is a good organization (is it based on
1467@c what the user wants to do?).
1468
1469@cindex CVS directory, in working directory
1470While we are discussing @sc{cvs} internals which may
1471become visible from time to time, we might as well talk
1472about what @sc{cvs} puts in the @file{CVS} directories
1473in the working directories.  As with the repository,
1474@sc{cvs} handles this information and one can usually
1475access it via @sc{cvs} commands.  But in some cases it
1476may be useful to look at it, and other programs, such
1477as the @code{jCVS} graphical user interface or the
1478@code{VC} package for emacs, may need to look at it.
1479Such programs should follow the recommendations in this
1480section if they hope to be able to work with other
1481programs which use those files, including future
1482versions of the programs just mentioned and the
1483command-line @sc{cvs} client.
1484
1485The @file{CVS} directory contains several files.
1486Programs which are reading this directory should
1487silently ignore files which are in the directory but
1488which are not documented here, to allow for future
1489expansion.
1490
1491The files are stored according to the text file
1492convention for the system in question.  This means that
1493working directories are not portable between systems
1494with differing conventions for storing text files.
1495This is intentional, on the theory that the files being
1496managed by @sc{cvs} probably will not be portable between
1497such systems either.
1498
1499@table @file
1500@item Root
1501This file contains the current @sc{cvs} root, as
1502described in @ref{Specifying a repository}.
1503
1504@cindex Repository file, in CVS directory
1505@cindex CVS/Repository file
1506@item Repository
1507This file contains the directory within the repository
1508which the current directory corresponds with.  It can
1509be either an absolute pathname or a relative pathname;
1510@sc{cvs} has had the ability to read either format
1511since at least version 1.3 or so.  The relative
1512pathname is relative to the root, and is the more
1513sensible approach, but the absolute pathname is quite
1514common and implementations should accept either.  For
1515example, after the command
1516
1517@example
1518cvs -d :local:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout yoyodyne/tc
1519@end example
1520
1521@noindent
1522@file{Root} will contain
1523
1524@example
1525:local:/usr/local/cvsroot
1526@end example
1527
1528@noindent
1529and @file{Repository} will contain either
1530
1531@example
1532/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc
1533@end example
1534
1535@noindent
1536or
1537
1538@example
1539yoyodyne/tc
1540@end example
1541
1542If the particular working directory does not correspond
1543to a directory in the repository, then @file{Repository}
1544should contain @file{CVSROOT/Emptydir}.
1545@cindex Emptydir, in CVSROOT directory
1546@cindex CVSROOT/Emptydir directory
1547
1548@cindex Entries file, in CVS directory
1549@cindex CVS/Entries file
1550@item Entries
1551This file lists the files and directories in the
1552working directory.
1553The first character of each line indicates what sort of
1554line it is.  If the character is unrecognized, programs
1555reading the file should silently skip that line, to
1556allow for future expansion.
1557
1558If the first character is @samp{/}, then the format is:
1559
1560@example
1561/@var{name}/@var{revision}/@var{timestamp}[+@var{conflict}]/@var{options}/@var{tagdate}
1562@end example
1563
1564@noindent
1565where @samp{[} and @samp{]} are not part of the entry,
1566but instead indicate that the @samp{+} and conflict
1567marker are optional.  @var{name} is the name of the
1568file within the directory.  @var{revision} is the
1569revision that the file in the working derives from, or
1570@samp{0} for an added file, or @samp{-} followed by a
1571revision for a removed file.  @var{timestamp} is the
1572timestamp of the file at the time that @sc{cvs} created
1573it; if the timestamp differs with the actual
1574modification time of the file it means the file has
1575been modified.  It is stored in
1576the format used by the ISO C asctime() function (for
1577example, @samp{Sun Apr  7 01:29:26 1996}).  One may
1578write a string which is not in that format, for
1579example, @samp{Result of merge}, to indicate that the
1580file should always be considered to be modified.  This
1581is not a special case; to see whether a file is
1582modified a program should take the timestamp of the file
1583and simply do a string compare with @var{timestamp}.
1584If there was a conflict, @var{conflict} can be set to
1585the modification time of the file after the file has been
1586written with conflict markers (@pxref{Conflicts example}).
1587Thus if @var{conflict} is subsequently the same as the actual
1588modification time of the file it means that the user
1589has obviously not resolved the conflict.  @var{options}
1590contains sticky options (for example @samp{-kb} for a
1591binary file).  @var{tagdate} contains @samp{T} followed
1592by a tag name, or @samp{D} for a date, followed by a
1593sticky tag or date.  Note that if @var{timestamp}
1594contains a pair of timestamps separated by a space,
1595rather than a single timestamp, you are dealing with a
1596version of @sc{cvs} earlier than @sc{cvs} 1.5 (not
1597documented here).
1598
1599The timezone on the timestamp in CVS/Entries (local or
1600universal) should be the same as the operating system
1601stores for the timestamp of the file itself.  For
1602example, on Unix the file's timestamp is in universal
1603time (UT), so the timestamp in CVS/Entries should be
1604too.  On @sc{vms}, the file's timestamp is in local
1605time, so @sc{cvs} on @sc{vms} should use local time.
1606This rule is so that files do not appear to be modified
1607merely because the timezone changed (for example, to or
1608from summer time).
1609@c See comments and calls to gmtime() and friends in
1610@c src/vers_ts.c (function time_stamp).
1611
1612If the first character of a line in @file{Entries} is
1613@samp{D}, then it indicates a subdirectory.  @samp{D}
1614on a line all by itself indicates that the program
1615which wrote the @file{Entries} file does record
1616subdirectories (therefore, if there is such a line and
1617no other lines beginning with @samp{D}, one knows there
1618are no subdirectories).  Otherwise, the line looks
1619like:
1620
1621@example
1622D/@var{name}/@var{filler1}/@var{filler2}/@var{filler3}/@var{filler4}
1623@end example
1624
1625@noindent
1626where @var{name} is the name of the subdirectory, and
1627all the @var{filler} fields should be silently ignored,
1628for future expansion.  Programs which modify
1629@code{Entries} files should preserve these fields.
1630
1631The lines in the @file{Entries} file can be in any order.
1632
1633@cindex Entries.Log file, in CVS directory
1634@cindex CVS/Entries.Log file
1635@item Entries.Log
1636This file does not record any information beyond that
1637in @file{Entries}, but it does provide a way to update
1638the information without having to rewrite the entire
1639@file{Entries} file, including the ability to preserve
1640the information even if the program writing
1641@file{Entries} and @file{Entries.Log} abruptly aborts.
1642Programs which are reading the @file{Entries} file
1643should also check for @file{Entries.Log}.  If the latter
1644exists, they should read @file{Entries} and then apply
1645the changes mentioned in @file{Entries.Log}.  After
1646applying the changes, the recommended practice is to
1647rewrite @file{Entries} and then delete @file{Entries.Log}.
1648The format of a line in @file{Entries.Log} is a single
1649character command followed by a space followed by a
1650line in the format specified for a line in
1651@file{Entries}.  The single character command is
1652@samp{A} to indicate that the entry is being added,
1653@samp{R} to indicate that the entry is being removed,
1654or any other character to indicate that the entire line
1655in @file{Entries.Log} should be silently ignored (for
1656future expansion).  If the second character of the line
1657in @file{Entries.Log} is not a space, then it was
1658written by an older version of @sc{cvs} (not documented
1659here).
1660
1661Programs which are writing rather than reading can
1662safely ignore @file{Entries.Log} if they so choose.
1663
1664@cindex Entries.Backup file, in CVS directory
1665@cindex CVS/Entries.Backup file
1666@item Entries.Backup
1667This is a temporary file.  Recommended usage is to
1668write a new entries file to @file{Entries.Backup}, and
1669then to rename it (atomically, where possible) to @file{Entries}.
1670
1671@cindex Entries.Static file, in CVS directory
1672@cindex CVS/Entries.Static file
1673@item Entries.Static
1674The only relevant thing about this file is whether it
1675exists or not.  If it exists, then it means that only
1676part of a directory was gotten and @sc{cvs} will
1677not create additional files in that directory.  To
1678clear it, use the @code{update} command with the
1679@samp{-d} option, which will get the additional files
1680and remove @file{Entries.Static}.
1681@c FIXME: This needs to be better documented, in places
1682@c other than Working Directory Storage.
1683@c FIXCVS: The fact that this setting exists needs to
1684@c be more visible to the user.  For example "cvs
1685@c status foo", in the case where the file would be
1686@c gotten except for Entries.Static, might say
1687@c something to distinguish this from other cases.
1688@c One thing that periodically gets suggested is to
1689@c have "cvs update" print something when it skips
1690@c files due to Entries.Static, but IMHO that kind of
1691@c noise pretty much makes the Entries.Static feature
1692@c useless.
1693
1694@cindex Tag file, in CVS directory
1695@cindex CVS/Tag file
1696@cindex Sticky tags/dates, per-directory
1697@cindex Per-directory sticky tags/dates
1698@item Tag
1699This file contains per-directory sticky tags or dates.
1700The first character is @samp{T} for a branch tag,
1701@samp{N} for a non-branch tag, or @samp{D} for a date,
1702or another character to mean the file should be
1703silently ignored, for future expansion.  This character
1704is followed by the tag or date.  Note that
1705per-directory sticky tags or dates are used for things
1706like applying to files which are newly added; they
1707might not be the same as the sticky tags or dates on
1708individual files.  For general information on sticky
1709tags and dates, see @ref{Sticky tags}.
1710@c FIXME: This needs to be much better documented,
1711@c preferably not in the context of "working directory
1712@c storage".
1713@c FIXME: The Sticky tags node needs to discuss, or xref to
1714@c someplace which discusses, per-directory sticky
1715@c tags and the distinction with per-file sticky tags.
1716
1717@cindex Notify file, in CVS directory
1718@cindex CVS/Notify file
1719@item Notify
1720This file stores notifications (for example, for
1721@code{edit} or @code{unedit}) which have not yet been
1722sent to the server.  Its format is not yet documented
1723here.
1724
1725@cindex Notify.tmp file, in CVS directory
1726@cindex CVS/Notify.tmp file
1727@item Notify.tmp
1728This file is to @file{Notify} as @file{Entries.Backup}
1729is to @file{Entries}.  That is, to write @file{Notify},
1730first write the new contents to @file{Notify.tmp} and
1731then (atomically where possible), rename it to
1732@file{Notify}.
1733
1734@cindex Base directory, in CVS directory
1735@cindex CVS/Base directory
1736@item Base
1737If watches are in use, then an @code{edit} command
1738stores the original copy of the file in the @file{Base}
1739directory.  This allows the @code{unedit} command to
1740operate even if it is unable to communicate with the
1741server.
1742
1743@cindex Baserev file, in CVS directory
1744@cindex CVS/Baserev file
1745@item Baserev
1746The file lists the revision for each of the files in
1747the @file{Base} directory.  The format is:
1748
1749@example
1750B@var{name}/@var{rev}/@var{expansion}
1751@end example
1752
1753@noindent
1754where @var{expansion} should be ignored, to allow for
1755future expansion.
1756
1757@cindex Baserev.tmp file, in CVS directory
1758@cindex CVS/Baserev.tmp file
1759@item Baserev.tmp
1760This file is to @file{Baserev} as @file{Entries.Backup}
1761is to @file{Entries}.  That is, to write @file{Baserev},
1762first write the new contents to @file{Baserev.tmp} and
1763then (atomically where possible), rename it to
1764@file{Baserev}.
1765
1766@cindex Template file, in CVS directory
1767@cindex CVS/Template file
1768@item Template
1769This file contains the template specified by the
1770@file{rcsinfo} file (@pxref{rcsinfo}).  It is only used
1771by the client; the non-client/server @sc{cvs} consults
1772@file{rcsinfo} directly.
1773@end table
1774
1775@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1776@node Intro administrative files
1777@section The administrative files
1778@cindex Administrative files (intro)
1779@cindex Modules file
1780@cindex CVSROOT, module name
1781@cindex Defining modules (intro)
1782
1783@c FIXME: this node should be reorganized into "general
1784@c information about admin files" and put the "editing
1785@c admin files" stuff up front rather than jumping into
1786@c the details of modules right away.  Then the
1787@c Administrative files node can go away, the information
1788@c on each admin file distributed to a place appropriate
1789@c to its function, and this node can contain a table
1790@c listing each file and a @ref to its detailed description.
1791
1792The directory @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} contains some @dfn{administrative
1793files}.  @xref{Administrative files}, for a complete description.
1794You can use @sc{cvs} without any of these files, but
1795some commands work better when at least the
1796@file{modules} file is properly set up.
1797
1798The most important of these files is the @file{modules}
1799file.  It defines all modules in the repository.  This
1800is a sample @file{modules} file.
1801
1802@c FIXME: The CVSROOT line is a goofy example now that
1803@c mkmodules doesn't exist.
1804@example
1805CVSROOT         CVSROOT
1806modules         CVSROOT modules
1807cvs             gnu/cvs
1808rcs             gnu/rcs
1809diff            gnu/diff
1810tc              yoyodyne/tc
1811@end example
1812
1813The @file{modules} file is line oriented.  In its
1814simplest form each line contains the name of the
1815module, whitespace, and the directory where the module
1816resides.  The directory is a path relative to
1817@code{$CVSROOT}.  The last four lines in the example
1818above are examples of such lines.
1819
1820@c FIXME: might want to introduce the concept of options in modules file
1821@c (the old example which was here, -i mkmodules, is obsolete).
1822
1823The line that defines the module called @samp{modules}
1824uses features that are not explained here.
1825@xref{modules}, for a full explanation of all the
1826available features.
1827
1828@c FIXME: subsection without node is bogus
1829@subsection Editing administrative files
1830@cindex Editing administrative files
1831@cindex Administrative files, editing them
1832
1833You edit the administrative files in the same way that you would edit
1834any other module.  Use @samp{cvs checkout CVSROOT} to get a working
1835copy, edit it, and commit your changes in the normal way.
1836
1837It is possible to commit an erroneous administrative
1838file.  You can often fix the error and check in a new
1839revision, but sometimes a particularly bad error in the
1840administrative file makes it impossible to commit new
1841revisions.
1842@c @xref{Bad administrative files} for a hint
1843@c about how to solve such situations.
1844@c -- administrative file checking--
1845
1846@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1847@node Multiple repositories
1848@section Multiple repositories
1849@cindex Multiple repositories
1850@cindex Repositories, multiple
1851@cindex Many repositories
1852@cindex Parallel repositories
1853@cindex Disjoint repositories
1854@cindex CVSROOT, multiple repositories
1855
1856In some situations it is a good idea to have more than
1857one repository, for instance if you have two
1858development groups that work on separate projects
1859without sharing any code.  All you have to do to have
1860several repositories is to specify the appropriate
1861repository, using the @code{CVSROOT} environment
1862variable, the @samp{-d} option to @sc{cvs}, or (once
1863you have checked out a working directory) by simply
1864allowing @sc{cvs} to use the repository that was used
1865to check out the working directory
1866(@pxref{Specifying a repository}).
1867
1868The big advantage of having multiple repositories is
1869that they can reside on different servers.  With @sc{cvs}
1870version 1.10, a single command cannot recurse into
1871directories from different repositories.  With development
1872versions of @sc{cvs}, you can check out code from multiple
1873servers into your working directory.  @sc{cvs} will
1874recurse and handle all the details of making
1875connections to as many server machines as necessary to
1876perform the requested command.  Here is an example of
1877how to set up a working directory:
1878
1879@example
1880cvs -d server1:/cvs co dir1
1881cd dir1
1882cvs -d server2:/root co sdir
1883cvs update
1884@end example
1885
1886The @code{cvs co} commands set up the working
1887directory, and then the @code{cvs update} command will
1888contact server2, to update the dir1/sdir subdirectory,
1889and server1, to update everything else.
1890
1891@c FIXME: Does the FAQ have more about this?  I have a
1892@c dim recollection, but I'm too lazy to check right now.
1893
1894@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1895@node Creating a repository
1896@section Creating a repository
1897
1898@cindex Repository, setting up
1899@cindex Creating a repository
1900@cindex Setting up a repository
1901
1902This section describes how to set up a @sc{cvs} repository for any
1903sort of access method.  After completing the setup described in this
1904section, you should be able to access your @sc{cvs} repository immediately
1905via the local access method and several remote access methods.  For
1906more information on setting up remote access to the repository you create
1907in this section, please read the section on @xref{Remote repositories}.
1908
1909To set up a @sc{cvs} repository, first choose the
1910machine and disk on which you want to store the
1911revision history of the source files.  CPU and memory
1912requirements are modest, so most machines should be
1913adequate.  For details see @ref{Server requirements}.
1914@c Possible that we should be providing a quick rule of
1915@c thumb, like the 32M memory for the server.  That
1916@c might increase the number of people who are happy
1917@c with the answer, without following the xref.
1918
1919To estimate disk space
1920requirements, if you are importing RCS files from
1921another system, the size of those files is the
1922approximate initial size of your repository, or if you
1923are starting without any version history, a rule of
1924thumb is to allow for the server approximately three
1925times the size of the code to be under @sc{cvs} for the
1926repository (you will eventually outgrow this, but not
1927for a while).  On the machines on which the developers
1928will be working, you'll want disk space for
1929approximately one working directory for each developer
1930(either the entire tree or a portion of it, depending
1931on what each developer uses).
1932
1933The repository should be accessible
1934(directly or via a networked file system) from all
1935machines which want to use @sc{cvs} in server or local
1936mode; the client machines need not have any access to
1937it other than via the @sc{cvs} protocol.  It is not
1938possible to use @sc{cvs} to read from a repository
1939which one only has read access to; @sc{cvs} needs to be
1940able to create lock files (@pxref{Concurrency}).
1941
1942To create a repository, run the @code{cvs init} 	 
1943command (@pxref{init}).
1944
1945@node Backing up
1946@section Backing up a repository
1947@cindex Repository, backing up
1948@cindex Backing up, repository
1949
1950There is nothing particularly magical about the files
1951in the repository; for the most part it is possible to
1952back them up just like any other files.  However, there
1953are a few issues to consider.
1954
1955@cindex Locks, cvs, and backups
1956@cindex #cvs.rfl, and backups
1957The first is that to be paranoid, one should either not
1958use @sc{cvs} during the backup, or have the backup
1959program lock @sc{cvs} while doing the backup.  To not
1960use @sc{cvs}, you might forbid logins to machines which
1961can access the repository, turn off your @sc{cvs}
1962server, or similar mechanisms.  The details would
1963depend on your operating system and how you have
1964@sc{cvs} set up.  To lock @sc{cvs}, you would create
1965@file{#cvs.rfl} locks in each repository directory.
1966See @ref{Concurrency}, for more on @sc{cvs} locks.
1967Having said all this, if you just back up without any
1968of these precautions, the results are unlikely to be
1969particularly dire.  Restoring from backup, the
1970repository might be in an inconsistent state, but this
1971would not be particularly hard to fix manually.
1972
1973When you restore a repository from backup, assuming
1974that changes in the repository were made after the time
1975of the backup, working directories which were not
1976affected by the failure may refer to revisions which no
1977longer exist in the repository.  Trying to run @sc{cvs}
1978in such directories will typically produce an error
1979message.  One way to get those changes back into the
1980repository is as follows:
1981
1982@itemize @bullet
1983@item
1984Get a new working directory.
1985
1986@item
1987Copy the files from the working directory from before
1988the failure over to the new working directory (do not
1989copy the contents of the @file{CVS} directories, of
1990course).
1991
1992@item
1993Working in the new working directory, use commands such
1994as @code{cvs update} and @code{cvs diff} to figure out
1995what has changed, and then when you are ready, commit
1996the changes into the repository.
1997@end itemize
1998
1999@node Moving a repository
2000@section Moving a repository
2001@cindex Repository, moving
2002@cindex Moving a repository
2003@cindex Copying a repository
2004
2005Just as backing up the files in the repository is
2006pretty much like backing up any other files, if you
2007need to move a repository from one place to another it
2008is also pretty much like just moving any other
2009collection of files.
2010
2011The main thing to consider is that working directories
2012point to the repository.  The simplest way to deal with
2013a moved repository is to just get a fresh working
2014directory after the move.  Of course, you'll want to
2015make sure that the old working directory had been
2016checked in before the move, or you figured out some
2017other way to make sure that you don't lose any
2018changes.  If you really do want to reuse the existing
2019working directory, it should be possible with manual
2020surgery on the @file{CVS/Repository} files.  You can
2021see @ref{Working directory storage}, for information on
2022the @file{CVS/Repository} and @file{CVS/Root} files, but
2023unless you are sure you want to bother, it probably
2024isn't worth it.
2025@c FIXME: Surgery on CVS/Repository should be avoided
2026@c by making RELATIVE_REPOS the default.
2027@c FIXME-maybe: might want some documented way to
2028@c change the CVS/Root files in some particular tree.
2029@c But then again, I don't know, maybe just having
2030@c people do this in perl/shell/&c isn't so bad...
2031
2032@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2033@node Remote repositories
2034@section Remote repositories
2035@cindex Repositories, remote
2036@cindex Remote repositories
2037@cindex Client/Server Operation
2038@cindex Server, CVS
2039@cindex Remote repositories, port specification
2040@cindex Repositories, remote, port specification
2041@cindex Client/Server Operation, port specification
2042@cindex pserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2043@cindex kserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2044@cindex gserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2045@cindex port, specifying for remote repositories
2046
2047        Your working copy of the sources can be on a
2048different machine than the repository.  Using @sc{cvs}
2049in this manner is known as @dfn{client/server}
2050operation.  You run @sc{cvs} on a machine which can
2051mount your working directory, known as the
2052@dfn{client}, and tell it to communicate to a machine
2053which can mount the repository, known as the
2054@dfn{server}.  Generally, using a remote
2055repository is just like using a local one, except that
2056the format of the repository name is:
2057
2058@example
2059[:@var{method}:][[@var{user}][:@var{password}]@@]@var{hostname}[:[@var{port}]]/path/to/repository
2060@end example
2061
2062Specifying a password in the repository name is not recommended during
2063checkout, since this will cause @sc{cvs} to store a cleartext copy of the
2064password in each created directory.  @code{cvs login} first instead
2065(@pxref{Password authentication client}).
2066
2067The details of exactly what needs to be set up depend
2068on how you are connecting to the server.
2069
2070@c Should we try to explain which platforms are which?
2071@c Platforms like unix and VMS, which only allow
2072@c privileged programs to bind to sockets <1024 lose on
2073@c :server:
2074@c Platforms like Mac and VMS, whose rsh program is
2075@c unusable or nonexistent, lose on :ext:
2076@c Platforms like OS/2 and NT probably could plausibly
2077@c default either way (modulo -b troubles).
2078
2079@menu
2080* Server requirements::         Memory and other resources for servers
2081* The connection method::       Connection methods and method options
2082* Connecting via rsh::          Using the @code{rsh} program to connect
2083* Password authenticated::      Direct connections using passwords
2084* GSSAPI authenticated::        Direct connections using GSSAPI
2085* Kerberos authenticated::      Direct connections with Kerberos
2086* Connecting via fork::         Using a forked @code{cvs server} to connect
2087* Write proxies::               Distributing load across several CVS servers
2088@end menu
2089
2090@node Server requirements
2091@subsection Server requirements
2092
2093The quick answer to what sort of machine is suitable as
2094a server is that requirements are modest---a server
2095with 32M of memory or even less can handle a fairly
2096large source tree with a fair amount of activity.
2097@c Say something about CPU speed too?  I'm even less sure
2098@c what to say on that subject...
2099
2100The real answer, of course, is more complicated.
2101Estimating the known areas of large memory consumption
2102should be sufficient to estimate memory requirements.
2103There are two such areas documented here; other memory
2104consumption should be small by comparison (if you find
2105that is not the case, let us know, as described in
2106@ref{BUGS}, so we can update this documentation).
2107
2108The first area of big memory consumption is large
2109checkouts, when using the @sc{cvs} server.  The server
2110consists of two processes for each client that it is
2111serving.  Memory consumption on the child process
2112should remain fairly small.  Memory consumption on the
2113parent process, particularly if the network connection
2114to the client is slow, can be expected to grow to
2115slightly more than the size of the sources in a single
2116directory, or two megabytes, whichever is larger.
2117@c "two megabytes" of course is SERVER_HI_WATER.  But
2118@c we don't mention that here because we are
2119@c documenting the default configuration of CVS.  If it
2120@c is a "standard" thing to change that value, it
2121@c should be some kind of run-time configuration.
2122@c
2123@c See cvsclient.texi for more on the design decision
2124@c to not have locks in place while waiting for the
2125@c client, which is what results in memory consumption
2126@c as high as this.
2127
2128Multiplying the size of each @sc{cvs} server by the
2129number of servers which you expect to have active at
2130one time should give an idea of memory requirements for
2131the server.  For the most part, the memory consumed by
2132the parent process probably can be swap space rather
2133than physical memory.
2134@c Has anyone verified that notion about swap space?
2135@c I say it based pretty much on guessing that the
2136@c ->text of the struct buffer_data only gets accessed
2137@c in a first in, first out fashion, but I haven't
2138@c looked very closely.
2139
2140@c What about disk usage in /tmp on the server?  I think that
2141@c it can be substantial, but I haven't looked at this
2142@c again and tried to figure it out ("cvs import" is
2143@c probably the worst case...).
2144
2145The second area of large memory consumption is
2146@code{diff}, when checking in large files.  This is
2147required even for binary files.  The rule of thumb is
2148to allow about ten times the size of the largest file
2149you will want to check in, although five times may be
2150adequate.  For example, if you want to check in a file
2151which is 10 megabytes, you should have 100 megabytes of
2152memory on the machine doing the checkin (the server
2153machine for client/server, or the machine running
2154@sc{cvs} for non-client/server).  This can be swap
2155space rather than physical memory.  Because the memory
2156is only required briefly, there is no particular need
2157to allow memory for more than one such checkin at a
2158time.
2159@c The 5-10 times rule of thumb is from Paul Eggert for
2160@c GNU diff.  I don't think it is in the GNU diff
2161@c manual or anyplace like that.
2162@c
2163@c Probably we could be saying more about
2164@c non-client/server CVS.
2165@c I would guess for non-client/server CVS in an NFS
2166@c environment the biggest issues are the network and
2167@c the NFS server.
2168
2169Resource consumption for the client is even more
2170modest---any machine with enough capacity to run the
2171operating system in question should have little
2172trouble.
2173@c Is that true?  I think the client still wants to
2174@c (bogusly) store entire files in memory at times.
2175
2176For information on disk space requirements, see
2177@ref{Creating a repository}.
2178
2179@node The connection method
2180@subsection The connection method
2181
2182In its simplest form, the @var{method} portion of the repository string
2183(@pxref{Remote repositories}) may be one of @samp{ext}, @samp{fork},
2184@samp{gserver}, @samp{kserver}, @samp{local}, @samp{pserver}, and, on some
2185platforms, @samp{server}.
2186
2187If @var{method} is not specified, and the repository
2188name starts with a @samp{/}, then the default is @code{local}.
2189If @var{method} is not specified, and the repository
2190name does not start with a @samp{/}, then the default is @code{ext}
2191or @code{server}, depending on your platform; both the @samp{ext}
2192and @samp{server} methods are described in @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
2193
2194@cindex connection method options
2195@cindex options, connection method
2196The @code{ext}, @code{fork}, @code{gserver}, and @code{pserver} connection
2197methods all accept optional method options, specified as part of the
2198@var{method} string, like so:
2199
2200@example
2201:@var{method}[;@var{option}=@var{arg}...]:@var{other_connection_data}
2202@end example
2203
2204@sc{cvs} is not sensitive to the case of @var{method} or @var{option}, though
2205it may sometimes be sensitive to the case of @var{arg}.  The possible method
2206options are as follows:
2207
2208@table @code
2209@cindex CVS_PROXY_PORT
2210@cindex proxy, method option
2211@cindex proxyport, method option
2212@cindex proxies, web, connecting via
2213@cindex web proxies, connecting via
2214@cindex proxies, HTTP, connecting via
2215@cindex HTTP proxies, connecting via
2216@item proxy=@var{hostname}
2217@itemx proxyport=@var{port}
2218These two method options can be used to connect via an HTTP tunnel style web
2219proxy.  @var{hostname} should be the name of the HTTP proxy server to connect
2220through and @var{port} is the port number on the HTTP proxy server to connect
2221via.  @var{port} defaults to 8080.
2222
2223@strong{NOTE: An HTTP proxy server is not the same as a @sc{cvs} write proxy
2224server - please see @ref{Write proxies} for more on @sc{cvs} write proxies.}
2225
2226For example, to connect pserver via a web proxy listening on port 8000 of
2227www.myproxy.net, you would use a method of:
2228
2229@example
2230:pserver;proxy=www.myproxy.net;proxyport=8000:@var{pserver_connection_string}
2231@end example
2232
2233@strong{NOTE: In the above example, @var{pserver_connection_string} is still
2234required to connect and authenticate to the CVS server, as noted in the
2235upcoming sections on password authentication, @code{gserver}, and
2236@code{kserver}.  The example above only demonstrates a modification to the
2237@var{method} portion of the repository name.}
2238
2239These options first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.7 and are valid as
2240modifcations to the @code{gserver} and @code{pserver} connection methods.
2241
2242@cindex CVS_RSH method option
2243@item CVS_RSH=@var{path}
2244This method option can be used with the @code{ext} method to specify the path
2245the @sc{cvs} client will use to find the remote shell used to contact the
2246@sc{cvs} server and takes precedence over any path specified in the
2247@code{$CVS_RSH} environment variable (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).  For
2248example, to connect to a @sc{cvs} server via the local
2249@file{/path/to/ssh/command} command, you could choose to specify the following
2250@var{path} via the @code{CVS_RSH} method option:
2251
2252@example
2253:ext;CVS_RSH=/path/to/ssh/command:@var{ext_connection_string}
2254@end example
2255
2256This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid only
2257as a modifcation to the @code{ext} connection method.
2258
2259@cindex CVS_SERVER method option
2260@item CVS_SERVER=@var{path}
2261This method option can be used with the @code{ext} and @code{fork} methods to
2262specify the path @sc{cvs} will use to find the @sc{cvs} executable on the
2263@sc{cvs} server and takes precedence over any path specified in the
2264@code{$CVS_SERVER} environment variable (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).  For
2265example, to select the remote @file{/path/to/cvs/command} executable as your
2266@sc{cvs} server application on the @sc{cvs} server machine, you could choose to
2267specify the following @var{path} via the @code{CVS_SERVER} method option:
2268
2269@example
2270:ext;CVS_SERVER=/path/to/cvs/command:@var{ext_connection_string}
2271@end example
2272
2273@noindent
2274or, to select an executable named @samp{cvs-1.12.11}, assuming it is in your
2275@code{$PATH} on the @sc{cvs} server:
2276
2277@example
2278:ext;CVS_SERVER=cvs-1.12.11:@var{ext_connection_string}
2279@end example
2280
2281This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid
2282as a modifcation to both the @code{ext} and @code{fork} connection methods.
2283
2284@cindex Redirect, method option
2285@item Redirect=@var{boolean-state}
2286The @code{Redirect} method option determines whether the @sc{cvs} client will
2287allow a @sc{cvs} server to redirect it to a different @sc{cvs} server, usually
2288for write requests, as in a write proxy setup.
2289
2290A @var{boolean-state} of any value acceptable for boolean @file{CVSROOT/config}
2291file options is acceptable here (@pxref{config}).  For example, @samp{on},
2292@samp{off}, @samp{true}, and @samp{false} are all valid values for
2293@var{boolean-state}.  @var{boolean-state} for the @code{Redirect} method option
2294defaults to @samp{on}.
2295
2296This option will have no effect when talking to any non-secondary @sc{cvs}
2297server.  For more on write proxies and secondary servers, please see
2298@ref{Write proxies}.
2299
2300This method option first appeared in @sc{cvs} version 1.12.11 and is valid only
2301as a modifcation to the @code{ext} connection method.
2302@end table
2303
2304As a further example, to combine both the @code{CVS_RSH} and @code{CVS_SERVER}
2305options, a method specification like the following would work:
2306
2307@example
2308:ext;CVS_RSH=/path/to/ssh/command;CVS_SERVER=/path/to/cvs/command:
2309@end example
2310
2311This means that you would not need to have
2312the @code{CVS_SERVER} or @code{CVS_RSH} environment
2313variables set correctly.  See @ref{Connecting via rsh}, for more details on
2314these environment variables.
2315
2316@node Connecting via rsh
2317@subsection Connecting with rsh
2318
2319@cindex rsh
2320@sc{cvs} uses the @samp{rsh} protocol to perform these
2321operations, so the remote user host needs to have a
2322@file{.rhosts} file which grants access to the local
2323user. Note that the program that @sc{cvs} uses for this
2324purpose may be specified using the @file{--with-rsh}
2325flag to configure.
2326
2327For example, suppose you are the user @samp{mozart} on
2328the local machine @samp{toe.example.com}, and the
2329server machine is @samp{faun.example.org}.  On
2330faun, put the following line into the file
2331@file{.rhosts} in @samp{bach}'s home directory:
2332
2333@example
2334toe.example.com  mozart
2335@end example
2336
2337@noindent
2338Then test that @samp{rsh} is working with
2339
2340@example
2341rsh -l bach faun.example.org 'echo $PATH'
2342@end example
2343
2344@cindex CVS_SERVER, environment variable
2345Next you have to make sure that @code{rsh} will be able
2346to find the server.  Make sure that the path which
2347@code{rsh} printed in the above example includes the
2348directory containing a program named @code{cvs} which
2349is the server.  You need to set the path in
2350@file{.bashrc}, @file{.cshrc}, etc., not @file{.login}
2351or @file{.profile}.  Alternately, you can set the
2352environment variable @code{CVS_SERVER} on the client
2353machine to the filename of the server you want to use,
2354for example @file{/usr/local/bin/cvs-1.6}.
2355For the @code{ext} and @code{fork} methods, you may
2356also specify @var{CVS_SERVER} as an otpion in the
2357@var{CVSROOT} so that you may use different servers for
2358differnt roots. See @ref{Remote repositories} for more
2359details.
2360
2361There is no need to edit @file{inetd.conf} or start a
2362@sc{cvs} server daemon.
2363
2364@cindex :server:, setting up
2365@cindex :ext:, setting up
2366@cindex Kerberos, using kerberized rsh
2367@cindex SSH (rsh replacement)
2368@cindex rsh replacements (Kerberized, SSH, &c)
2369There are two access methods that you use in @code{CVSROOT}
2370for rsh.  @code{:server:} specifies an internal rsh
2371client, which is supported only by some @sc{cvs} ports.
2372@code{:ext:} specifies an external rsh program.  By
2373default this is @code{rsh} (unless otherwise specified
2374by the @file{--with-rsh} flag to configure) but you may set the
2375@code{CVS_RSH} environment variable to invoke another
2376program which can access the remote server (for
2377example, @code{remsh} on HP-UX 9 because @code{rsh} is
2378something different).  It must be a program which can
2379transmit data to and from the server without modifying
2380it; for example the Windows NT @code{rsh} is not
2381suitable since it by default translates between CRLF
2382and LF.  The OS/2 @sc{cvs} port has a hack to pass @samp{-b}
2383to @code{rsh} to get around this, but since this could
2384potentially cause problems for programs other than the
2385standard @code{rsh}, it may change in the future.  If
2386you set @code{CVS_RSH} to @code{SSH} or some other rsh
2387replacement, the instructions in the rest of this
2388section concerning @file{.rhosts} and so on are likely
2389to be inapplicable; consult the documentation for your rsh
2390replacement.
2391
2392You may choose to specify the @var{CVS_RSH} option as a method option
2393in the @var{CVSROOT} string to allow you to use different connection tools
2394for different roots (@pxref{The connection method}).  For example, allowing
2395some roots to use @code{CVS_RSH=remsh} and some to use
2396@code{CVS_RSH=ssh} for the @code{ext} method.  See also
2397the @ref{Remote repositories} for more details.
2398@c See also the comment in src/client.c for rationale
2399@c concerning "rsh" being the default and never
2400@c "remsh".
2401
2402Continuing our example, supposing you want to access
2403the module @file{foo} in the repository
2404@file{/usr/local/cvsroot/}, on machine
2405@file{faun.example.org}, you are ready to go:
2406
2407@example
2408cvs -d :ext:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2409@end example
2410
2411@noindent
2412(The @file{bach@@} can be omitted if the username is
2413the same on both the local and remote hosts.)
2414
2415@c Should we mention "rsh host echo hi" and "rsh host
2416@c cat" (the latter followed by typing text and ^D)
2417@c as troubleshooting techniques?  Probably yes
2418@c (people tend to have trouble setting this up),
2419@c but this kind of thing can be hard to spell out.
2420
2421@node Password authenticated
2422@subsection Direct connection with password authentication
2423
2424The @sc{cvs} client can also connect to the server
2425using a password protocol.  This is particularly useful
2426if using @code{rsh} is not feasible (for example,
2427the server is behind a firewall), and Kerberos also is
2428not available.
2429
2430        To use this method, it is necessary to make
2431some adjustments on both the server and client sides.
2432
2433@menu
2434* Password authentication server::     Setting up the server
2435* Password authentication client::     Using the client
2436* Password authentication security::   What this method does and does not do
2437@end menu
2438
2439@node Password authentication server
2440@subsubsection Setting up the server for password authentication
2441
2442First of all, you probably want to tighten the
2443permissions on the @file{$CVSROOT} and
2444@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directories.  See @ref{Password
2445authentication security}, for more details.
2446
2447@cindex pserver (subcommand)
2448@cindex Remote repositories, port specification
2449@cindex Repositories, remote, port specification
2450@cindex Client/Server Operation, port specification
2451@cindex pserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2452@cindex kserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2453@cindex gserver (client/server connection method), port specification
2454@cindex port, specifying for remote repositories
2455@cindex Password server, setting up
2456@cindex Authenticating server, setting up
2457@cindex inetd, configuring for pserver
2458@cindex xinetd, configuring for pserver
2459@c FIXME: this isn't quite right regarding port
2460@c numbers; CVS looks up "cvspserver" in
2461@c /etc/services (on unix, but what about non-unix?).
2462On the server side, the file @file{/etc/inetd.conf}
2463needs to be edited so @code{inetd} knows to run the
2464command @code{cvs pserver} when it receives a
2465connection on the right port.  By default, the port
2466number is 2401; it would be different if your client
2467were compiled with @code{CVS_AUTH_PORT} defined to
2468something else, though.  This can also be specified in the CVSROOT variable
2469(@pxref{Remote repositories}) or overridden with the CVS_CLIENT_PORT
2470environment variable (@pxref{Environment variables}).
2471
2472        If your @code{inetd} allows raw port numbers in
2473@file{/etc/inetd.conf}, then the following (all on a
2474single line in @file{inetd.conf}) should be sufficient:
2475
2476@example
24772401  stream  tcp  nowait  root  /usr/local/bin/cvs
2478cvs -f --allow-root=/usr/cvsroot pserver
2479@end example
2480
2481@noindent
2482(You could also use the
2483@samp{-T} option to specify a temporary directory.)
2484
2485The @samp{--allow-root} option specifies the allowable
2486@sc{cvsroot} directory.  Clients which attempt to use a
2487different @sc{cvsroot} directory will not be allowed to
2488connect.  If there is more than one @sc{cvsroot}
2489directory which you want to allow, repeat the option.
2490(Unfortunately, many versions of @code{inetd} have very small
2491limits on the number of arguments and/or the total length
2492of the command.  The usual solution to this problem is
2493to have @code{inetd} run a shell script which then invokes
2494@sc{cvs} with the necessary arguments.)
2495
2496        If your @code{inetd} wants a symbolic service
2497name instead of a raw port number, then put this in
2498@file{/etc/services}:
2499
2500@example
2501cvspserver      2401/tcp
2502@end example
2503
2504@noindent
2505and put @code{cvspserver} instead of @code{2401} in @file{inetd.conf}.
2506
2507If your system uses @code{xinetd} instead of @code{inetd},
2508the procedure is slightly different.
2509Create a file called @file{/etc/xinetd.d/cvspserver} containing the following:
2510
2511@example
2512service cvspserver
2513@{
2514   port        = 2401
2515   socket_type = stream
2516   protocol    = tcp
2517   wait        = no
2518   user        = root
2519   passenv     = PATH
2520   server      = /usr/local/bin/cvs
2521   server_args = -f --allow-root=/usr/cvsroot pserver
2522@}
2523@end example
2524
2525@noindent
2526(If @code{cvspserver} is defined in @file{/etc/services}, you can omit
2527the @code{port} line.)
2528
2529        Once the above is taken care of, restart your
2530@code{inetd}, or do whatever is necessary to force it
2531to reread its initialization files.
2532
2533If you are having trouble setting this up, see
2534@ref{Connection}.
2535
2536@cindex CVS passwd file
2537@cindex passwd (admin file)
2538Because the client stores and transmits passwords in
2539cleartext (almost---see @ref{Password authentication
2540security}, for details), a separate @sc{cvs} password
2541file is generally used, so people don't compromise
2542their regular passwords when they access the
2543repository.  This file is
2544@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} (@pxref{Intro
2545administrative files}).  It uses a colon-separated
2546format, similar to @file{/etc/passwd} on Unix systems,
2547except that it has fewer fields: @sc{cvs} username,
2548optional password, and an optional system username for
2549@sc{cvs} to run as if authentication succeeds.  Here is
2550an example @file{passwd} file with five entries:
2551
2552@example
2553anonymous:
2554bach:ULtgRLXo7NRxs
2555spwang:1sOp854gDF3DY
2556melissa:tGX1fS8sun6rY:pubcvs
2557qproj:XR4EZcEs0szik:pubcvs
2558@end example
2559
2560@noindent
2561(The passwords are encrypted according to the standard
2562Unix @code{crypt()} function, so it is possible to
2563paste in passwords directly from regular Unix
2564@file{/etc/passwd} files.)
2565
2566The first line in the example will grant access to any
2567@sc{cvs} client attempting to authenticate as user
2568@code{anonymous}, no matter what password they use,
2569including an empty password.  (This is typical for
2570sites granting anonymous read-only access; for
2571information on how to do the "read-only" part, see
2572@ref{Read-only access}.)
2573
2574The second and third lines will grant access to
2575@code{bach} and @code{spwang} if they supply their
2576respective plaintext passwords.
2577
2578@cindex User aliases
2579The fourth line will grant access to @code{melissa}, if
2580she supplies the correct password, but her @sc{cvs}
2581operations will actually run on the server side under
2582the system user @code{pubcvs}.  Thus, there need not be
2583any system user named @code{melissa}, but there
2584@emph{must} be one named @code{pubcvs}.
2585
2586The fifth line shows that system user identities can be
2587shared: any client who successfully authenticates as
2588@code{qproj} will actually run as @code{pubcvs}, just
2589as @code{melissa} does.  That way you could create a
2590single, shared system user for each project in your
2591repository, and give each developer their own line in
2592the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} file.  The @sc{cvs}
2593username on each line would be different, but the
2594system username would be the same.  The reason to have
2595different @sc{cvs} usernames is that @sc{cvs} will log their
2596actions under those names: when @code{melissa} commits
2597a change to a project, the checkin is recorded in the
2598project's history under the name @code{melissa}, not
2599@code{pubcvs}.  And the reason to have them share a
2600system username is so that you can arrange permissions
2601in the relevant area of the repository such that only
2602that account has write-permission there.
2603
2604If the system-user field is present, all
2605password-authenticated @sc{cvs} commands run as that
2606user; if no system user is specified, @sc{cvs} simply
2607takes the @sc{cvs} username as the system username and
2608runs commands as that user.  In either case, if there
2609is no such user on the system, then the @sc{cvs}
2610operation will fail (regardless of whether the client
2611supplied a valid password).
2612
2613The password and system-user fields can both be omitted
2614(and if the system-user field is omitted, then also
2615omit the colon that would have separated it from the
2616encrypted password).  For example, this would be a
2617valid @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd} file:
2618
2619@example
2620anonymous::pubcvs
2621fish:rKa5jzULzmhOo:kfogel
2622sussman:1sOp854gDF3DY
2623@end example
2624
2625@noindent
2626When the password field is omitted or empty, then the
2627client's authentication attempt will succeed with any
2628password, including the empty string.  However, the
2629colon after the @sc{cvs} username is always necessary,
2630even if the password is empty.
2631
2632@sc{cvs} can also fall back to use system authentication.
2633When authenticating a password, the server first checks
2634for the user in the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd}
2635file.  If it finds the user, it will use that entry for
2636authentication as described above.  But if it does not
2637find the user, or if the @sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file
2638does not exist, then the server can try to authenticate
2639the username and password using the operating system's
2640user-lookup routines (this "fallback" behavior can be
2641disabled by setting @code{SystemAuth=no} in the
2642@sc{cvs} @file{config} file, @pxref{config}).
2643
2644The default fallback behavior is to look in 
2645@file{/etc/passwd} for this system user unless your
2646system has PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules)
2647and your @sc{cvs} server executable was configured to
2648use it at compile time (using @code{./configure --enable-pam} - see the
2649INSTALL file for more).  In this case, PAM will be consulted instead.
2650This means that @sc{cvs} can be configured to use any password
2651authentication source PAM can be configured to use (possibilities
2652include a simple UNIX password, NIS, LDAP, and others) in its
2653global configuration file (usually @file{/etc/pam.conf}
2654or possibly @file{/etc/pam.d/cvs}).  See your PAM documentation
2655for more details on PAM configuration.
2656
2657Note that PAM is an experimental feature in @sc{cvs} and feedback is
2658encouraged.  Please send a mail to one of the @sc{cvs} mailing lists
2659(@code{info-cvs@@nongnu.org} or @code{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}) if you use the 
2660@sc{cvs} PAM support.
2661
2662@strong{WARNING: Using PAM gives the system administrator much more 
2663flexibility about how @sc{cvs} users are authenticated but 
2664no more security than other methods.  See below for more.} 
2665
2666CVS needs an "auth", "account" and "session" module in the 
2667PAM configuration file. A typical PAM configuration 
2668would therefore have the following lines 
2669in @file{/etc/pam.conf} to emulate the standard @sc{cvs} 
2670system @file{/etc/passwd} authentication:
2671
2672@example
2673cvs	auth	    required	pam_unix.so
2674cvs	account	    required	pam_unix.so
2675cvs	session	    required	pam_unix.so
2676@end example
2677
2678The the equivalent @file{/etc/pam.d/cvs} would contain
2679
2680@example
2681auth	    required	pam_unix.so
2682account	    required	pam_unix.so
2683session	    required	pam_unix.so
2684@end example
2685
2686Some systems require a full path to the module so that
2687@file{pam_unix.so} (Linux) would become something like 
2688@file{/usr/lib/security/$ISA/pam_unix.so.1} (Sun Solaris).
2689See the @file{contrib/pam} subdirectory of the @sc{cvs}
2690source distribution for further example configurations.
2691
2692The PAM service name given above as "cvs" is just
2693the service name in the default configuration and can be
2694set using
2695@code{./configure --with-hardcoded-pam-service-name=<pam-service-name>}
2696before compiling.  @sc{cvs} can also be configured to use whatever
2697name it is invoked as as its PAM service name using
2698@code{./configure --without-hardcoded-pam-service-name}, but this
2699feature should not be used if you may not have control of the name
2700@sc{cvs} will be invoked as.
2701
2702Be aware, also, that falling back to system
2703authentication might be a security risk: @sc{cvs}
2704operations would then be authenticated with that user's
2705regular login password, and the password flies across
2706the network in plaintext.  See @ref{Password
2707authentication security} for more on this.
2708This may be more of a problem with PAM authentication
2709because it is likely that the source of the system 
2710password is some central authentication service like
2711LDAP which is also used to authenticate other services.
2712
2713On the other hand, PAM makes it very easy to change your password
2714regularly.  If they are given the option of a one-password system for
2715all of their activities, users are often more willing to change their
2716password on a regular basis.
2717
2718In the non-PAM configuration where the password is stored in the
2719@file{CVSROOT/passwd} file, it is difficult to change passwords on a
2720regular basis since only administrative users (or in some cases
2721processes that act as an administrative user) are typically given
2722access to modify this file.  Either there needs to be some
2723hand-crafted web page or set-uid program to update the file, or the
2724update needs to be done by submitting a request to an administrator to
2725perform the duty by hand.  In the first case, having to remember to
2726update a separate password on a periodic basis can be difficult.  In
2727the second case, the manual nature of the change will typically mean
2728that the password will not be changed unless it is absolutely
2729necessary.
2730
2731Note that PAM administrators should probably avoid configuring
2732one-time-passwords (OTP) for @sc{cvs} authentication/authorization.  If
2733OTPs are desired, the administrator may wish to encourage the use of
2734one of the other Client/Server access methods.  See the section on
2735@pxref{Remote repositories} for a list of other methods.
2736
2737Right now, the only way to put a password in the
2738@sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file is to paste it there from
2739somewhere else.  Someday, there may be a @code{cvs
2740passwd} command.
2741
2742Unlike many of the files in @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, it
2743is normal to edit the @file{passwd} file in-place,
2744rather than via @sc{cvs}.  This is because of the
2745possible security risks of having the @file{passwd}
2746file checked out to people's working copies.  If you do
2747want to include the @file{passwd} file in checkouts of
2748@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, see @ref{checkoutlist}.
2749
2750@c We might also suggest using the @code{htpasswd} command
2751@c from freely available web servers as well, but that
2752@c would open up a can of worms in that the users next
2753@c questions are likely to be "where do I get it?" and
2754@c "how do I use it?"
2755@c Also note that htpasswd, at least the version I had,
2756@c likes to clobber the third field.
2757
2758@node Password authentication client
2759@subsubsection Using the client with password authentication
2760@cindex Login (subcommand)
2761@cindex Password client, using
2762@cindex Authenticated client, using
2763@cindex :pserver:, setting up
2764To run a @sc{cvs} command on a remote repository via
2765the password-authenticating server, one specifies the
2766@code{pserver} protocol, optional username, repository host, an
2767optional port number, and path to the repository.  For example:
2768
2769@example
2770cvs -d :pserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout someproj
2771@end example
2772
2773@noindent
2774or
2775
2776@example
2777CVSROOT=:pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:2401/usr/local/cvsroot
2778cvs checkout someproj
2779@end example
2780
2781However, unless you're connecting to a public-access
2782repository (i.e., one where that username doesn't
2783require a password), you'll need to supply a password or @dfn{log in} first.
2784Logging in verifies your password with the repository and stores it in a file.
2785It's done with the @code{login} command, which will
2786prompt you interactively for the password if you didn't supply one as part of
2787@var{$CVSROOT}:
2788
2789@example
2790cvs -d :pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot login
2791CVS password:
2792@end example
2793
2794@noindent
2795or
2796
2797@example
2798cvs -d :pserver:bach:p4ss30rd@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot login
2799@end example
2800
2801After you enter the password, @sc{cvs} verifies it with
2802the server.  If the verification succeeds, then that
2803combination of username, host, repository, and password
2804is permanently recorded, so future transactions with
2805that repository won't require you to run @code{cvs
2806login}.  (If verification fails, @sc{cvs} will exit
2807complaining that the password was incorrect, and
2808nothing will be recorded.)
2809
2810The records are stored, by default, in the file
2811@file{$HOME/.cvspass}.  That file's format is
2812human-readable, and to a degree human-editable, but
2813note that the passwords are not stored in
2814cleartext---they are trivially encoded to protect them
2815from "innocent" compromise (i.e., inadvertent viewing
2816by a system administrator or other non-malicious
2817person).
2818
2819@cindex CVS_PASSFILE, environment variable
2820You can change the default location of this file by
2821setting the @code{CVS_PASSFILE} environment variable.
2822If you use this variable, make sure you set it
2823@emph{before} @code{cvs login} is run.  If you were to
2824set it after running @code{cvs login}, then later
2825@sc{cvs} commands would be unable to look up the
2826password for transmission to the server.
2827  
2828Once you have logged in, all @sc{cvs} commands using
2829that remote repository and username will authenticate
2830with the stored password.  So, for example
2831  
2832@example
2833cvs -d :pserver:bach@@faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2834@end example
2835
2836@noindent
2837should just work (unless the password changes on the
2838server side, in which case you'll have to re-run
2839@code{cvs login}).
2840
2841Note that if the @samp{:pserver:} were not present in
2842the repository specification, @sc{cvs} would assume it
2843should use @code{rsh} to connect with the server
2844instead (@pxref{Connecting via rsh}).
2845
2846Of course, once you have a working copy checked out and
2847are running @sc{cvs} commands from within it, there is
2848no longer any need to specify the repository
2849explicitly, because @sc{cvs} can deduce the repository
2850from the working copy's @file{CVS} subdirectory.
2851
2852@c FIXME: seems to me this needs somewhat more
2853@c explanation.
2854@cindex Logout (subcommand)
2855The password for a given remote repository can be
2856removed from the @code{CVS_PASSFILE} by using the
2857@code{cvs logout} command.
2858
2859@node Password authentication security
2860@subsubsection Security considerations with password authentication
2861
2862@cindex Security, of pserver
2863The passwords are stored on the client side in a
2864trivial encoding of the cleartext, and transmitted in
2865the same encoding.  The encoding is done only to
2866prevent inadvertent password compromises (i.e., a
2867system administrator accidentally looking at the file),
2868and will not prevent even a naive attacker from gaining
2869the password.
2870
2871@c FIXME: The bit about "access to the repository
2872@c implies general access to the system is *not* specific
2873@c to pserver; it applies to kerberos and SSH and
2874@c everything else too.  Should reorganize the
2875@c documentation to make this clear.
2876The separate @sc{cvs} password file (@pxref{Password
2877authentication server}) allows people
2878to use a different password for repository access than
2879for login access.  On the other hand, once a user has
2880non-read-only
2881access to the repository, she can execute programs on
2882the server system through a variety of means.  Thus, repository
2883access implies fairly broad system access as well.  It
2884might be possible to modify @sc{cvs} to prevent that,
2885but no one has done so as of this writing.
2886@c OpenBSD uses chroot() and copies the repository to
2887@c provide anonymous read-only access (for details see
2888@c http://www.openbsd.org/anoncvs.shar).  While this
2889@c closes the most obvious holes, I'm not sure it
2890@c closes enough holes to recommend it (plus it is
2891@c *very* easy to accidentally screw up a setup of this
2892@c type).
2893
2894Note that because the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT} directory
2895contains @file{passwd} and other files which are used
2896to check security, you must control the permissions on
2897this directory as tightly as the permissions on
2898@file{/etc}.  The same applies to the @file{$CVSROOT}
2899directory itself and any directory
2900above it in the tree.  Anyone who has write access to
2901such a directory will have the ability to become any
2902user on the system.  Note that these permissions are
2903typically tighter than you would use if you are not
2904using pserver.
2905@c TODO: Would be really nice to document/implement a
2906@c scheme where the CVS server can run as some non-root
2907@c user, e.g. "cvs".  CVSROOT/passwd would contain a
2908@c bunch of entries of the form foo:xxx:cvs (or the "cvs"
2909@c would be implicit).  This would greatly reduce
2910@c security risks such as those hinted at in the
2911@c previous paragraph.  I think minor changes to CVS
2912@c might be required but mostly this would just need
2913@c someone who wants to play with it, document it, &c.
2914
2915In summary, anyone who gets the password gets
2916repository access (which may imply some measure of general system
2917access as well).  The password is available to anyone
2918who can sniff network packets or read a protected
2919(i.e., user read-only) file.  If you want real
2920security, get Kerberos.
2921
2922@node GSSAPI authenticated
2923@subsection Direct connection with GSSAPI
2924
2925@cindex GSSAPI
2926@cindex Security, GSSAPI
2927@cindex :gserver:, setting up
2928@cindex Kerberos, using :gserver:
2929GSSAPI is a generic interface to network security
2930systems such as Kerberos 5.
2931If you have a working GSSAPI library, you can have
2932@sc{cvs} connect via a direct @sc{tcp} connection,
2933authenticating with GSSAPI.
2934
2935To do this, @sc{cvs} needs to be compiled with GSSAPI
2936support; when configuring @sc{cvs} it tries to detect
2937whether GSSAPI libraries using Kerberos version 5 are
2938present.  You can also use the @file{--with-gssapi}
2939flag to configure.
2940
2941The connection is authenticated using GSSAPI, but the
2942message stream is @emph{not} authenticated by default.
2943You must use the @code{-a} global option to request
2944stream authentication.
2945
2946The data transmitted is @emph{not} encrypted by
2947default.  Encryption support must be compiled into both
2948the client and the server; use the
2949@file{--enable-encrypt} configure option to turn it on.
2950You must then use the @code{-x} global option to
2951request encryption.
2952
2953GSSAPI connections are handled on the server side by
2954the same server which handles the password
2955authentication server; see @ref{Password authentication
2956server}.  If you are using a GSSAPI mechanism such as
2957Kerberos which provides for strong authentication, you
2958will probably want to disable the ability to
2959authenticate via cleartext passwords.  To do so, create
2960an empty @file{CVSROOT/passwd} password file, and set
2961@code{SystemAuth=no} in the config file
2962(@pxref{config}).
2963
2964The GSSAPI server uses a principal name of
2965cvs/@var{hostname}, where @var{hostname} is the
2966canonical name of the server host.  You will have to
2967set this up as required by your GSSAPI mechanism.
2968
2969To connect using GSSAPI, use the @samp{:gserver:} method.  For
2970example,
2971
2972@example
2973cvs -d :gserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
2974@end example
2975
2976@node Kerberos authenticated
2977@subsection Direct connection with Kerberos
2978
2979@cindex Kerberos, using :kserver:
2980@cindex Security, Kerberos
2981@cindex :kserver:, setting up
2982The easiest way to use Kerberos is to use the Kerberos
2983@code{rsh}, as described in @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
2984The main disadvantage of using rsh is that all the data
2985needs to pass through additional programs, so it may be
2986slower.  So if you have Kerberos installed you can
2987connect via a direct @sc{tcp} connection,
2988authenticating with Kerberos.
2989
2990This section concerns the Kerberos network security
2991system, version 4.  Kerberos version 5 is supported via
2992the GSSAPI generic network security interface, as
2993described in the previous section.
2994
2995To do this, @sc{cvs} needs to be compiled with Kerberos
2996support; when configuring @sc{cvs} it tries to detect
2997whether Kerberos is present or you can use the
2998@file{--with-krb4} flag to configure.
2999
3000The data transmitted is @emph{not} encrypted by
3001default.  Encryption support must be compiled into both
3002the client and server; use the
3003@file{--enable-encryption} configure option to turn it
3004on.  You must then use the @code{-x} global option to
3005request encryption.
3006
3007The CVS client will attempt to connect to port 1999 by default.
3008
3009@cindex kinit
3010When you want to use @sc{cvs}, get a ticket in the
3011usual way (generally @code{kinit}); it must be a ticket
3012which allows you to log into the server machine.  Then
3013you are ready to go:
3014
3015@example
3016cvs -d :kserver:faun.example.org:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
3017@end example
3018
3019Previous versions of @sc{cvs} would fall back to a
3020connection via rsh; this version will not do so.
3021
3022@node Connecting via fork
3023@subsection Connecting with fork
3024
3025@cindex fork, access method
3026@cindex :fork:, setting up
3027This access method allows you to connect to a
3028repository on your local disk via the remote protocol.
3029In other words it does pretty much the same thing as
3030@code{:local:}, but various quirks, bugs and the like are
3031those of the remote @sc{cvs} rather than the local
3032@sc{cvs}.
3033
3034For day-to-day operations you might prefer either
3035@code{:local:} or @code{:fork:}, depending on your
3036preferences.  Of course @code{:fork:} comes in
3037particularly handy in testing or
3038debugging @code{cvs} and the remote protocol.
3039Specifically, we avoid all of the network-related
3040setup/configuration, timeouts, and authentication
3041inherent in the other remote access methods but still
3042create a connection which uses the remote protocol.
3043
3044To connect using the @code{fork} method, use
3045@samp{:fork:} and the pathname to your local
3046repository.  For example:
3047
3048@example
3049cvs -d :fork:/usr/local/cvsroot checkout foo
3050@end example
3051
3052@cindex CVS_SERVER, and :fork:
3053As with @code{:ext:}, the server is called @samp{cvs}
3054by default, or the value of the @code{CVS_SERVER}
3055environment variable.
3056
3057
3058@node Write proxies
3059@subsection Distributing load across several CVS servers
3060
3061@cindex PrimaryServer, in CVSROOT/config
3062@cindex Primary server
3063@cindex Secondary server
3064@cindex proxy, write
3065@cindex write proxy
3066@sc{cvs} can be configured to distribute usage across several @sc{cvs}
3067servers.  This is accomplished by means of one or more @dfn{write proxies}, or
3068@dfn{secondary servers}, for a single @dfn{primary server}.
3069
3070When a @sc{cvs} client accesses a secondary server and only sends read
3071requests, then the secondary server handles the entire request.  If the client
3072sends any write requests, however, the secondary server asks the client to
3073redirect its write request to the primary server, if the client supports
3074redirect requests, and otherwise becomes a transparent proxy for the primary
3075server, which actually handles the write request.
3076
3077In this manner, any number of read-only secondary servers may be configured as
3078write proxies for the primary server, effectively distributing the load from
3079all read operations between the secondary servers and restricting the load on
3080the primary server to write operations and pushing changes to the secondaries.
3081
3082Primary servers will not automatically push changes to secondaries.  This must
3083be configured via @file{loginfo}, @file{postadmin}, @file{posttag}, &
3084@file{postwatch} scripts (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}) like the following:
3085
3086@example
3087ALL	rsync -gopr -essh ./ secondary:/cvsroot/%p &
3088@end example
3089
3090You would probably actually want to lock directories for write on the secondary
3091and for read on the primary before running the @samp{rsync} in the above
3092example, but describing such a setup is beyond the scope of this document.
3093
3094A secondary advantage of a write proxy setup is that users pointing at the
3095secondary server can still execute fast read operations while on a network that
3096connects to the primary over a slow link or even one where the link to the
3097primary is periodically broken.  Only write operations will require the network
3098link to the primary.
3099
3100To configure write proxies, the primary must be specified with the
3101@samp{PrimaryServer} option in @file{CVSROOT/config} (@pxref{config}).  For the
3102transparent proxy mode to work, all secondary servers must also be running the
3103same version of the @sc{cvs} server, or at least one that provides the same
3104list of supported requests to the client as the primary server.  This is not
3105necessary for redirection.
3106
3107Once a primary server is configured, secondary servers may be configured by:
3108
3109@enumerate
3110@item
3111Duplicating the primary repository at the new location.
3112@item
3113Setting up the @file{loginfo}, @file{postadmin}, @file{posttag}, and
3114@file{postwatch} files on the primary to propagate writes to the new secondary.
3115@item
3116Configure remote access to the secondary(ies) as you would configure access
3117to any other CVS server (@pxref{Remote repositories}).
3118@item
3119Ensuring that @code{--allow-root=@var{secondary-cvsroot}} is passed to
3120@strong{all} incovations of the secondary server if the path to the @sc{cvs}
3121repository directory is different on the two servers and you wish to support
3122clients that do not handle the @samp{Redirect} resopnse (CVS 1.12.9 and earlier
3123clients do not handle the @samp{Redirect} response).
3124
3125Please note, again, that writethrough proxy suport requires
3126@code{--allow-root=@var{secondary-cvsroot}} to be specified for @strong{all}
3127incovations of the secondary server, not just @samp{pserver} invocations.
3128This may require a wrapper script for the @sc{cvs} executable
3129on your server machine.
3130@end enumerate
3131
3132
3133@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3134@node Read-only access
3135@section Read-only repository access
3136@cindex Read-only repository access
3137@cindex readers (admin file)
3138@cindex writers (admin file)
3139
3140        It is possible to grant read-only repository
3141access to people using the password-authenticated
3142server (@pxref{Password authenticated}).  (The
3143other access methods do not have explicit support for
3144read-only users because those methods all assume login
3145access to the repository machine anyway, and therefore
3146the user can do whatever local file permissions allow
3147her to do.)
3148
3149        A user who has read-only access can do only
3150those @sc{cvs} operations which do not modify the
3151repository, except for certain ``administrative'' files
3152(such as lock files and the history file).  It may be
3153desirable to use this feature in conjunction with
3154user-aliasing (@pxref{Password authentication server}).
3155
3156Unlike with previous versions of @sc{cvs}, read-only
3157users should be able merely to read the repository, and
3158not to execute programs on the server or otherwise gain
3159unexpected levels of access.  Or to be more accurate,
3160the @emph{known} holes have been plugged.  Because this
3161feature is new and has not received a comprehensive
3162security audit, you should use whatever level of
3163caution seems warranted given your attitude concerning
3164security.
3165
3166        There are two ways to specify read-only access
3167for a user: by inclusion, and by exclusion.
3168
3169        "Inclusion" means listing that user
3170specifically in the @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/readers}
3171file, which is simply a newline-separated list of
3172users.  Here is a sample @file{readers} file:
3173
3174@example
3175melissa
3176splotnik
3177jrandom
3178@end example
3179
3180@noindent
3181        (Don't forget the newline after the last user.)
3182
3183        "Exclusion" means explicitly listing everyone
3184who has @emph{write} access---if the file
3185
3186@example
3187$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/writers
3188@end example
3189
3190@noindent
3191exists, then only
3192those users listed in it have write access, and
3193everyone else has read-only access (of course, even the
3194read-only users still need to be listed in the
3195@sc{cvs} @file{passwd} file).  The
3196@file{writers} file has the same format as the
3197@file{readers} file.
3198
3199        Note: if your @sc{cvs} @file{passwd}
3200file maps cvs users onto system users (@pxref{Password
3201authentication server}), make sure you deny or grant
3202read-only access using the @emph{cvs} usernames, not
3203the system usernames.  That is, the @file{readers} and
3204@file{writers} files contain cvs usernames, which may
3205or may not be the same as system usernames.
3206
3207        Here is a complete description of the server's
3208behavior in deciding whether to grant read-only or
3209read-write access:
3210
3211        If @file{readers} exists, and this user is
3212listed in it, then she gets read-only access.  Or if
3213@file{writers} exists, and this user is NOT listed in
3214it, then she also gets read-only access (this is true
3215even if @file{readers} exists but she is not listed
3216there).  Otherwise, she gets full read-write access.
3217
3218        Of course there is a conflict if the user is
3219listed in both files.  This is resolved in the more
3220conservative way, it being better to protect the
3221repository too much than too little: such a user gets
3222read-only access.
3223
3224@node Server temporary directory
3225@section Temporary directories for the server
3226@cindex Temporary directories, and server
3227@cindex Server, temporary directories
3228
3229While running, the @sc{cvs} server creates temporary
3230directories.  They are named
3231
3232@example
3233cvs-serv@var{pid}
3234@end example
3235
3236@noindent
3237where @var{pid} is the process identification number of
3238the server.
3239They are located in the directory specified by 
3240the @samp{-T} global option (@pxref{Global options}), 
3241the @code{TMPDIR} environment variable (@pxref{Environment variables}), 
3242or, failing that, @file{/tmp}.
3243
3244In most cases the server will remove the temporary
3245directory when it is done, whether it finishes normally
3246or abnormally.  However, there are a few cases in which
3247the server does not or cannot remove the temporary
3248directory, for example:
3249
3250@itemize @bullet
3251@item
3252If the server aborts due to an internal server error,
3253it may preserve the directory to aid in debugging
3254
3255@item
3256If the server is killed in a way that it has no way of
3257cleaning up (most notably, @samp{kill -KILL} on unix).
3258
3259@item
3260If the system shuts down without an orderly shutdown,
3261which tells the server to clean up.
3262@end itemize
3263
3264In cases such as this, you will need to manually remove
3265the @file{cvs-serv@var{pid}} directories.  As long as
3266there is no server running with process identification
3267number @var{pid}, it is safe to do so.
3268
3269@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3270@node Starting a new project
3271@chapter Starting a project with CVS
3272@cindex Starting a project with CVS
3273@cindex Creating a project
3274
3275@comment --moduledb--
3276Because renaming files and moving them between
3277directories is somewhat inconvenient, the first thing
3278you do when you start a new project should be to think
3279through your file organization.  It is not impossible
3280to rename or move files, but it does increase the
3281potential for confusion and @sc{cvs} does have some
3282quirks particularly in the area of renaming
3283directories.  @xref{Moving files}.
3284
3285What to do next depends on the situation at hand.
3286
3287@menu
3288* Setting up the files::        Getting the files into the repository
3289* Defining the module::         How to make a module of the files
3290@end menu
3291@c -- File permissions!
3292
3293@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3294@node Setting up the files
3295@section Setting up the files
3296
3297The first step is to create the files inside the repository.  This can
3298be done in a couple of different ways.
3299
3300@c -- The contributed scripts
3301@menu
3302* From files::                  This method is useful with old projects
3303                                where files already exists.
3304* From other version control systems::  Old projects where you want to
3305                                        preserve history from another system.
3306* From scratch::                Creating a directory tree from scratch.
3307@end menu
3308
3309@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3310@node From files
3311@subsection Creating a directory tree from a number of files
3312@cindex Importing files
3313
3314When you begin using @sc{cvs}, you will probably already have several
3315projects that can be
3316put under @sc{cvs} control.  In these cases the easiest way is to use the
3317@code{import} command.  An example is probably the easiest way to
3318explain how to use it.  If the files you want to install in
3319@sc{cvs} reside in @file{@var{wdir}}, and you want them to appear in the
3320repository as @file{$CVSROOT/yoyodyne/@var{rdir}}, you can do this:
3321
3322@example
3323$ cd @var{wdir}
3324$ cvs import -m "Imported sources" yoyodyne/@var{rdir} yoyo start
3325@end example
3326
3327Unless you supply a log message with the @samp{-m}
3328flag, @sc{cvs} starts an editor and prompts for a
3329message.  The string @samp{yoyo} is a @dfn{vendor tag},
3330and @samp{start} is a @dfn{release tag}.  They may fill
3331no purpose in this context, but since @sc{cvs} requires
3332them they must be present.  @xref{Tracking sources}, for
3333more information about them.
3334
3335You can now verify that it worked, and remove your
3336original source directory.
3337@c FIXME: Need to say more about "verify that it
3338@c worked".  What should the user look for in the output
3339@c from "diff -r"?
3340
3341@example
3342$ cd ..
3343$ cvs checkout yoyodyne/@var{rdir}       # @r{Explanation below}
3344$ diff -r @var{wdir} yoyodyne/@var{rdir}
3345$ rm -r @var{wdir}
3346@end example
3347
3348@noindent
3349Erasing the original sources is a good idea, to make sure that you do
3350not accidentally edit them in @var{wdir}, bypassing @sc{cvs}.
3351Of course, it would be wise to make sure that you have
3352a backup of the sources before you remove them.
3353
3354The @code{checkout} command can either take a module
3355name as argument (as it has done in all previous
3356examples) or a path name relative to @code{$CVSROOT},
3357as it did in the example above.
3358
3359It is a good idea to check that the permissions
3360@sc{cvs} sets on the directories inside @code{$CVSROOT}
3361are reasonable, and that they belong to the proper
3362groups.  @xref{File permissions}.
3363
3364If some of the files you want to import are binary, you
3365may want to use the wrappers features to specify which
3366files are binary and which are not.  @xref{Wrappers}.
3367
3368@c The node name is too long, but I am having trouble
3369@c thinking of something more concise.
3370@node From other version control systems
3371@subsection Creating Files From Other Version Control Systems
3372@cindex Importing files, from other version control systems
3373
3374If you have a project which you are maintaining with
3375another version control system, such as @sc{rcs}, you
3376may wish to put the files from that project into
3377@sc{cvs}, and preserve the revision history of the
3378files.
3379
3380@table @asis
3381@cindex RCS, importing files from
3382@item From RCS
3383If you have been using @sc{rcs}, find the @sc{rcs}
3384files---usually a file named @file{foo.c} will have its
3385@sc{rcs} file in @file{RCS/foo.c,v} (but it could be
3386other places; consult the @sc{rcs} documentation for
3387details).  Then create the appropriate directories in
3388@sc{cvs} if they do not already exist.  Then copy the
3389files into the appropriate directories in the @sc{cvs}
3390repository (the name in the repository must be the name
3391of the source file with @samp{,v} added; the files go
3392directly in the appropriate directory of the repository,
3393not in an @file{RCS} subdirectory).  This is one of the
3394few times when it is a good idea to access the @sc{cvs}
3395repository directly, rather than using @sc{cvs}
3396commands.  Then you are ready to check out a new
3397working directory.
3398@c Someday there probably should be a "cvs import -t
3399@c rcs" or some such.  It could even create magic
3400@c branches.  It could also do something about the case
3401@c where the RCS file had a (non-magic) "0" branch.
3402
3403The @sc{rcs} file should not be locked when you move it
3404into @sc{cvs}; if it is, @sc{cvs} will have trouble
3405letting you operate on it.
3406@c What is the easiest way to unlock your files if you
3407@c have them locked?  Especially if you have a lot of them?
3408@c This is a CVS bug/misfeature; importing RCS files
3409@c should ignore whether they are locked and leave them in
3410@c an unlocked state.  Yet another reason for a separate
3411@c "import RCS file" command.
3412
3413@c How many is "many"? Or do they just import RCS files?
3414@item From another version control system
3415Many version control systems have the ability to export
3416@sc{rcs} files in the standard format.  If yours does,
3417export the @sc{rcs} files and then follow the above
3418instructions.
3419
3420Failing that, probably your best bet is to write a
3421script that will check out the files one revision at a
3422time using the command line interface to the other
3423system, and then check the revisions into @sc{cvs}.
3424The @file{sccs2rcs} script mentioned below may be a
3425useful example to follow.
3426
3427@cindex SCCS, importing files from
3428@item From SCCS
3429There is a script in the @file{contrib} directory of
3430the @sc{cvs} source distribution called @file{sccs2rcs}
3431which converts @sc{sccs} files to @sc{rcs} files.
3432Note: you must run it on a machine which has both
3433@sc{sccs} and @sc{rcs} installed, and like everything
3434else in contrib it is unsupported (your mileage may
3435vary).
3436
3437@cindex PVCS, importing files from
3438@item From PVCS
3439There is a script in the @file{contrib} directory of
3440the @sc{cvs} source distribution called @file{pvcs_to_rcs}
3441which converts @sc{pvcs} archives to @sc{rcs} files.
3442You must run it on a machine which has both
3443@sc{pvcs} and @sc{rcs} installed, and like everything
3444else in contrib it is unsupported (your mileage may
3445vary).  See the comments in the script for details.
3446@end table
3447@c CMZ and/or PATCHY were systems that were used in the
3448@c high energy physics community (especially for
3449@c CERNLIB).  CERN has replaced them with CVS, but the
3450@c CAR format seems to live on as a way to submit
3451@c changes.  There is a program car2cvs which converts
3452@c but I'm not sure where one gets a copy.
3453@c Not sure it is worth mentioning here, since it would
3454@c appear to affect only one particular community.
3455@c Best page for more information is:
3456@c http://wwwcn1.cern.ch/asd/cvs/index.html
3457@c See also:
3458@c http://ecponion.cern.ch/ecpsa/cernlib.html
3459
3460@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3461@node From scratch
3462@subsection Creating a directory tree from scratch
3463
3464@c Also/instead should be documenting
3465@c $ cvs co -l .
3466@c $ mkdir tc
3467@c $ cvs add tc
3468@c $ cd tc
3469@c $ mkdir man
3470@c $ cvs add man
3471@c etc.
3472@c Using import to create the directories only is
3473@c probably a somewhat confusing concept.
3474For a new project, the easiest thing to do is probably
3475to create an empty directory structure, like this:
3476
3477@example
3478$ mkdir tc
3479$ mkdir tc/man
3480$ mkdir tc/testing
3481@end example
3482
3483After that, you use the @code{import} command to create
3484the corresponding (empty) directory structure inside
3485the repository:
3486
3487@example
3488$ cd tc
3489$ cvs import -m "Created directory structure" yoyodyne/@var{dir} yoyo start
3490@end example
3491
3492This will add yoyodyne/@var{dir} as a directory under
3493@code{$CVSROOT}.
3494
3495Use @code{checkout} to get the new project.  Then, use @code{add}
3496to add files (and new directories) as needed.
3497
3498@example
3499$ cd ..
3500$ cvs co yoyodyne/@var{dir}
3501@end example
3502
3503Check that the permissions @sc{cvs} sets on the
3504directories inside @code{$CVSROOT} are reasonable.
3505
3506@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3507@node Defining the module
3508@section Defining the module
3509@cindex Defining a module
3510@cindex Editing the modules file
3511@cindex Module, defining
3512@cindex Modules file, changing
3513
3514The next step is to define the module in the
3515@file{modules} file.  This is not strictly necessary,
3516but modules can be convenient in grouping together
3517related files and directories.
3518
3519In simple cases these steps are sufficient to define a module.
3520
3521@enumerate
3522@item
3523Get a working copy of the modules file.
3524
3525@example
3526$ cvs checkout CVSROOT/modules
3527$ cd CVSROOT
3528@end example
3529
3530@item
3531Edit the file and insert a line that defines the module.  @xref{Intro
3532administrative files}, for an introduction.  @xref{modules}, for a full
3533description of the modules file.  You can use the
3534following line to define the module @samp{tc}:
3535
3536@example
3537tc   yoyodyne/tc
3538@end example
3539
3540@item
3541Commit your changes to the modules file.
3542
3543@example
3544$ cvs commit -m "Added the tc module." modules
3545@end example
3546
3547@item
3548Release the modules module.
3549
3550@example
3551$ cd ..
3552$ cvs release -d CVSROOT
3553@end example
3554@end enumerate
3555
3556@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
3557@node Revisions
3558@chapter Revisions
3559
3560For many uses of @sc{cvs}, one doesn't need to worry
3561too much about revision numbers; @sc{cvs} assigns
3562numbers such as @code{1.1}, @code{1.2}, and so on, and
3563that is all one needs to know.  However, some people
3564prefer to have more knowledge and control concerning
3565how @sc{cvs} assigns revision numbers.
3566
3567If one wants to keep track of a set of revisions
3568involving more than one file, such as which revisions
3569went into a particular release, one uses a @dfn{tag},
3570which is a symbolic revision which can be assigned to a
3571numeric revision in each file.
3572
3573@menu
3574* Revision numbers::            The meaning of a revision number
3575* Versions revisions releases::  Terminology used in this manual
3576* Assigning revisions::         Assigning revisions
3577* Tags::                        Tags--Symbolic revisions
3578* Tagging the working directory::  The cvs tag command
3579* Tagging by date/tag::         The cvs rtag command
3580* Modifying tags::              Adding, renaming, and deleting tags
3581* Tagging add/remove::          Tags with adding and removing files
3582* Sticky tags::                 Certain tags are persistent
3583@end menu
3584
3585@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3586@node Revision numbers
3587@section Revision numbers
3588@cindex Revision numbers
3589@cindex Revision tree
3590@cindex Linear development
3591@cindex Number, revision-
3592@cindex Decimal revision number
3593@cindex Branch number
3594@cindex Number, branch
3595
3596Each version of a file has a unique @dfn{revision
3597number}.  Revision numbers look like @samp{1.1},
3598@samp{1.2}, @samp{1.3.2.2} or even @samp{1.3.2.2.4.5}.
3599A revision number always has an even number of
3600period-separated decimal integers.  By default revision
36011.1 is the first revision of a file.  Each successive
3602revision is given a new number by increasing the
3603rightmost number by one.  The following figure displays
3604a few revisions, with newer revisions to the right.
3605
3606@example
3607       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
3608       ! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !
3609       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
3610@end example
3611
3612It is also possible to end up with numbers containing
3613more than one period, for example @samp{1.3.2.2}.  Such
3614revisions represent revisions on branches
3615(@pxref{Branching and merging}); such revision numbers
3616are explained in detail in @ref{Branches and
3617revisions}.
3618
3619@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3620@node Versions revisions releases
3621@section Versions, revisions and releases
3622@cindex Revisions, versions and releases
3623@cindex Versions, revisions and releases
3624@cindex Releases, revisions and versions
3625
3626A file can have several versions, as described above.
3627Likewise, a software product can have several versions.
3628A software product is often given a version number such
3629as @samp{4.1.1}.
3630
3631Versions in the first sense are called @dfn{revisions}
3632in this document, and versions in the second sense are
3633called @dfn{releases}.  To avoid confusion, the word
3634@dfn{version} is almost never used in this document.
3635
3636@node Assigning revisions
3637@section Assigning revisions
3638
3639@c We avoid the "major revision" terminology.  It seems
3640@c like jargon.  Hopefully "first number" is clear enough.
3641@c
3642@c Well, in the context of software release numbers,
3643@c "major" and "minor" release or version numbers are
3644@c documented in at least the GNU Coding Standards, but I'm
3645@c still not sure I find that a valid reason to apply the
3646@c terminology to RCS revision numbers.  "First", "Second",
3647@c "subsequent", and so on is almost surely clearer,
3648@c especially to a novice reader. -DRP
3649By default, @sc{cvs} will assign numeric revisions by
3650leaving the first number the same and incrementing the
3651second number.  For example, @code{1.1}, @code{1.2},
3652@code{1.3}, etc.
3653
3654When adding a new file, the second number will always
3655be one and the first number will equal the highest
3656first number of any file in that directory.  For
3657example, the current directory contains files whose
3658highest numbered revisions are @code{1.7}, @code{3.1},
3659and @code{4.12}, then an added file will be given the
3660numeric revision @code{4.1}.
3661(When using client/server @sc{cvs},
3662only files that are actually sent to the server are considered.)
3663
3664@c This is sort of redundant with something we said a
3665@c while ago.  Somewhere we need a better way of
3666@c introducing how the first number can be anything
3667@c except "1", perhaps.  Also I don't think this
3668@c presentation is clear on why we are discussing releases
3669@c and first numbers of numeric revisions in the same
3670@c breath.
3671Normally there is no reason to care
3672about the revision numbers---it is easier to treat them
3673as internal numbers that @sc{cvs} maintains, and tags
3674provide a better way to distinguish between things like
3675release 1 versus release 2 of your product
3676(@pxref{Tags}).  However, if you want to set the
3677numeric revisions, the @samp{-r} option to @code{cvs
3678commit} can do that.  The @samp{-r} option implies the
3679@samp{-f} option, in the sense that it causes the
3680files to be committed even if they are not modified.
3681
3682For example, to bring all your files up to
3683revision 3.0 (including those that haven't changed),
3684you might invoke:
3685
3686@example
3687$ cvs commit -r 3.0
3688@end example
3689
3690Note that the number you specify with @samp{-r} must be
3691larger than any existing revision number.  That is, if
3692revision 3.0 exists, you cannot @samp{cvs commit
3693-r 1.3}.  If you want to maintain several releases in
3694parallel, you need to use a branch (@pxref{Branching and merging}).
3695
3696@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
3697@node Tags
3698@section Tags--Symbolic revisions
3699@cindex Tags
3700
3701The revision numbers live a life of their own.  They
3702need not have anything at all to do with the release
3703numbers of your software product.  Depending
3704on how you use @sc{cvs} the revision numbers might change several times
3705between two releases.  As an example, some of the
3706source files that make up @sc{rcs} 5.6 have the following
3707revision numbers:
3708@cindex RCS revision numbers
3709
3710@example
3711ci.c            5.21
3712co.c            5.9
3713ident.c         5.3
3714rcs.c           5.12
3715rcsbase.h       5.11
3716rcsdiff.c       5.10
3717rcsedit.c       5.11
3718rcsfcmp.c       5.9
3719rcsgen.c        5.10
3720rcslex.c        5.11
3721rcsmap.c        5.2
3722rcsutil.c       5.10
3723@end example
3724
3725@cindex tag (subcommand), introduction
3726@cindex Tags, symbolic name
3727@cindex Symbolic name (tag)
3728@cindex Name, symbolic (tag)
3729@cindex HEAD, as reserved tag name
3730@cindex BASE, as reserved tag name
3731You can use the @code{tag} command to give a symbolic name to a
3732certain revision of a file.  You can use the @samp{-v} flag to the
3733@code{status} command to see all tags that a file has, and
3734which revision numbers they represent.  Tag names must
3735start with an uppercase or lowercase letter and can
3736contain uppercase and lowercase letters, digits,
3737@samp{-}, and @samp{_}.  The two tag names @code{BASE}
3738and @code{HEAD} are reserved for use by @sc{cvs}.  It
3739is expected that future names which are special to
3740@sc{cvs} will be specially named, for example by
3741starting with @samp{.}, rather than being named analogously to
3742@code{BASE} and @code{HEAD}, to avoid conflicts with
3743actual tag names.
3744@c Including a character such as % or = has also been
3745@c suggested as the naming convention for future
3746@c special tag names.  Starting with . is nice because
3747@c that is not a legal tag name as far as RCS is concerned.
3748@c FIXME: CVS actually accepts quite a few characters
3749@c in tag names, not just the ones documented above
3750@c (see RCS_check_tag).  RCS
3751@c defines legitimate tag names by listing illegal
3752@c characters rather than legal ones.  CVS is said to lose its
3753@c mind if you try to use "/" (try making such a tag sticky
3754@c and using "cvs status" client/server--see remote
3755@c protocol format for entries line for probable cause).
3756@c TODO: The testsuite
3757@c should test for whatever are documented above as
3758@c officially-OK tag names, and CVS should at least reject
3759@c characters that won't work, like "/".
3760
3761You'll want to choose some convention for naming tags,
3762based on information such as the name of the program
3763and the version number of the release.  For example,
3764one might take the name of the program, immediately
3765followed by the version number with @samp{.} changed to
3766@samp{-}, so that @sc{cvs} 1.9 would be tagged with the name
3767@code{cvs1-9}.  If you choose a consistent convention,
3768then you won't constantly be guessing whether a tag is
3769@code{cvs-1-9} or @code{cvs1_9} or what.  You might
3770even want to consider enforcing your convention in the
3771@file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}).
3772@c Might be nice to say more about using taginfo this
3773@c way, like giving an example, or pointing out any particular
3774@c issues which arise.
3775
3776@cindex Adding a tag
3777@cindex Tags, example
3778The following example shows how you can add a tag to a
3779file.  The commands must be issued inside your working
3780directory.  That is, you should issue the
3781command in the directory where @file{backend.c}
3782resides.
3783
3784@example
3785$ cvs tag rel-0-4 backend.c
3786T backend.c
3787$ cvs status -v backend.c
3788===================================================================
3789File: backend.c         Status: Up-to-date
3790
3791    Version:            1.4     Tue Dec  1 14:39:01 1992
3792    RCS Version:        1.4     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
3793    Sticky Tag:         (none)
3794    Sticky Date:        (none)
3795    Sticky Options:     (none)
3796
3797    Existing Tags:
3798        rel-0-4                     (revision: 1.4)
3799
3800@end example
3801
3802For a complete summary of the syntax of @code{cvs tag},
3803including the various options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
3804
3805There is seldom reason to tag a file in isolation.  A more common use is
3806to tag all the files that constitute a module with the same tag at
3807strategic points in the development life-cycle, such as when a release
3808is made.
3809
3810@example
3811$ cvs tag rel-1-0 .
3812cvs tag: Tagging .
3813T Makefile
3814T backend.c
3815T driver.c
3816T frontend.c
3817T parser.c
3818@end example
3819
3820@noindent
3821(When you give @sc{cvs} a directory as argument, it generally applies the
3822operation to all the files in that directory, and (recursively), to any
3823subdirectories that it may contain.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.)
3824
3825@cindex Retrieving an old revision using tags
3826@cindex Tags, retrieving old revisions
3827The @code{checkout} command has a flag, @samp{-r}, that lets you check out
3828a certain revision of a module.  This flag makes it easy to
3829retrieve the sources that make up release 1.0 of the module @samp{tc} at
3830any time in the future:
3831
3832@example
3833$ cvs checkout -r rel-1-0 tc
3834@end example
3835
3836@noindent
3837This is useful, for instance, if someone claims that there is a bug in
3838that release, but you cannot find the bug in the current working copy.
3839
3840You can also check out a module as it was on any branch at any given date.
3841@xref{checkout options}.  When specifying @samp{-r} or @samp{-D} to
3842any of these commands, you will need beware of sticky
3843tags; see @ref{Sticky tags}.
3844
3845When you tag more than one file with the same tag you
3846can think about the tag as "a curve drawn through a
3847matrix of filename vs. revision number."  Say we have 5
3848files with the following revisions:
3849
3850@example
3851@group
3852        file1   file2   file3   file4   file5
3853
3854        1.1     1.1     1.1     1.1  /--1.1*      <-*-  TAG
3855        1.2*-   1.2     1.2    -1.2*-
3856        1.3  \- 1.3*-   1.3   / 1.3
3857        1.4          \  1.4  /  1.4
3858                      \-1.5*-   1.5
3859                        1.6
3860@end group
3861@end example
3862
3863At some time in the past, the @code{*} versions were tagged.
3864You can think of the tag as a handle attached to the curve
3865drawn through the tagged revisions.  When you pull on
3866the handle, you get all the tagged revisions.  Another
3867way to look at it is that you "sight" through a set of
3868revisions that is "flat" along the tagged revisions,
3869like this:
3870
3871@example
3872@group
3873        file1   file2   file3   file4   file5
3874
3875                        1.1
3876                        1.2
3877                1.1     1.3                       _
3878        1.1     1.2     1.4     1.1              /
3879        1.2*----1.3*----1.5*----1.2*----1.1*    (--- <--- Look here
3880        1.3             1.6     1.3              \_
3881        1.4                     1.4
3882                                1.5
3883@end group
3884@end example
3885
3886@node Tagging the working directory
3887@section Specifying what to tag from the working directory
3888
3889@cindex tag (subcommand)
3890The example in the previous section demonstrates one of
3891the most common ways to choose which revisions to tag.
3892Namely, running the @code{cvs tag} command without
3893arguments causes @sc{cvs} to select the revisions which
3894are checked out in the current working directory.  For
3895example, if the copy of @file{backend.c} in working
3896directory was checked out from revision 1.4, then
3897@sc{cvs} will tag revision 1.4.  Note that the tag is
3898applied immediately to revision 1.4 in the repository;
3899tagging is not like modifying a file, or other
3900operations in which one first modifies the working
3901directory and then runs @code{cvs commit} to transfer
3902that modification to the repository.
3903
3904One potentially surprising aspect of the fact that
3905@code{cvs tag} operates on the repository is that you
3906are tagging the checked-in revisions, which may differ
3907from locally modified files in your working directory.
3908If you want to avoid doing this by mistake, specify the
3909@samp{-c} option to @code{cvs tag}.  If there are any
3910locally modified files, @sc{cvs} will abort with an
3911error before it tags any files:
3912
3913@example
3914$ cvs tag -c rel-0-4
3915cvs tag: backend.c is locally modified
3916cvs [tag aborted]: correct the above errors first!
3917@end example
3918
3919@node Tagging by date/tag
3920@section Specifying what to tag by date or revision
3921@cindex rtag (subcommand)
3922
3923The @code{cvs rtag} command tags the repository as of a
3924certain date or time (or can be used to tag the latest
3925revision).  @code{rtag} works directly on the
3926repository contents (it requires no prior checkout and
3927does not look for a working directory).
3928
3929The following options specify which date or revision to
3930tag.  See @ref{Common options}, for a complete
3931description of them.
3932
3933@table @code
3934@item -D @var{date}
3935Tag the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
3936
3937@item -f
3938Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r}
3939flags.  If no matching revision is found, use the most
3940recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
3941
3942@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
3943Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
3944and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
3945existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
3946@end table
3947
3948The @code{cvs tag} command also allows one to specify
3949files by revision or date, using the same @samp{-r},
3950@samp{-D}, and @samp{-f} options.  However, this
3951feature is probably not what you want.  The reason is
3952that @code{cvs tag} chooses which files to tag based on
3953the files that exist in the working directory, rather
3954than the files which existed as of the given tag/date.
3955Therefore, you are generally better off using @code{cvs
3956rtag}.  The exceptions might be cases like:
3957
3958@example
3959cvs tag -r 1.4 stable backend.c
3960@end example
3961
3962@node Modifying tags
3963@section Deleting, moving, and renaming tags
3964
3965@c Also see:
3966@c  "How do I move or rename a magic branch tag?"
3967@c in the FAQ (I think the issues it talks about still
3968@c apply, but this could use some sanity.sh work).
3969
3970Normally one does not modify tags.  They exist in order
3971to record the history of the repository and so deleting
3972them or changing their meaning would, generally, not be
3973what you want.
3974
3975However, there might be cases in which one uses a tag
3976temporarily or accidentally puts one in the wrong
3977place.  Therefore, one might delete, move, or rename a
3978tag.
3979
3980@noindent
3981@strong{WARNING: the commands in this section are
3982dangerous; they permanently discard historical
3983information and it can be difficult or impossible to
3984recover from errors.  If you are a @sc{cvs}
3985administrator, you may consider restricting these
3986commands with the @file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}).}
3987
3988@cindex Deleting tags
3989@cindex Deleting branch tags
3990@cindex Removing tags
3991@cindex Removing branch tags
3992@cindex Tags, deleting
3993@cindex Branch tags, deleting
3994To delete a tag, specify the @samp{-d} option to either
3995@code{cvs tag} or @code{cvs rtag}.  For example:
3996
3997@example
3998cvs rtag -d rel-0-4 tc
3999@end example
4000
4001@noindent
4002deletes the non-branch tag @code{rel-0-4} from the module @code{tc}.
4003In the event that branch tags are encountered within the repository
4004with the given name, a warning message will be issued and the branch 
4005tag will not be deleted.  If you are absolutely certain you know what
4006you are doing, the @code{-B} option may be specified to allow deletion
4007of branch tags.  In that case, any non-branch tags encountered will
4008trigger warnings and will not be deleted.
4009
4010@noindent
4011@strong{WARNING: Moving branch tags is very dangerous!  If you think
4012you need the @code{-B} option, think again and ask your @sc{cvs}
4013administrator about it (if that isn't you).  There is almost certainly
4014another way to accomplish what you want to accomplish.}
4015
4016@cindex Moving tags
4017@cindex Moving branch tags
4018@cindex Tags, moving
4019@cindex Branch tags, moving
4020When we say @dfn{move} a tag, we mean to make the same
4021name point to different revisions.  For example, the
4022@code{stable} tag may currently point to revision 1.4
4023of @file{backend.c} and perhaps we want to make it
4024point to revision 1.6.  To move a non-branch tag, specify the
4025@samp{-F} option to either @code{cvs tag} or @code{cvs
4026rtag}.  For example, the task just mentioned might be
4027accomplished as:
4028
4029@example
4030cvs tag -r 1.6 -F stable backend.c
4031@end example
4032
4033@noindent
4034If any branch tags are encountered in the repository 
4035with the given name, a warning is issued and the branch
4036tag is not disturbed.  If you are absolutely certain you
4037wish to move the branch tag, the @code{-B} option may be specified.
4038In that case, non-branch tags encountered with the given
4039name are ignored with a warning message.
4040
4041@noindent
4042@strong{WARNING: Moving branch tags is very dangerous!  If you think you
4043need the @code{-B} option, think again and ask your @sc{cvs}
4044administrator about it (if that isn't you).  There is almost certainly
4045another way to accomplish what you want to accomplish.}
4046
4047@cindex Renaming tags
4048@cindex Tags, renaming
4049When we say @dfn{rename} a tag, we mean to make a
4050different name point to the same revisions as the old
4051tag.  For example, one may have misspelled the tag name
4052and want to correct it (hopefully before others are
4053relying on the old spelling).  To rename a tag, first
4054create a new tag using the @samp{-r} option to
4055@code{cvs rtag}, and then delete the old name.  (Caution:
4056this method will not work with branch tags.) 
4057This leaves the new tag on exactly the 
4058same files as the old tag.  For example:
4059
4060@example
4061cvs rtag -r old-name-0-4 rel-0-4 tc
4062cvs rtag -d old-name-0-4 tc
4063@end example
4064
4065@node Tagging add/remove
4066@section Tagging and adding and removing files
4067
4068The subject of exactly how tagging interacts with
4069adding and removing files is somewhat obscure; for the
4070most part @sc{cvs} will keep track of whether files
4071exist or not without too much fussing.  By default,
4072tags are applied to only files which have a revision
4073corresponding to what is being tagged.  Files which did
4074not exist yet, or which were already removed, simply
4075omit the tag, and @sc{cvs} knows to treat the absence
4076of a tag as meaning that the file didn't exist as of
4077that tag.
4078
4079However, this can lose a small amount of information.
4080For example, suppose a file was added and then removed.
4081Then, if the tag is missing for that file, there is no
4082way to know whether the tag refers to the time before
4083the file was added, or the time after it was removed.
4084If you specify the @samp{-r} option to @code{cvs rtag},
4085then @sc{cvs} tags the files which have been removed,
4086and thereby avoids this problem.  For example, one
4087might specify @code{-r HEAD} to tag the head.
4088
4089On the subject of adding and removing files, the
4090@code{cvs rtag} command has a @samp{-a} option which
4091means to clear the tag from removed files that would
4092not otherwise be tagged.  For example, one might
4093specify this option in conjunction with @samp{-F} when
4094moving a tag.  If one moved a tag without @samp{-a},
4095then the tag in the removed files might still refer to
4096the old revision, rather than reflecting the fact that
4097the file had been removed.  I don't think this is
4098necessary if @samp{-r} is specified, as noted above.
4099
4100@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4101@node Sticky tags
4102@section Sticky tags
4103@cindex Sticky tags
4104@cindex Tags, sticky
4105
4106@c A somewhat related issue is per-directory sticky
4107@c tags (see comment at CVS/Tag in node Working
4108@c directory storage); we probably want to say
4109@c something like "you can set a sticky tag for only
4110@c some files, but you don't want to" or some such.
4111
4112Sometimes a working copy's revision has extra data
4113associated with it, for example it might be on a branch
4114(@pxref{Branching and merging}), or restricted to
4115versions prior to a certain date by @samp{checkout -D}
4116or @samp{update -D}.  Because this data persists --
4117that is, it applies to subsequent commands in the
4118working copy -- we refer to it as @dfn{sticky}.
4119
4120Most of the time, stickiness is an obscure aspect of
4121@sc{cvs} that you don't need to think about.  However,
4122even if you don't want to use the feature, you may need
4123to know @emph{something} about sticky tags (for
4124example, how to avoid them!).
4125
4126You can use the @code{status} command to see if any
4127sticky tags or dates are set:
4128
4129@example
4130$ cvs status driver.c
4131===================================================================
4132File: driver.c          Status: Up-to-date
4133
4134    Version:            1.7.2.1 Sat Dec  5 19:35:03 1992
4135    RCS Version:        1.7.2.1 /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
4136    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.7.2)
4137    Sticky Date:        (none)
4138    Sticky Options:     (none)
4139
4140@end example
4141
4142@cindex Resetting sticky tags
4143@cindex Sticky tags, resetting
4144@cindex Deleting sticky tags
4145The sticky tags will remain on your working files until
4146you delete them with @samp{cvs update -A}.  The
4147@samp{-A} option merges local changes into the version of the
4148file from the head of the trunk, removing any sticky tags,
4149dates, or options.  See @ref{update} for more on the operation
4150of @code{cvs update}.
4151
4152@cindex Sticky date
4153The most common use of sticky tags is to identify which
4154branch one is working on, as described in
4155@ref{Accessing branches}.  However, non-branch
4156sticky tags have uses as well.  For example,
4157suppose that you want to avoid updating your working
4158directory, to isolate yourself from possibly
4159destabilizing changes other people are making.  You
4160can, of course, just refrain from running @code{cvs
4161update}.  But if you want to avoid updating only a
4162portion of a larger tree, then sticky tags can help.
4163If you check out a certain revision (such as 1.4) it
4164will become sticky.  Subsequent @code{cvs update}
4165commands will
4166not retrieve the latest revision until you reset the
4167tag with @code{cvs update -A}.  Likewise, use of the
4168@samp{-D} option to @code{update} or @code{checkout}
4169sets a @dfn{sticky date}, which, similarly, causes that
4170date to be used for future retrievals.
4171
4172People often want to retrieve an old version of
4173a file without setting a sticky tag.  This can
4174be done with the @samp{-p} option to @code{checkout} or
4175@code{update}, which sends the contents of the file to
4176standard output.  For example:
4177@example
4178$ cvs update -p -r 1.1 file1 >file1
4179===================================================================
4180Checking out file1
4181RCS:  /tmp/cvs-sanity/cvsroot/first-dir/Attic/file1,v
4182VERS: 1.1
4183***************
4184$
4185@end example
4186
4187However, this isn't the easiest way, if you are asking
4188how to undo a previous checkin (in this example, put
4189@file{file1} back to the way it was as of revision
41901.1).  In that case you are better off using the
4191@samp{-j} option to @code{update}; for further
4192discussion see @ref{Merging two revisions}.
4193
4194@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4195@node Branching and merging
4196@chapter Branching and merging
4197@cindex Branching
4198@cindex Merging
4199@cindex Copying changes
4200@cindex Main trunk and branches
4201@cindex Revision tree, making branches
4202@cindex Branches, copying changes between
4203@cindex Changes, copying between branches
4204@cindex Modifications, copying between branches
4205
4206@sc{cvs} allows you to isolate changes onto a separate
4207line of development, known as a @dfn{branch}.  When you
4208change files on a branch, those changes do not appear
4209on the main trunk or other branches.
4210
4211Later you can move changes from one branch to another
4212branch (or the main trunk) by @dfn{merging}.  Merging
4213involves first running @code{cvs update -j}, to merge
4214the changes into the working directory.
4215You can then commit that revision, and thus effectively
4216copy the changes onto another branch.
4217
4218@menu
4219* Branches motivation::         What branches are good for
4220* Creating a branch::           Creating a branch
4221* Accessing branches::          Checking out and updating branches
4222* Branches and revisions::      Branches are reflected in revision numbers
4223* Magic branch numbers::        Magic branch numbers
4224* Merging a branch::            Merging an entire branch
4225* Merging more than once::      Merging from a branch several times
4226* Merging two revisions::       Merging differences between two revisions
4227* Merging adds and removals::   What if files are added or removed?
4228* Merging and keywords::        Avoiding conflicts due to keyword substitution
4229@end menu
4230
4231@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4232@node Branches motivation
4233@section What branches are good for
4234@cindex Branches motivation
4235@cindex What branches are good for
4236@cindex Motivation for branches
4237
4238@c FIXME: this node mentions one way to use branches,
4239@c but it is by no means the only way.  For example,
4240@c the technique of committing a new feature on a branch,
4241@c until it is ready for the main trunk.  The whole
4242@c thing is generally speaking more akin to the
4243@c "Revision management" node although it isn't clear to
4244@c me whether policy matters should be centralized or
4245@c distributed throughout the relevant sections.
4246Suppose that release 1.0 of tc has been made.  You are continuing to
4247develop tc, planning to create release 1.1 in a couple of months.  After a
4248while your customers start to complain about a fatal bug.  You check
4249out release 1.0 (@pxref{Tags}) and find the bug
4250(which turns out to have a trivial fix).  However, the current revision
4251of the sources are in a state of flux and are not expected to be stable
4252for at least another month.  There is no way to make a
4253bug fix release based on the newest sources.
4254
4255The thing to do in a situation like this is to create a @dfn{branch} on
4256the revision trees for all the files that make up
4257release 1.0 of tc.  You can then make
4258modifications to the branch without disturbing the main trunk.  When the
4259modifications are finished you can elect to either incorporate them on
4260the main trunk, or leave them on the branch.
4261
4262@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4263@node Creating a branch
4264@section Creating a branch
4265@cindex Creating a branch
4266@cindex Branch, creating a
4267@cindex tag (subcommand), creating a branch using
4268@cindex rtag (subcommand), creating a branch using
4269
4270You can create a branch with @code{tag -b}; for
4271example, assuming you're in a working copy:
4272
4273@example
4274$ cvs tag -b rel-1-0-patches
4275@end example
4276
4277@c FIXME: we should be more explicit about the value of
4278@c having a tag on the branchpoint.  For example
4279@c "cvs tag rel-1-0-patches-branchpoint" before
4280@c the "cvs tag -b".  This points out that
4281@c rel-1-0-patches is a pretty awkward name for
4282@c this example (more so than for the rtag example
4283@c below).
4284
4285This splits off a branch based on the current revisions
4286in the working copy, assigning that branch the name
4287@samp{rel-1-0-patches}.
4288
4289It is important to understand that branches get created
4290in the repository, not in the working copy.  Creating a
4291branch based on current revisions, as the above example
4292does, will @emph{not} automatically switch the working
4293copy to be on the new branch.  For information on how
4294to do that, see @ref{Accessing branches}.
4295
4296You can also create a branch without reference to any
4297working copy, by using @code{rtag}:
4298
4299@example
4300$ cvs rtag -b -r rel-1-0 rel-1-0-patches tc
4301@end example
4302
4303@samp{-r rel-1-0} says that this branch should be
4304rooted at the revision that
4305corresponds to the tag @samp{rel-1-0}.  It need not
4306be the most recent revision -- it's often useful to
4307split a branch off an old revision (for example, when
4308fixing a bug in a past release otherwise known to be
4309stable).
4310
4311As with @samp{tag}, the @samp{-b} flag tells
4312@code{rtag} to create a branch (rather than just a
4313symbolic revision name).  Note that the numeric
4314revision number that matches @samp{rel-1-0} will
4315probably be different from file to file.
4316
4317So, the full effect of the command is to create a new
4318branch -- named @samp{rel-1-0-patches} -- in module
4319@samp{tc}, rooted in the revision tree at the point tagged
4320by @samp{rel-1-0}.
4321
4322@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4323@node Accessing branches
4324@section Accessing branches
4325@cindex Check out a branch
4326@cindex Retrieve a branch
4327@cindex Access a branch
4328@cindex Identifying a branch
4329@cindex Branch, check out
4330@cindex Branch, retrieving
4331@cindex Branch, accessing
4332@cindex Branch, identifying
4333
4334You can retrieve a branch in one of two ways: by
4335checking it out fresh from the repository, or by
4336switching an existing working copy over to the branch.
4337
4338To check out a branch from the repository, invoke
4339@samp{checkout} with the @samp{-r} flag, followed by
4340the tag name of the branch (@pxref{Creating a branch}):
4341
4342@example
4343$ cvs checkout -r rel-1-0-patches tc
4344@end example
4345
4346Or, if you already have a working copy, you can switch
4347it to a given branch with @samp{update -r}:
4348
4349@example
4350$ cvs update -r rel-1-0-patches tc
4351@end example
4352
4353@noindent
4354or equivalently:
4355
4356@example
4357$ cd tc
4358$ cvs update -r rel-1-0-patches
4359@end example
4360
4361It does not matter if the working copy was originally
4362on the main trunk or on some other branch -- the above
4363command will switch it to the named branch.  And
4364similarly to a regular @samp{update} command,
4365@samp{update -r} merges any changes you have made,
4366notifying you of conflicts where they occur.
4367
4368Once you have a working copy tied to a particular
4369branch, it remains there until you tell it otherwise.
4370This means that changes checked in from the working
4371copy will add new revisions on that branch, while
4372leaving the main trunk and other branches unaffected.
4373
4374@cindex Branches, sticky
4375To find out what branch a working copy is on, you can
4376use the @samp{status} command.  In its output, look for
4377the field named @samp{Sticky tag} (@pxref{Sticky tags})
4378-- that's @sc{cvs}'s way of telling you the branch, if
4379any, of the current working files:
4380
4381@example
4382$ cvs status -v driver.c backend.c
4383===================================================================
4384File: driver.c          Status: Up-to-date
4385
4386    Version:            1.7     Sat Dec  5 18:25:54 1992
4387    RCS Version:        1.7     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
4388    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.7.2)
4389    Sticky Date:        (none)
4390    Sticky Options:     (none)
4391
4392    Existing Tags:
4393        rel-1-0-patches             (branch: 1.7.2)
4394        rel-1-0                     (revision: 1.7)
4395
4396===================================================================
4397File: backend.c         Status: Up-to-date
4398
4399    Version:            1.4     Tue Dec  1 14:39:01 1992
4400    RCS Version:        1.4     /u/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/backend.c,v
4401    Sticky Tag:         rel-1-0-patches (branch: 1.4.2)
4402    Sticky Date:        (none)
4403    Sticky Options:     (none)
4404
4405    Existing Tags:
4406        rel-1-0-patches             (branch: 1.4.2)
4407        rel-1-0                     (revision: 1.4)
4408        rel-0-4                     (revision: 1.4)
4409
4410@end example
4411
4412Don't be confused by the fact that the branch numbers
4413for each file are different (@samp{1.7.2} and
4414@samp{1.4.2} respectively).  The branch tag is the
4415same, @samp{rel-1-0-patches}, and the files are
4416indeed on the same branch.  The numbers simply reflect
4417the point in each file's revision history at which the
4418branch was made.  In the above example, one can deduce
4419that @samp{driver.c} had been through more changes than
4420@samp{backend.c} before this branch was created.
4421
4422See @ref{Branches and revisions} for details about how
4423branch numbers are constructed.
4424
4425@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4426@node Branches and revisions
4427@section Branches and revisions
4428@cindex Branch number
4429@cindex Number, branch
4430@cindex Revision numbers (branches)
4431
4432Ordinarily, a file's revision history is a linear
4433series of increments (@pxref{Revision numbers}):
4434
4435@example
4436       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4437       ! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !
4438       +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4439@end example
4440
4441However, @sc{cvs} is not limited to linear development.  The
4442@dfn{revision tree} can be split into @dfn{branches},
4443where each branch is a self-maintained line of
4444development.  Changes made on one branch can easily be
4445moved back to the main trunk.
4446
4447Each branch has a @dfn{branch number}, consisting of an
4448odd number of period-separated decimal integers.  The
4449branch number is created by appending an integer to the
4450revision number where the corresponding branch forked
4451off.  Having branch numbers allows more than one branch
4452to be forked off from a certain revision.
4453
4454@need 3500
4455All revisions on a branch have revision numbers formed
4456by appending an ordinal number to the branch number.
4457The following figure illustrates branching with an
4458example.
4459
4460@example
4461@c This example used to have a 1.2.2.4 revision, which
4462@c might help clarify that development can continue on
4463@c 1.2.2.  Might be worth reinstating if it can be done
4464@c without overfull hboxes.
4465@group
4466                                                      +-------------+
4467                           Branch 1.2.2.3.2 ->        ! 1.2.2.3.2.1 !
4468                                                    / +-------------+
4469                                                   /
4470                                                  /
4471                 +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4472Branch 1.2.2 -> _! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !----! 1.2.2.3 !
4473               / +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4474              /
4475             /
4476+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4477! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !  <- The main trunk
4478+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4479                !
4480                !
4481                !   +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4482Branch 1.2.4 -> +---! 1.2.4.1 !----! 1.2.4.2 !----! 1.2.4.3 !
4483                    +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4484
4485@end group
4486@end example
4487
4488@c --   However, at least for me the figure is not enough.  I suggest more
4489@c --   text to accompany it.  "A picture is worth a thousand words", so you
4490@c --   have to make sure the reader notices the couple of hundred words
4491@c --   *you* had in mind more than the others!
4492
4493@c --   Why an even number of segments?  This section implies that this is
4494@c --   how the main trunk is distinguished from branch roots, but you never
4495@c --   explicitly say that this is the purpose of the [by itself rather
4496@c --   surprising] restriction to an even number of segments.
4497
4498The exact details of how the branch number is
4499constructed is not something you normally need to be
4500concerned about, but here is how it works: When
4501@sc{cvs} creates a branch number it picks the first
4502unused even integer, starting with 2.  So when you want
4503to create a branch from revision 6.4 it will be
4504numbered 6.4.2.  All branch numbers ending in a zero
4505(such as 6.4.0) are used internally by @sc{cvs}
4506(@pxref{Magic branch numbers}).  The branch 1.1.1 has a
4507special meaning.  @xref{Tracking sources}.
4508
4509@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4510@node Magic branch numbers
4511@section Magic branch numbers
4512
4513@c Want xref to here from "log"?
4514
4515This section describes a @sc{cvs} feature called
4516@dfn{magic branches}.  For most purposes, you need not
4517worry about magic branches; @sc{cvs} handles them for
4518you.  However, they are visible to you in certain
4519circumstances, so it may be useful to have some idea of
4520how it works.
4521
4522Externally, branch numbers consist of an odd number of
4523dot-separated decimal integers.  @xref{Revision
4524numbers}.  That is not the whole truth, however.  For
4525efficiency reasons @sc{cvs} sometimes inserts an extra 0
4526in the second rightmost position (1.2.4 becomes
45271.2.0.4, 8.9.10.11.12 becomes 8.9.10.11.0.12 and so
4528on).
4529
4530@sc{cvs} does a pretty good job at hiding these so
4531called magic branches, but in a few places the hiding
4532is incomplete:
4533
4534@itemize @bullet
4535@ignore
4536@c This is in ignore as I'm taking their word for it,
4537@c that this was fixed
4538@c a long time ago.  But before deleting this
4539@c entirely, I'd rather verify it (and add a test
4540@c case to the testsuite).
4541@item
4542The magic branch can appear in the output from
4543@code{cvs status} in vanilla @sc{cvs} 1.3.  This is
4544fixed in @sc{cvs} 1.3-s2.
4545
4546@end ignore
4547@item
4548The magic branch number appears in the output from
4549@code{cvs log}.
4550@c What output should appear instead?
4551
4552@item
4553You cannot specify a symbolic branch name to @code{cvs
4554admin}.
4555
4556@end itemize
4557
4558@c Can CVS do this automatically the first time
4559@c you check something in to that branch?  Should
4560@c it?
4561You can use the @code{admin} command to reassign a
4562symbolic name to a branch the way @sc{rcs} expects it
4563to be.  If @code{R4patches} is assigned to the branch
45641.4.2 (magic branch number 1.4.0.2) in file
4565@file{numbers.c} you can do this:
4566
4567@example
4568$ cvs admin -NR4patches:1.4.2 numbers.c
4569@end example
4570
4571It only works if at least one revision is already
4572committed on the branch.  Be very careful so that you
4573do not assign the tag to the wrong number.  (There is
4574no way to see how the tag was assigned yesterday).
4575
4576@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4577@node Merging a branch
4578@section Merging an entire branch
4579@cindex Merging a branch
4580@cindex -j (merging branches)
4581
4582You can merge changes made on a branch into your working copy by giving
4583the @samp{-j @var{branchname}} flag to the @code{update} subcommand.  With one
4584@samp{-j @var{branchname}} option it merges the changes made between the
4585greatest common ancestor (GCA) of the branch and the destination revision (in
4586the simple case below the GCA is the point where the branch forked) and the
4587newest revision on that branch into your working copy.
4588
4589@cindex Join
4590The @samp{-j} stands for ``join''.
4591
4592@cindex Branch merge example
4593@cindex Example, branch merge
4594@cindex Merge, branch example
4595Consider this revision tree:
4596
4597@example
4598+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4599! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !      <- The main trunk
4600+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4601                !
4602                !
4603                !   +---------+    +---------+
4604Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !
4605                    +---------+    +---------+
4606@end example
4607
4608@noindent
4609The branch 1.2.2 has been given the tag (symbolic name) @samp{R1fix}.  The
4610following example assumes that the module @samp{mod} contains only one
4611file, @file{m.c}.
4612
4613@example
4614$ cvs checkout mod               # @r{Retrieve the latest revision, 1.4}
4615
4616$ cvs update -j R1fix m.c        # @r{Merge all changes made on the branch,}
4617                                 # @r{i.e. the changes between revision 1.2}
4618                                 # @r{and 1.2.2.2, into your working copy}
4619                                 # @r{of the file.}
4620
4621$ cvs commit -m "Included R1fix" # @r{Create revision 1.5.}
4622@end example
4623
4624A conflict can result from a merge operation.  If that
4625happens, you should resolve it before committing the
4626new revision.  @xref{Conflicts example}.
4627
4628If your source files contain keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}),
4629you might be getting more conflicts than strictly necessary.  See
4630@ref{Merging and keywords}, for information on how to avoid this.
4631
4632The @code{checkout} command also supports the @samp{-j @var{branchname}} flag.  The
4633same effect as above could be achieved with this:
4634
4635@example
4636$ cvs checkout -j R1fix mod
4637$ cvs commit -m "Included R1fix"
4638@end example
4639
4640It should be noted that @code{update -j @var{tagname}} will also work but may
4641not produce the desired result.  @xref{Merging adds and removals}, for more.
4642
4643@node Merging more than once
4644@section Merging from a branch several times
4645
4646Continuing our example, the revision tree now looks
4647like this:
4648
4649@example
4650+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4651! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !   <- The main trunk
4652+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4653                !                           *
4654                !                          *
4655                !   +---------+    +---------+
4656Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !
4657                    +---------+    +---------+
4658@end example
4659
4660@noindent
4661where the starred line represents the merge from the
4662@samp{R1fix} branch to the main trunk, as just
4663discussed.
4664
4665Now suppose that development continues on the
4666@samp{R1fix} branch:
4667
4668@example
4669+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4670! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !----! 1.3 !----! 1.4 !----! 1.5 !   <- The main trunk
4671+-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+    +-----+
4672                !                           *
4673                !                          *
4674                !   +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4675Branch R1fix -> +---! 1.2.2.1 !----! 1.2.2.2 !----! 1.2.2.3 !
4676                    +---------+    +---------+    +---------+
4677@end example
4678
4679@noindent
4680and then you want to merge those new changes onto the
4681main trunk.  If you just use the @code{cvs update -j
4682R1fix m.c} command again, @sc{cvs} will attempt to
4683merge again the changes which you have already merged,
4684which can have undesirable side effects.
4685
4686So instead you need to specify that you only want to
4687merge the changes on the branch which have not yet been
4688merged into the trunk.  To do that you specify two
4689@samp{-j} options, and @sc{cvs} merges the changes from
4690the first revision to the second revision.  For
4691example, in this case the simplest way would be
4692
4693@example
4694cvs update -j 1.2.2.2 -j R1fix m.c    # @r{Merge changes from 1.2.2.2 to the}
4695                                      # @r{head of the R1fix branch}
4696@end example
4697
4698The problem with this is that you need to specify the
46991.2.2.2 revision manually.  A slightly better approach
4700might be to use the date the last merge was done:
4701
4702@example
4703cvs update -j R1fix:yesterday -j R1fix m.c
4704@end example
4705
4706Better yet, tag the R1fix branch after every merge into
4707the trunk, and then use that tag for subsequent merges:
4708
4709@example
4710cvs update -j merged_from_R1fix_to_trunk -j R1fix m.c
4711@end example
4712
4713@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4714@node Merging two revisions
4715@section Merging differences between any two revisions
4716@cindex Merging two revisions
4717@cindex Revisions, merging differences between
4718@cindex Differences, merging
4719
4720With two @samp{-j @var{revision}} flags, the @code{update}
4721(and @code{checkout}) command can merge the differences
4722between any two revisions into your working file.
4723
4724@cindex Undoing a change
4725@cindex Removing a change
4726@example
4727$ cvs update -j 1.5 -j 1.3 backend.c
4728@end example
4729
4730@noindent
4731will undo all changes made between revision
47321.3 and 1.5.  Note the order of the revisions!
4733
4734If you try to use this option when operating on
4735multiple files, remember that the numeric revisions will
4736probably be very different between the various files.
4737You almost always use symbolic
4738tags rather than revision numbers when operating on
4739multiple files.
4740
4741@cindex Restoring old version of removed file
4742@cindex Resurrecting old version of dead file
4743Specifying two @samp{-j} options can also undo file
4744removals or additions.  For example, suppose you have
4745a file
4746named @file{file1} which existed as revision 1.1, and
4747you then removed it (thus adding a dead revision 1.2).
4748Now suppose you want to add it again, with the same
4749contents it had previously.  Here is how to do it:
4750
4751@example
4752$ cvs update -j 1.2 -j 1.1 file1
4753U file1
4754$ cvs commit -m test
4755Checking in file1;
4756/tmp/cvs-sanity/cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v  <--  file1
4757new revision: 1.3; previous revision: 1.2
4758done
4759$
4760@end example
4761
4762@node Merging adds and removals
4763@section Merging can add or remove files
4764
4765If the changes which you are merging involve removing
4766or adding some files, @code{update -j} will reflect
4767such additions or removals.
4768
4769@c FIXME: This example needs a lot more explanation.
4770@c We also need other examples for some of the other
4771@c cases (not all--there are too many--as long as we present a
4772@c coherent general principle).
4773For example:
4774@example
4775cvs update -A
4776touch a b c
4777cvs add a b c ; cvs ci -m "added" a b c
4778cvs tag -b branchtag
4779cvs update -r branchtag
4780touch d ; cvs add d
4781rm a ; cvs rm a
4782cvs ci -m "added d, removed a"
4783cvs update -A
4784cvs update -jbranchtag
4785@end example
4786
4787After these commands are executed and a @samp{cvs commit} is done,
4788file @file{a} will be removed and file @file{d} added in the main branch.
4789@c (which was determined by trying it)
4790
4791Note that using a single static tag (@samp{-j @var{tagname}})
4792rather than a dynamic tag (@samp{-j @var{branchname}}) to merge
4793changes from a branch will usually not remove files which were removed on the
4794branch since @sc{cvs} does not automatically add static tags to dead revisions.
4795The exception to this rule occurs when
4796a static tag has been attached to a dead revision manually.  Use the branch tag
4797to merge all changes from the branch or use two static tags as merge endpoints
4798to be sure that all intended changes are propagated in the merge.
4799
4800@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
4801@node Merging and keywords
4802@section Merging and keywords
4803@cindex Merging, and keyword substitution
4804@cindex Keyword substitution, and merging
4805@cindex -j (merging branches), and keyword substitution
4806@cindex -kk, to avoid conflicts during a merge
4807
4808If you merge files containing keywords (@pxref{Keyword
4809substitution}), you will normally get numerous
4810conflicts during the merge, because the keywords are
4811expanded differently in the revisions which you are
4812merging.
4813
4814Therefore, you will often want to specify the
4815@samp{-kk} (@pxref{Substitution modes}) switch to the
4816merge command line.  By substituting just the name of
4817the keyword, not the expanded value of that keyword,
4818this option ensures that the revisions which you are
4819merging will be the same as each other, and avoid
4820spurious conflicts.
4821
4822For example, suppose you have a file like this:
4823
4824@example
4825       +---------+
4826      _! 1.1.2.1 !   <-  br1
4827     / +---------+
4828    /
4829   /
4830+-----+    +-----+
4831! 1.1 !----! 1.2 !
4832+-----+    +-----+
4833@end example
4834
4835@noindent
4836and your working directory is currently on the trunk
4837(revision 1.2).  Then you might get the following
4838results from a merge:
4839
4840@example
4841$ cat file1
4842key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4843. . .
4844$ cvs update -j br1
4845U file1
4846RCS file: /cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v
4847retrieving revision 1.1
4848retrieving revision 1.1.2.1
4849Merging differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into file1
4850rcsmerge: warning: conflicts during merge
4851$ cat file1
4852@asis{}<<<<<<< file1
4853key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4854@asis{}=======
4855key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1.2.1 $
4856@asis{}>>>>>>> 1.1.2.1
4857. . .
4858@end example
4859
4860What happened was that the merge tried to merge the
4861differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into your working
4862directory.  So, since the keyword changed from
4863@code{Revision: 1.1} to @code{Revision: 1.1.2.1},
4864@sc{cvs} tried to merge that change into your working
4865directory, which conflicted with the fact that your
4866working directory had contained @code{Revision: 1.2}.
4867
4868Here is what happens if you had used @samp{-kk}:
4869
4870@example
4871$ cat file1
4872key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.2 $
4873. . .
4874$ cvs update -kk -j br1
4875U file1
4876RCS file: /cvsroot/first-dir/file1,v
4877retrieving revision 1.1
4878retrieving revision 1.1.2.1
4879Merging differences between 1.1 and 1.1.2.1 into file1
4880$ cat file1
4881key $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$
4882. . .
4883@end example
4884
4885What is going on here is that revision 1.1 and 1.1.2.1
4886both expand as plain @code{Revision}, and therefore
4887merging the changes between them into the working
4888directory need not change anything.  Therefore, there
4889is no conflict.
4890
4891@strong{WARNING: In versions of @sc{cvs} prior to 1.12.2, there was a
4892major problem with using @samp{-kk} on merges.  Namely, @samp{-kk}
4893overrode any default keyword expansion mode set in the archive file in
4894the repository.  This could, unfortunately for some users, cause data
4895corruption in binary files (with a default keyword expansion mode set
4896to @samp{-kb}).  Therefore, when a repository contained binary files,
4897conflicts had to be dealt with manually rather than using @samp{-kk} in
4898a merge command.}
4899
4900In @sc{cvs} version 1.12.2 and later, the keyword expansion mode
4901provided on the command line to any @sc{cvs} command no longer
4902overrides the @samp{-kb} keyword expansion mode setting for binary
4903files, though it will still override other default keyword expansion
4904modes.  You can now safely merge using @samp{-kk} to avoid spurious conflicts
4905on lines containing RCS keywords, even when your repository contains
4906binary files.
4907
4908@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4909@node Recursive behavior
4910@chapter Recursive behavior
4911@cindex Recursive (directory descending)
4912@cindex Directory, descending
4913@cindex Descending directories
4914@cindex Subdirectories
4915
4916Almost all of the subcommands of @sc{cvs} work
4917recursively when you specify a directory as an
4918argument.  For instance, consider this directory
4919structure:
4920
4921@example
4922      @code{$HOME}
4923        |
4924        +--@t{tc}
4925        |   |
4926            +--@t{CVS}
4927            |      (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4928            +--@t{Makefile}
4929            +--@t{backend.c}
4930            +--@t{driver.c}
4931            +--@t{frontend.c}
4932            +--@t{parser.c}
4933            +--@t{man}
4934            |    |
4935            |    +--@t{CVS}
4936            |    |  (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4937            |    +--@t{tc.1}
4938            |
4939            +--@t{testing}
4940                 |
4941                 +--@t{CVS}
4942                 |  (internal @sc{cvs} files)
4943                 +--@t{testpgm.t}
4944                 +--@t{test2.t}
4945@end example
4946
4947@noindent
4948If @file{tc} is the current working directory, the
4949following is true:
4950
4951@itemize @bullet
4952@item
4953@samp{cvs update testing} is equivalent to
4954
4955@example
4956cvs update testing/testpgm.t testing/test2.t
4957@end example
4958
4959@item
4960@samp{cvs update testing man} updates all files in the
4961subdirectories
4962
4963@item
4964@samp{cvs update .} or just @samp{cvs update} updates
4965all files in the @code{tc} directory
4966@end itemize
4967
4968If no arguments are given to @code{update} it will
4969update all files in the current working directory and
4970all its subdirectories.  In other words, @file{.} is a
4971default argument to @code{update}.  This is also true
4972for most of the @sc{cvs} subcommands, not only the
4973@code{update} command.
4974
4975The recursive behavior of the @sc{cvs} subcommands can be
4976turned off with the @samp{-l} option.
4977Conversely, the @samp{-R} option can be used to force recursion if
4978@samp{-l} is specified in @file{~/.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
4979
4980@example
4981$ cvs update -l         # @r{Don't update files in subdirectories}
4982@end example
4983
4984@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
4985@node Adding and removing
4986@chapter Adding, removing, and renaming files and directories
4987
4988In the course of a project, one will often add new
4989files.  Likewise with removing or renaming, or with
4990directories.  The general concept to keep in mind in
4991all these cases is that instead of making an
4992irreversible change you want @sc{cvs} to record the
4993fact that a change has taken place, just as with
4994modifying an existing file.  The exact mechanisms to do
4995this in @sc{cvs} vary depending on the situation.
4996
4997@menu
4998* Adding files::                Adding files
4999* Removing files::              Removing files
5000* Removing directories::        Removing directories
5001* Moving files::                Moving and renaming files
5002* Moving directories::          Moving and renaming directories
5003@end menu
5004
5005@node Adding files
5006@section Adding files to a directory
5007@cindex Adding files
5008
5009To add a new file to a directory, follow these steps.
5010
5011@itemize @bullet
5012@item
5013You must have a working copy of the directory.
5014@xref{Getting the source}.
5015
5016@item
5017Create the new file inside your working copy of the directory.
5018
5019@item
5020Use @samp{cvs add @var{filename}} to tell @sc{cvs} that you
5021want to version control the file.  If the file contains
5022binary data, specify @samp{-kb} (@pxref{Binary files}).
5023
5024@item
5025Use @samp{cvs commit @var{filename}} to actually check
5026in the file into the repository.  Other developers
5027cannot see the file until you perform this step.
5028@end itemize
5029
5030You can also use the @code{add} command to add a new
5031directory.
5032@c FIXCVS and/or FIXME: Adding a directory doesn't
5033@c require the commit step.  This probably can be
5034@c considered a CVS bug, but it is possible we should
5035@c warn people since this behavior probably won't be
5036@c changing right away.
5037
5038Unlike most other commands, the @code{add} command is
5039not recursive.  You have to expcicitly name files and
5040directories that you wish to add to the repository.
5041However, each directory will need to be added
5042separately before you will be able to add new files
5043to those directories.
5044
5045@example
5046$ mkdir -p foo/bar
5047$ cp ~/myfile foo/bar/myfile
5048$ cvs add foo foo/bar
5049$ cvs add foo/bar/myfile
5050@end example
5051
5052@cindex add (subcommand)
5053@deffn Command {cvs add} [@code{-k} kflag] [@code{-m} message] files @dots{}
5054
5055Schedule @var{files} to be added to the repository.
5056The files or directories specified with @code{add} must
5057already exist in the current directory.  To add a whole
5058new directory hierarchy to the source repository (for
5059example, files received from a third-party vendor), use
5060the @code{import} command instead.  @xref{import}.
5061
5062The added files are not placed in the source repository
5063until you use @code{commit} to make the change
5064permanent.  Doing an @code{add} on a file that was
5065removed with the @code{remove} command will undo the
5066effect of the @code{remove}, unless a @code{commit}
5067command intervened.  @xref{Removing files}, for an
5068example.
5069
5070The @samp{-k} option specifies the default way that
5071this file will be checked out; for more information see
5072@ref{Substitution modes}.
5073
5074@c As noted in BUGS, -m is broken client/server (Nov
5075@c 96).  Also see testsuite log2-* tests.
5076The @samp{-m} option specifies a description for the
5077file.  This description appears in the history log (if
5078it is enabled, @pxref{history file}).  It will also be
5079saved in the version history inside the repository when
5080the file is committed.  The @code{log} command displays
5081this description.  The description can be changed using
5082@samp{admin -t}.  @xref{admin}.  If you omit the
5083@samp{-m @var{description}} flag, an empty string will
5084be used.  You will not be prompted for a description.
5085@end deffn
5086
5087For example, the following commands add the file
5088@file{backend.c} to the repository:
5089
5090@c This example used to specify
5091@c     -m "Optimizer and code generation passes."
5092@c to the cvs add command, but that doesn't work
5093@c client/server (see log2 in sanity.sh).  Should fix CVS,
5094@c but also seems strange to document things which
5095@c don't work...
5096@example
5097$ cvs add backend.c
5098$ cvs commit -m "Early version. Not yet compilable." backend.c
5099@end example
5100
5101When you add a file it is added only on the branch
5102which you are working on (@pxref{Branching and merging}).  You can
5103later merge the additions to another branch if you want
5104(@pxref{Merging adds and removals}).
5105@c Should we mention that earlier versions of CVS
5106@c lacked this feature (1.3) or implemented it in a buggy
5107@c way (well, 1.8 had many bugs in cvs update -j)?
5108@c Should we mention the bug/limitation regarding a
5109@c file being a regular file on one branch and a directory
5110@c on another?
5111@c FIXME: This needs an example, or several, here or
5112@c elsewhere, for it to make much sense.
5113@c Somewhere we need to discuss the aspects of death
5114@c support which don't involve branching, I guess.
5115@c Like the ability to re-create a release from a tag.
5116
5117@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5118@node Removing files
5119@section Removing files
5120@cindex Removing files
5121@cindex Deleting files
5122
5123@c FIXME: this node wants to be split into several
5124@c smaller nodes.  Could make these children of
5125@c "Adding and removing", probably (death support could
5126@c be its own section, for example, as could the
5127@c various bits about undoing mistakes in adding and
5128@c removing).
5129Directories change.  New files are added, and old files
5130disappear.  Still, you want to be able to retrieve an
5131exact copy of old releases.
5132
5133Here is what you can do to remove a file,
5134but remain able to retrieve old revisions:
5135
5136@itemize @bullet
5137@c FIXME: should probably be saying something about
5138@c having a working directory in the first place.
5139@item
5140Make sure that you have not made any uncommitted
5141modifications to the file.  @xref{Viewing differences},
5142for one way to do that.  You can also use the
5143@code{status} or @code{update} command.  If you remove
5144the file without committing your changes, you will of
5145course not be able to retrieve the file as it was
5146immediately before you deleted it.
5147
5148@item
5149Remove the file from your working copy of the directory.
5150You can for instance use @code{rm}.
5151
5152@item
5153Use @samp{cvs remove @var{filename}} to tell @sc{cvs} that
5154you really want to delete the file.
5155
5156@item
5157Use @samp{cvs commit @var{filename}} to actually
5158perform the removal of the file from the repository.
5159@end itemize
5160
5161@c FIXME: Somehow this should be linked in with a more
5162@c general discussion of death support.  I don't know
5163@c whether we want to use the term "death support" or
5164@c not (we can perhaps get by without it), but we do
5165@c need to discuss the "dead" state in "cvs log" and
5166@c related subjects.  The current discussion is
5167@c scattered around, and not xref'd to each other.
5168@c FIXME: I think this paragraph wants to be moved
5169@c later down, at least after the first example.
5170When you commit the removal of the file, @sc{cvs}
5171records the fact that the file no longer exists.  It is
5172possible for a file to exist on only some branches and
5173not on others, or to re-add another file with the same
5174name later.  @sc{cvs} will correctly create or not create
5175the file, based on the @samp{-r} and @samp{-D} options
5176specified to @code{checkout} or @code{update}.
5177
5178@c FIXME: This style seems to clash with how we
5179@c document things in general.
5180@cindex Remove (subcommand)
5181@deffn Command {cvs remove} [options] files @dots{}
5182
5183Schedule file(s) to be removed from the repository
5184(files which have not already been removed from the
5185working directory are not processed).  This command
5186does not actually remove the file from the repository
5187until you commit the removal.  For a full list of
5188options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
5189@end deffn
5190
5191Here is an example of removing several files:
5192
5193@example
5194$ cd test
5195$ rm *.c
5196$ cvs remove
5197cvs remove: Removing .
5198cvs remove: scheduling a.c for removal
5199cvs remove: scheduling b.c for removal
5200cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove these files permanently
5201$ cvs ci -m "Removed unneeded files"
5202cvs commit: Examining .
5203cvs commit: Committing .
5204@end example
5205
5206As a convenience you can remove the file and @code{cvs
5207remove} it in one step, by specifying the @samp{-f}
5208option.  For example, the above example could also be
5209done like this:
5210
5211@example
5212$ cd test
5213$ cvs remove -f *.c
5214cvs remove: scheduling a.c for removal
5215cvs remove: scheduling b.c for removal
5216cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove these files permanently
5217$ cvs ci -m "Removed unneeded files"
5218cvs commit: Examining .
5219cvs commit: Committing .
5220@end example
5221
5222If you execute @code{remove} for a file, and then
5223change your mind before you commit, you can undo the
5224@code{remove} with an @code{add} command.
5225@ignore
5226@c is this worth saying or not?  Somehow it seems
5227@c confusing to me.
5228Of course,
5229since you have removed your copy of file in the working
5230directory, @sc{cvs} does not necessarily bring back the
5231contents of the file from right before you executed
5232@code{remove}; instead it gets the file from the
5233repository again.
5234@end ignore
5235
5236@c FIXME: what if you change your mind after you commit
5237@c it?  (answer is also "cvs add" but we don't say that...).
5238@c We need some index entries for thinks like "undoing
5239@c removal" too.
5240
5241@example
5242$ ls
5243CVS   ja.h  oj.c
5244$ rm oj.c
5245$ cvs remove oj.c
5246cvs remove: scheduling oj.c for removal
5247cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
5248$ cvs add oj.c
5249U oj.c
5250cvs add: oj.c, version 1.1.1.1, resurrected
5251@end example
5252
5253If you realize your mistake before you run the
5254@code{remove} command you can use @code{update} to
5255resurrect the file:
5256
5257@example
5258$ rm oj.c
5259$ cvs update oj.c
5260cvs update: warning: oj.c was lost
5261U oj.c
5262@end example
5263
5264When you remove a file it is removed only on the branch
5265which you are working on (@pxref{Branching and merging}).  You can
5266later merge the removals to another branch if you want
5267(@pxref{Merging adds and removals}).
5268
5269@node Removing directories
5270@section Removing directories
5271@cindex Removing directories
5272@cindex Directories, removing
5273
5274In concept, removing directories is somewhat similar to
5275removing files---you want the directory to not exist in
5276your current working directories, but you also want to
5277be able to retrieve old releases in which the directory
5278existed.
5279
5280The way that you remove a directory is to remove all
5281the files in it.  You don't remove the directory
5282itself; there is no way to do that.
5283Instead you specify the @samp{-P} option to
5284@code{cvs update} or @code{cvs checkout},
5285which will cause @sc{cvs} to remove empty
5286directories from working directories.
5287(Note that @code{cvs export} always removes empty directories.)
5288Probably the
5289best way to do this is to always specify @samp{-P}; if
5290you want an empty directory then put a dummy file (for
5291example @file{.keepme}) in it to prevent @samp{-P} from
5292removing it.
5293
5294@c I'd try to give a rationale for this, but I'm not
5295@c sure there is a particularly convincing one.  What
5296@c we would _like_ is for CVS to do a better job of version
5297@c controlling whether directories exist, to eliminate the
5298@c need for -P and so that a file can be a directory in
5299@c one revision and a regular file in another.
5300Note that @samp{-P} is implied by the @samp{-r} or @samp{-D}
5301options of @code{checkout}.  This way,
5302@sc{cvs} will be able to correctly create the directory
5303or not depending on whether the particular version you
5304are checking out contains any files in that directory.
5305
5306@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5307@node Moving files
5308@section Moving and renaming files
5309@cindex Moving files
5310@cindex Renaming files
5311@cindex Files, moving
5312
5313Moving files to a different directory or renaming them
5314is not difficult, but some of the ways in which this
5315works may be non-obvious.  (Moving or renaming a
5316directory is even harder.  @xref{Moving directories}.).
5317
5318The examples below assume that the file @var{old} is renamed to
5319@var{new}.
5320
5321@menu
5322* Outside::                     The normal way to Rename
5323* Inside::                      A tricky, alternative way
5324* Rename by copying::           Another tricky, alternative way
5325@end menu
5326
5327@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5328@node Outside
5329@subsection The Normal way to Rename
5330
5331@c More rename issues.  Not sure whether these are
5332@c worth documenting; I'm putting them here because
5333@c it seems to be as good a place as any to try to
5334@c set down the issues.
5335@c * "cvs annotate" will annotate either the new
5336@c file or the old file; it cannot annotate _each
5337@c line_ based on whether it was last changed in the
5338@c new or old file.  Unlike "cvs log", where the
5339@c consequences of having to select either the new
5340@c or old name seem fairly benign, this may be a
5341@c real advantage to having CVS know about renames
5342@c other than as a deletion and an addition.
5343
5344The normal way to move a file is to copy @var{old} to
5345@var{new}, and then issue the normal @sc{cvs} commands
5346to remove @var{old} from the repository, and add
5347@var{new} to it.
5348@c The following sentence is not true: one must cd into
5349@c the directory to run "cvs add".
5350@c  (Both @var{old} and @var{new} could
5351@c contain relative paths, for example @file{foo/bar.c}).
5352
5353@example
5354$ mv @var{old} @var{new}
5355$ cvs remove @var{old}
5356$ cvs add @var{new}
5357$ cvs commit -m "Renamed @var{old} to @var{new}" @var{old} @var{new}
5358@end example
5359
5360This is the simplest way to move a file, it is not
5361error-prone, and it preserves the history of what was
5362done.  Note that to access the history of the file you
5363must specify the old or the new name, depending on what
5364portion of the history you are accessing.  For example,
5365@code{cvs log @var{old}} will give the log up until the
5366time of the rename.
5367
5368When @var{new} is committed its revision numbers will
5369start again, usually at 1.1, so if that bothers you,
5370use the @samp{-r @var{tag}} option to commit.  For more
5371information see @ref{Assigning revisions}.
5372
5373@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5374@node Inside
5375@subsection Moving the history file
5376
5377This method is more dangerous, since it involves moving
5378files inside the repository.  Read this entire section
5379before trying it out!
5380
5381@example
5382$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{dir}
5383$ mv @var{old},v @var{new},v
5384@end example
5385
5386@noindent
5387Advantages:
5388
5389@itemize @bullet
5390@item
5391The log of changes is maintained intact.
5392
5393@item
5394The revision numbers are not affected.
5395@end itemize
5396
5397@noindent
5398Disadvantages:
5399
5400@itemize @bullet
5401@item
5402Old releases cannot easily be fetched from the
5403repository.  (The file will show up as @var{new} even
5404in revisions from the time before it was renamed).
5405
5406@item
5407There is no log information of when the file was renamed.
5408
5409@item
5410Nasty things might happen if someone accesses the history file
5411while you are moving it.  Make sure no one else runs any of the @sc{cvs}
5412commands while you move it.
5413@end itemize
5414
5415@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5416@node Rename by copying
5417@subsection Copying the history file
5418
5419This way also involves direct modifications to the
5420repository.  It is safe, but not without drawbacks.
5421
5422@example
5423# @r{Copy the @sc{rcs} file inside the repository}
5424$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{dir}
5425$ cp @var{old},v @var{new},v
5426# @r{Remove the old file}
5427$ cd ~/@var{dir}
5428$ rm @var{old}
5429$ cvs remove @var{old}
5430$ cvs commit @var{old}
5431# @r{Remove all tags from @var{new}}
5432$ cvs update @var{new}
5433$ cvs log @var{new}             # @r{Remember the non-branch tag names}
5434$ cvs tag -d @var{tag1} @var{new}
5435$ cvs tag -d @var{tag2} @var{new}
5436@dots{}
5437@end example
5438
5439By removing the tags you will be able to check out old
5440revisions.
5441
5442@noindent
5443Advantages:
5444
5445@itemize @bullet
5446@item
5447@c FIXME: Is this true about -D now that we have death
5448@c support?  See 5B.3 in the FAQ.
5449Checking out old revisions works correctly, as long as
5450you use @samp{-r @var{tag}} and not @samp{-D @var{date}}
5451to retrieve the revisions.
5452
5453@item
5454The log of changes is maintained intact.
5455
5456@item
5457The revision numbers are not affected.
5458@end itemize
5459
5460@noindent
5461Disadvantages:
5462
5463@itemize @bullet
5464@item
5465You cannot easily see the history of the file across the rename.
5466
5467@ignore
5468@c Is this true?  I don't see how the revision numbers
5469@c _could_ start over, when new,v is just old,v with
5470@c the tags deleted.
5471@c If there is some need to reinstate this text,
5472@c it is "usually 1.1", not "1.0" and it needs an
5473@c xref to Assigning revisions
5474@item
5475Unless you use the @samp{-r @var{tag}} (@pxref{commit
5476options}) flag when @var{new} is committed its revision
5477numbers will start at 1.0 again.
5478@end ignore
5479@end itemize
5480
5481@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5482@node Moving directories
5483@section Moving and renaming directories
5484@cindex Moving directories
5485@cindex Renaming directories
5486@cindex Directories, moving
5487
5488The normal way to rename or move a directory is to
5489rename or move each file within it as described in
5490@ref{Outside}.  Then check out with the @samp{-P}
5491option, as described in @ref{Removing directories}.
5492
5493If you really want to hack the repository to rename or
5494delete a directory in the repository, you can do it
5495like this:
5496
5497@enumerate
5498@item
5499Inform everyone who has a checked out copy of the directory that the
5500directory will be renamed.  They should commit all their changes in all their
5501copies of the project containing the directory to be removed, and remove
5502all their working copies of said project, before you take the steps below.
5503
5504@item
5505Rename the directory inside the repository.
5506
5507@example
5508$ cd $CVSROOT/@var{parent-dir}
5509$ mv @var{old-dir} @var{new-dir}
5510@end example
5511
5512@item
5513Fix the @sc{cvs} administrative files, if necessary (for
5514instance if you renamed an entire module).
5515
5516@item
5517Tell everyone that they can check out again and continue
5518working.
5519
5520@end enumerate
5521
5522If someone had a working copy the @sc{cvs} commands will
5523cease to work for him, until he removes the directory
5524that disappeared inside the repository.
5525
5526It is almost always better to move the files in the
5527directory instead of moving the directory.  If you move the
5528directory you are unlikely to be able to retrieve old
5529releases correctly, since they probably depend on the
5530name of the directories.
5531
5532@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5533@node History browsing
5534@chapter History browsing
5535@cindex History browsing
5536@cindex Traceability
5537@cindex Isolation
5538
5539@ignore
5540@c This is too long for an introduction (goal is
5541@c one 20x80 character screen), and also mixes up a
5542@c variety of issues (parallel development, history,
5543@c maybe even touches on process control).
5544
5545@c -- @quote{To lose ones history is to lose ones soul.}
5546@c -- ///
5547@c -- ///Those who cannot remember the past are condemned to repeat it.
5548@c -- ///               -- George Santayana
5549@c -- ///
5550
5551@sc{cvs} tries to make it easy for a group of people to work
5552together.  This is done in two ways:
5553
5554@itemize @bullet
5555@item
5556Isolation---You have your own working copy of the
5557source.  You are not affected by modifications made by
5558others until you decide to incorporate those changes
5559(via the @code{update} command---@pxref{update}).
5560
5561@item
5562Traceability---When something has changed, you can
5563always see @emph{exactly} what changed.
5564@end itemize
5565
5566There are several features of @sc{cvs} that together lead
5567to traceability:
5568
5569@itemize @bullet
5570@item
5571Each revision of a file has an accompanying log
5572message.
5573
5574@item
5575All commits are optionally logged to a central history
5576database.
5577
5578@item
5579Logging information can be sent to a user-defined
5580program (@pxref{loginfo}).
5581@end itemize
5582
5583@c -- More text here.
5584
5585This chapter should talk about the history file, the
5586@code{log} command, the usefulness of ChangeLogs
5587even when you run @sc{cvs}, and things like that.
5588
5589@end ignore
5590
5591@c kind of lame, in a lot of ways the above text inside
5592@c the @ignore motivates this chapter better
5593Once you have used @sc{cvs} to store a version control
5594history---what files have changed when, how, and by
5595whom, there are a variety of mechanisms for looking
5596through the history.
5597
5598@c FIXME: should also be talking about how you look at
5599@c old revisions (e.g. "cvs update -p -r 1.2 foo.c").
5600@menu
5601* log messages::                Log messages
5602* history database::            The history database
5603* user-defined logging::        User-defined logging
5604@end menu
5605
5606@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5607@node log messages
5608@section Log messages
5609
5610@c FIXME: @xref to place where we talk about how to
5611@c specify message to commit.
5612Whenever you commit a file you specify a log message.
5613
5614@c FIXME: bring the information here, and get rid of or
5615@c greatly shrink the "log" node.
5616To look through the log messages which have been
5617specified for every revision which has been committed,
5618use the @code{cvs log} command (@pxref{log}).
5619
5620@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5621@node history database
5622@section The history database
5623
5624@c FIXME: bring the information from the history file
5625@c and history nodes here.  Rewrite it to be motivated
5626@c better (start out by clearly explaining what gets
5627@c logged in history, for example).
5628You can use the history file (@pxref{history file}) to
5629log various @sc{cvs} actions.  To retrieve the
5630information from the history file, use the @code{cvs
5631history} command (@pxref{history}).
5632
5633Note: you can control what is logged to this file by using the
5634@samp{LogHistory} keyword in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file
5635(@pxref{config}).
5636
5637@c
5638@c The history database has many problems:
5639@c * It is very unclear what field means what.  This
5640@c could be improved greatly by better documentation,
5641@c but there are still non-orthogonalities (for
5642@c example, tag does not record the "repository"
5643@c field but most records do).
5644@c * Confusion about files, directories, and modules.
5645@c Some commands record one, some record others.
5646@c * File removal is not logged.  There is an 'R'
5647@c record type documented, but CVS never uses it.
5648@c * Tags are only logged for the "cvs rtag" command,
5649@c not "cvs tag".  The fix for this is not completely
5650@c clear (see above about modules vs. files).
5651@c * Are there other cases of operations that are not
5652@c logged?  One would hope for all changes to the
5653@c repository to be logged somehow (particularly
5654@c operations like tagging, "cvs admin -k", and other
5655@c operations which do not record a history that one
5656@c can get with "cvs log").  Operations on the working
5657@c directory, like export, get, and release, are a
5658@c second category also covered by the current "cvs
5659@c history".
5660@c * The history file does not record the options given
5661@c to a command.  The most serious manifestation of
5662@c this is perhaps that it doesn't record whether a command
5663@c was recursive.  It is not clear to me whether one
5664@c wants to log at a level very close to the command
5665@c line, as a sort of way of logging each command
5666@c (more or less), or whether one wants
5667@c to log more at the level of what was changed (or
5668@c something in between), but either way the current
5669@c information has pretty big gaps.
5670@c * Further details about a tag--like whether it is a
5671@c branch tag or, if a non-branch tag, which branch it
5672@c is on.  One can find out this information about the
5673@c tag as it exists _now_, but if the tag has been
5674@c moved, one doesn't know what it was like at the time
5675@c the history record was written.
5676@c * Whether operating on a particular tag, date, or
5677@c options was implicit (sticky) or explicit.
5678@c
5679@c Another item, only somewhat related to the above, is a
5680@c way to control what is logged in the history file.
5681@c This is probably the only good way to handle
5682@c different people having different ideas about
5683@c information/space tradeoffs.
5684@c
5685@c It isn't really clear that it makes sense to try to
5686@c patch up the history file format as it exists now to
5687@c include all that stuff.  It might be better to
5688@c design a whole new CVSROOT/nhistory file and "cvs
5689@c nhistory" command, or some such, or in some other
5690@c way trying to come up with a clean break from the
5691@c past, which can address the above concerns.  Another
5692@c open question is how/whether this relates to
5693@c taginfo/loginfo/etc.
5694
5695@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5696@node user-defined logging
5697@section User-defined logging
5698
5699@c FIXME: probably should centralize this information
5700@c here, at least to some extent.  Maybe by moving the
5701@c loginfo, etc., nodes here and replacing
5702@c the "user-defined logging" node with one node for
5703@c each method.
5704You can customize @sc{cvs} to log various kinds of
5705actions, in whatever manner you choose.  These
5706mechanisms operate by executing a script at various
5707times.  The script might append a message to a file
5708listing the information and the programmer who created
5709it, or send mail to a group of developers, or, perhaps,
5710post a message to a particular newsgroup.  To log
5711commits, use the @file{loginfo} file (@pxref{loginfo}), and
5712to log tagging operations, use the @file{taginfo} file
5713(@pxref{taginfo}).
5714
5715@c FIXME: What is difference between doing it in the
5716@c modules file and using loginfo/taginfo?  Why should
5717@c user use one or the other?
5718To log commits, checkouts, exports, and tags,
5719respectively, you can also use the @samp{-i},
5720@samp{-o}, @samp{-e}, and @samp{-t} options in the
5721modules file.  For a more flexible way of giving
5722notifications to various users, which requires less in
5723the way of keeping centralized scripts up to date, use
5724the @code{cvs watch add} command (@pxref{Getting
5725Notified}); this command is useful even if you are not
5726using @code{cvs watch on}.
5727
5728@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5729@node Binary files
5730@chapter Handling binary files
5731@cindex Binary files
5732
5733The most common use for @sc{cvs} is to store text
5734files.  With text files, @sc{cvs} can merge revisions,
5735display the differences between revisions in a
5736human-visible fashion, and other such operations.
5737However, if you are willing to give up a few of these
5738abilities, @sc{cvs} can store binary files.  For
5739example, one might store a web site in @sc{cvs}
5740including both text files and binary images.
5741
5742@menu
5743* Binary why::     More details on issues with binary files
5744* Binary howto::   How to store them
5745@end menu
5746
5747@node Binary why
5748@section The issues with binary files
5749
5750While the need to manage binary files may seem obvious
5751if the files that you customarily work with are binary,
5752putting them into version control does present some
5753additional issues.
5754
5755One basic function of version control is to show the
5756differences between two revisions.  For example, if
5757someone else checked in a new version of a file, you
5758may wish to look at what they changed and determine
5759whether their changes are good.  For text files,
5760@sc{cvs} provides this functionality via the @code{cvs
5761diff} command.  For binary files, it may be possible to
5762extract the two revisions and then compare them with a
5763tool external to @sc{cvs} (for example, word processing
5764software often has such a feature).  If there is no
5765such tool, one must track changes via other mechanisms,
5766such as urging people to write good log messages, and
5767hoping that the changes they actually made were the
5768changes that they intended to make.
5769
5770Another ability of a version control system is the
5771ability to merge two revisions.  For @sc{cvs} this
5772happens in two contexts.  The first is when users make
5773changes in separate working directories
5774(@pxref{Multiple developers}).  The second is when one
5775merges explicitly with the @samp{update -j} command
5776(@pxref{Branching and merging}).
5777
5778In the case of text
5779files, @sc{cvs} can merge changes made independently,
5780and signal a conflict if the changes conflict.  With
5781binary files, the best that @sc{cvs} can do is present
5782the two different copies of the file, and leave it to
5783the user to resolve the conflict.  The user may choose
5784one copy or the other, or may run an external merge
5785tool which knows about that particular file format, if
5786one exists.
5787Note that having the user merge relies primarily on the
5788user to not accidentally omit some changes, and thus is
5789potentially error prone.
5790
5791If this process is thought to be undesirable, the best
5792choice may be to avoid merging.  To avoid the merges
5793that result from separate working directories, see the
5794discussion of reserved checkouts (file locking) in
5795@ref{Multiple developers}.  To avoid the merges
5796resulting from branches, restrict use of branches.
5797
5798@node Binary howto
5799@section How to store binary files
5800
5801There are two issues with using @sc{cvs} to store
5802binary files.  The first is that @sc{cvs} by default
5803converts line endings between the canonical form in
5804which they are stored in the repository (linefeed
5805only), and the form appropriate to the operating system
5806in use on the client (for example, carriage return
5807followed by line feed for Windows NT).
5808
5809The second is that a binary file might happen to
5810contain data which looks like a keyword (@pxref{Keyword
5811substitution}), so keyword expansion must be turned
5812off.
5813
5814@c FIXME: the third is that one can't do merges with
5815@c binary files.  xref to Multiple Developers and the
5816@c reserved checkout issues.
5817
5818The @samp{-kb} option available with some @sc{cvs}
5819commands insures that neither line ending conversion
5820nor keyword expansion will be done.
5821
5822Here is an example of how you can create a new file
5823using the @samp{-kb} flag:
5824
5825@example
5826$ echo '$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$' > kotest
5827$ cvs add -kb -m"A test file" kotest
5828$ cvs ci -m"First checkin; contains a keyword" kotest
5829@end example
5830
5831If a file accidentally gets added without @samp{-kb},
5832one can use the @code{cvs admin} command to recover.
5833For example:
5834
5835@example
5836$ echo '$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$' > kotest
5837$ cvs add -m"A test file" kotest
5838$ cvs ci -m"First checkin; contains a keyword" kotest
5839$ cvs admin -kb kotest
5840$ cvs update -A kotest
5841# @r{For non-unix systems:}
5842# @r{Copy in a good copy of the file from outside CVS}
5843$ cvs commit -m "make it binary" kotest
5844@end example
5845
5846@c Trying to describe this for both unix and non-unix
5847@c in the same description is very confusing.  Might
5848@c want to split the two, or just ditch the unix "shortcut"
5849@c (unixheads don't do much with binary files, anyway).
5850@c This used to say "(Try the above example, and do a
5851@c @code{cat kotest} after every command)".  But that
5852@c only really makes sense for the unix case.
5853When you check in the file @file{kotest} the file is
5854not preserved as a binary file, because you did not
5855check it in as a binary file.  The @code{cvs
5856admin -kb} command sets the default keyword
5857substitution method for this file, but it does not
5858alter the working copy of the file that you have.  If you need to
5859cope with line endings (that is, you are using
5860@sc{cvs} on a non-unix system), then you need to
5861check in a new copy of the file, as shown by the
5862@code{cvs commit} command above.
5863On unix, the @code{cvs update -A} command suffices.
5864@c FIXME: should also describe what the *other users*
5865@c need to do, if they have checked out copies which
5866@c have been corrupted by lack of -kb.  I think maybe
5867@c "cvs update -kb" or "cvs
5868@c update -A" would suffice, although the user who
5869@c reported this suggested removing the file, manually
5870@c removing it from CVS/Entries, and then "cvs update"
5871(Note that you can use @code{cvs log} to determine the default keyword
5872substitution method for a file and @code{cvs status} to determine
5873the keyword substitution method for a working copy.)
5874
5875However, in using @code{cvs admin -k} to change the
5876keyword expansion, be aware that the keyword expansion
5877mode is not version controlled.  This means that, for
5878example, that if you have a text file in old releases,
5879and a binary file with the same name in new releases,
5880@sc{cvs} provides no way to check out the file in text
5881or binary mode depending on what version you are
5882checking out.  There is no good workaround for this
5883problem.
5884
5885You can also set a default for whether @code{cvs add}
5886and @code{cvs import} treat a file as binary based on
5887its name; for example you could say that files who
5888names end in @samp{.exe} are binary.  @xref{Wrappers}.
5889There is currently no way to have @sc{cvs} detect
5890whether a file is binary based on its contents.  The
5891main difficulty with designing such a feature is that
5892it is not clear how to distinguish between binary and
5893non-binary files, and the rules to apply would vary
5894considerably with the operating system.
5895@c For example, it would be good on MS-DOS-family OSes
5896@c for anything containing ^Z to be binary.  Having
5897@c characters with the 8th bit set imply binary is almost
5898@c surely a bad idea in the context of ISO-8859-* and
5899@c other such character sets.  On VMS or the Mac, we
5900@c could use the OS's file typing.  This is a
5901@c commonly-desired feature, and something of this sort
5902@c may make sense.  But there are a lot of pitfalls here.
5903@c
5904@c Another, probably better, way to tell is to read the
5905@c file in text mode, write it to a temp file in text
5906@c mode, and then do a binary mode compare of the two
5907@c files.  If they differ, it is a binary file.  This
5908@c might have problems on VMS (or some other system
5909@c with several different text modes), but in general
5910@c should be relatively portable.  The only other
5911@c downside I can think of is that it would be fairly
5912@c slow, but that is perhaps a small price to pay for
5913@c not having your files corrupted.  Another issue is
5914@c what happens if you import a text file with bare
5915@c linefeeds on Windows.  Such files will show up on
5916@c Windows sometimes (I think some native windows
5917@c programs even write them, on occasion).  Perhaps it
5918@c is reasonable to treat such files as binary; after
5919@c all it is something of a presumption to assume that
5920@c the user would want the linefeeds converted to CRLF.
5921
5922@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
5923@node Multiple developers
5924@chapter Multiple developers
5925@cindex Multiple developers
5926@cindex Team of developers
5927@cindex File locking
5928@cindex Locking files
5929@cindex Working copy
5930@cindex Reserved checkouts
5931@cindex Unreserved checkouts
5932@cindex RCS-style locking
5933
5934When more than one person works on a software project
5935things often get complicated.  Often, two people try to
5936edit the same file simultaneously.  One solution, known
5937as @dfn{file locking} or @dfn{reserved checkouts}, is
5938to allow only one person to edit each file at a time.
5939This is the only solution with some version control
5940systems, including @sc{rcs} and @sc{sccs}.  Currently
5941the usual way to get reserved checkouts with @sc{cvs}
5942is the @code{cvs admin -l} command (@pxref{admin
5943options}).  This is not as nicely integrated into
5944@sc{cvs} as the watch features, described below, but it
5945seems that most people with a need for reserved
5946checkouts find it adequate.
5947@c Or "find it better than worrying about implementing
5948@c nicely integrated reserved checkouts" or ...?
5949
5950As of @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10, another technique for getting most of the
5951effect of reserved checkouts is to enable advisory locks.  To enable advisory
5952locks, have all developers put "edit -c", "commit -c" in their
5953.cvsrc file, and turn on watches in the repository.  This
5954prevents them from doing a @code{cvs edit} if anyone is
5955already editting the file.  It also may
5956be possible to use plain watches together with suitable
5957procedures (not enforced by software), to avoid having
5958two people edit at the same time.
5959
5960@c Our unreserved checkout model might not
5961@c be quite the same as others.  For example, I
5962@c think that some systems will tend to create a branch
5963@c in the case where CVS prints "up-to-date check failed".
5964@c It isn't clear to me whether we should try to
5965@c explore these subtleties; it could easily just
5966@c confuse people.
5967The default model with @sc{cvs} is known as
5968@dfn{unreserved checkouts}.  In this model, developers
5969can edit their own @dfn{working copy} of a file
5970simultaneously.  The first person that commits his
5971changes has no automatic way of knowing that another
5972has started to edit it.  Others will get an error
5973message when they try to commit the file.  They must
5974then use @sc{cvs} commands to bring their working copy
5975up to date with the repository revision.  This process
5976is almost automatic.
5977
5978@c FIXME? should probably use the word "watch" here, to
5979@c tie this into the text below and above.
5980@sc{cvs} also supports mechanisms which facilitate
5981various kinds of communication, without actually
5982enforcing rules like reserved checkouts do.
5983
5984The rest of this chapter describes how these various
5985models work, and some of the issues involved in
5986choosing between them.
5987
5988@ignore
5989Here is a draft reserved checkout design or discussion
5990of the issues.  This seems like as good a place as any
5991for this.
5992
5993Might want a cvs lock/cvs unlock--in which the names
5994differ from edit/unedit because the network must be up
5995for these to work.  unedit gives an error if there is a
5996reserved checkout in place (so that people don't
5997accidentally leave locks around); unlock gives an error
5998if one is not in place (this is more arguable; perhaps
5999it should act like unedit in that case).
6000
6001On the other hand, might want it so that emacs,
6002scripts, etc., can get ready to edit a file without
6003having to know which model is in use.  In that case we
6004would have a "cvs watch lock" (or .cvsrc?) (that is,
6005three settings, "on", "off", and "lock").  Having cvs
6006watch lock set would cause a get to record in the CVS
6007directory which model is in use, and cause "cvs edit"
6008to change behaviors.  We'd want a way to query which
6009setting is in effect (this would be handy even if it is
6010only "on" or "off" as presently).  If lock is in
6011effect, then commit would require a lock before
6012allowing a checkin; chmod wouldn't suffice (might be
6013debatable--see chmod comment below, in watches--but it
6014is the way people expect RCS to work and I can't think
6015of any significant downside.  On the other hand, maybe
6016it isn't worth bothering, because people who are used
6017to RCS wouldn't think to use chmod anyway).
6018
6019Implementation: use file attributes or use RCS
6020locking.  The former avoids more dependence on RCS
6021behaviors we will need to re-implement as we librarify
6022RCS, and makes it easier to import/export RCS files (in
6023that context, want to ignore the locker field).  But
6024note that RCS locks are per-branch, which is the
6025correct behavior (this is also an issue for the "watch
6026on" features; they should be per-branch too).
6027
6028Here are a few more random notes about implementation
6029details, assuming "cvs watch lock" and
6030
6031CVS/Watched file?  Or try to fit this into CVS/Entries somehow?
6032Cases: (1) file is checked out (unreserved or with watch on) by old
6033version of @sc{cvs}, now we do something with new one, (2) file is checked
6034out by new version, now we do something with old one.
6035
6036Remote protocol would have a "Watched" analogous to "Mode".  Of course
6037it would apply to all Updated-like requests.  How do we keep this
6038setting up to date?  I guess that there wants to be a Watched request,
6039and the server would send a new one if it isn't up to date? (Ugh--hard
6040to implement and slows down "cvs -q update"--is there an easier way?)
6041
6042"cvs edit"--checks CVS/Watched, and if watch lock, then sends
6043"edit-lock" request.  Which comes back with a Checked-in with
6044appropriate Watched (off, on, lock, locked, or some such?), or error
6045message if already locked.
6046
6047"cvs commit"--only will commit if off/on/locked.  lock is not OK.
6048
6049Doc:
6050note that "cvs edit" must be connected to network if watch lock is in
6051effect.
6052
6053Talk about what to do if someone has locked a file and you want to
6054edit that file.  (breaking locks, or lack thereof).
6055
6056
6057One other idea (which could work along with the
6058existing "cvs admin -l" reserved checkouts, as well as
6059the above):
6060
6061"cvs editors" could show who has the file locked, if
6062someone does.
6063
6064@end ignore
6065
6066@menu
6067* File status::                 A file can be in several states
6068* Updating a file::             Bringing a file up-to-date
6069* Conflicts example::           An informative example
6070* Informing others::            To cooperate you must inform
6071* Concurrency::                 Simultaneous repository access
6072* Watches::                     Mechanisms to track who is editing files
6073* Choosing a model::            Reserved or unreserved checkouts?
6074@end menu
6075
6076@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6077@node File status
6078@section File status
6079@cindex File status
6080@cindex Status of a file
6081
6082@c Shouldn't this start with an example or something,
6083@c introducing the unreserved checkout model?  Before we
6084@c dive into listing states?
6085Based on what operations you have performed on a
6086checked out file, and what operations others have
6087performed to that file in the repository, one can
6088classify a file in a number of states.  The states, as
6089reported by the @code{status} command, are:
6090
6091@c The order of items is chosen to group logically
6092@c similar outputs together.
6093@c People who want alphabetical can use the index...
6094@table @asis
6095@cindex Up-to-date
6096@item Up-to-date
6097The file is identical with the latest revision in the
6098repository for the branch in use.
6099@c FIXME: should we clarify "in use"?  The answer is
6100@c sticky tags, and trying to distinguish branch sticky
6101@c tags from non-branch sticky tags seems rather awkward
6102@c here.
6103@c FIXME: What happens with non-branch sticky tags?  Is
6104@c a stuck file "Up-to-date" or "Needs checkout" or what?
6105
6106@item Locally Modified
6107@cindex Locally Modified
6108You have edited the file, and not yet committed your changes.
6109
6110@item Locally Added
6111@cindex Locally Added
6112You have added the file with @code{add}, and not yet
6113committed your changes.
6114@c There are many cases involving the file being
6115@c added/removed/modified in the working directory, and
6116@c added/removed/modified in the repository, which we
6117@c don't try to describe here.  I'm not sure that "cvs
6118@c status" produces a non-confusing output in most of
6119@c those cases.
6120
6121@item Locally Removed
6122@cindex Locally Removed
6123You have removed the file with @code{remove}, and not yet
6124committed your changes.
6125
6126@item Needs Checkout
6127@cindex Needs Checkout
6128Someone else has committed a newer revision to the
6129repository.  The name is slightly misleading; you will
6130ordinarily use @code{update} rather than
6131@code{checkout} to get that newer revision.
6132
6133@item Needs Patch
6134@cindex Needs Patch
6135@c See also newb-123j0 in sanity.sh (although that case
6136@c should probably be changed rather than documented).
6137Like Needs Checkout, but the @sc{cvs} server will send
6138a patch rather than the entire file.  Sending a patch or
6139sending an entire file accomplishes the same thing.
6140
6141@item Needs Merge
6142@cindex Needs Merge
6143Someone else has committed a newer revision to the repository, and you
6144have also made modifications to the file.
6145
6146@item Unresolved Conflict
6147@cindex Unresolved Conflict
6148@c FIXCVS - This file status needs to be changed to some more informative
6149@c text that distinguishes it more clearly from each of the Locally Added,
6150@c File had conflicts on merge, and Unknown status types, but an exact and
6151@c succinct wording escapes me at the moment.
6152A file with the same name as this new file has been added to the repository
6153from a second workspace.  This file will need to be moved out of the way
6154to allow an @code{update} to complete.
6155
6156@item File had conflicts on merge
6157@cindex File had conflicts on merge
6158@c is it worth saying that this message was "Unresolved
6159@c Conflict" in CVS 1.9 and earlier?  I'm inclined to
6160@c think that is unnecessarily confusing to new users.
6161This is like Locally Modified, except that a previous
6162@code{update} command gave a conflict.  If you have not
6163already done so, you need to
6164resolve the conflict as described in @ref{Conflicts example}.
6165
6166@item Unknown
6167@cindex Unknown
6168@sc{cvs} doesn't know anything about this file.  For
6169example, you have created a new file and have not run
6170@code{add}.
6171@c
6172@c "Entry Invalid" and "Classify Error" are also in the
6173@c status.c.  The latter definitely indicates a CVS bug
6174@c (should it be worded more like "internal error" so
6175@c people submit bug reports if they see it?).  The former
6176@c I'm not as sure; I haven't tracked down whether/when it
6177@c appears in "cvs status" output.
6178
6179@end table
6180
6181To help clarify the file status, @code{status} also
6182reports the @code{Working revision} which is the
6183revision that the file in the working directory derives
6184from, and the @code{Repository revision} which is the
6185latest revision in the repository for the branch in
6186use.
6187The @samp{Commit Identifier} reflects the unique commitid
6188of the @code{commit}.
6189@c FIXME: should we clarify "in use"?  The answer is
6190@c sticky tags, and trying to distinguish branch sticky
6191@c tags from non-branch sticky tags seems rather awkward
6192@c here.
6193@c FIXME: What happens with non-branch sticky tags?
6194@c What is the Repository Revision there?  See the
6195@c comment at vn_rcs in cvs.h, which is kind of
6196@c confused--we really need to document better what this
6197@c field contains.
6198@c Q: Should we document "New file!" and other such
6199@c outputs or are they self-explanatory?
6200@c FIXME: what about the date to the right of "Working
6201@c revision"?  It doesn't appear with client/server and
6202@c seems unnecessary (redundant with "ls -l") so
6203@c perhaps it should be removed for non-client/server too?
6204@c FIXME: Need some examples.
6205@c FIXME: Working revision can also be something like
6206@c "-1.3" for a locally removed file.  Not at all
6207@c self-explanatory (and it is possible that CVS should
6208@c be changed rather than documenting this).
6209
6210@c Would be nice to have an @example showing output
6211@c from cvs status, with comments showing the xref
6212@c where each part of the output is described.  This
6213@c might fit in nicely if it is desirable to split this
6214@c node in two; one to introduce "cvs status" and one
6215@c to list each of the states.
6216The options to @code{status} are listed in
6217@ref{Invoking CVS}.  For information on its @code{Sticky tag}
6218and @code{Sticky date} output, see @ref{Sticky tags}.
6219For information on its @code{Sticky options} output,
6220see the @samp{-k} option in @ref{update options}.
6221
6222You can think of the @code{status} and @code{update}
6223commands as somewhat complementary.  You use
6224@code{update} to bring your files up to date, and you
6225can use @code{status} to give you some idea of what an
6226@code{update} would do (of course, the state of the
6227repository might change before you actually run
6228@code{update}).  In fact, if you want a command to
6229display file status in a more brief format than is
6230displayed by the @code{status} command, you can invoke
6231
6232@cindex update, to display file status
6233@example
6234$ cvs -n -q update
6235@end example
6236
6237The @samp{-n} option means to not actually do the
6238update, but merely to display statuses; the @samp{-q}
6239option avoids printing the name of each directory.  For
6240more information on the @code{update} command, and
6241these options, see @ref{Invoking CVS}.
6242
6243@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6244@node Updating a file
6245@section Bringing a file up to date
6246@cindex Bringing a file up to date
6247@cindex Updating a file
6248@cindex Merging a file
6249@cindex Update, introduction
6250
6251When you want to update or merge a file, use the @code{cvs update -d}
6252command.  For files that are not up to date this is roughly equivalent
6253to a @code{checkout} command: the newest revision of the file is
6254extracted from the repository and put in your working directory.  The
6255@code{-d} option, not necessary with @code{checkout}, tells @sc{cvs}
6256that you wish it to create directories added by other developers.
6257
6258Your modifications to a file are never lost when you
6259use @code{update}.  If no newer revision exists,
6260running @code{update} has no effect.  If you have
6261edited the file, and a newer revision is available,
6262@sc{cvs} will merge all changes into your working copy.
6263
6264For instance, imagine that you checked out revision 1.4 and started
6265editing it.  In the meantime someone else committed revision 1.5, and
6266shortly after that revision 1.6.  If you run @code{update} on the file
6267now, @sc{cvs} will incorporate all changes between revision 1.4 and 1.6 into
6268your file.
6269
6270@cindex Overlap
6271If any of the changes between 1.4 and 1.6 were made too
6272close to any of the changes you have made, an
6273@dfn{overlap} occurs.  In such cases a warning is
6274printed, and the resulting file includes both
6275versions of the lines that overlap, delimited by
6276special markers.
6277@xref{update}, for a complete description of the
6278@code{update} command.
6279
6280@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6281@node Conflicts example
6282@section Conflicts example
6283@cindex Merge, an example
6284@cindex Example of merge
6285@cindex driver.c (merge example)
6286
6287Suppose revision 1.4 of @file{driver.c} contains this:
6288
6289@example
6290#include <stdio.h>
6291
6292void main()
6293@{
6294    parse();
6295    if (nerr == 0)
6296        gencode();
6297    else
6298        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6299    exit(nerr == 0 ? 0 : 1);
6300@}
6301@end example
6302
6303@noindent
6304Revision 1.6 of @file{driver.c} contains this:
6305
6306@example
6307#include <stdio.h>
6308
6309int main(int argc,
6310         char **argv)
6311@{
6312    parse();
6313    if (argc != 1)
6314    @{
6315        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6316        exit(1);
6317    @}
6318    if (nerr == 0)
6319        gencode();
6320    else
6321        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6322    exit(!!nerr);
6323@}
6324@end example
6325
6326@noindent
6327Your working copy of @file{driver.c}, based on revision
63281.4, contains this before you run @samp{cvs update}:
6329@c -- Really include "cvs"?
6330
6331@example
6332#include <stdlib.h>
6333#include <stdio.h>
6334
6335void main()
6336@{
6337    init_scanner();
6338    parse();
6339    if (nerr == 0)
6340        gencode();
6341    else
6342        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6343    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6344@}
6345@end example
6346
6347@noindent
6348You run @samp{cvs update}:
6349@c -- Really include "cvs"?
6350
6351@example
6352$ cvs update driver.c
6353RCS file: /usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v
6354retrieving revision 1.4
6355retrieving revision 1.6
6356Merging differences between 1.4 and 1.6 into driver.c
6357rcsmerge warning: overlaps during merge
6358cvs update: conflicts found in driver.c
6359C driver.c
6360@end example
6361
6362@noindent
6363@cindex Conflicts (merge example)
6364@sc{cvs} tells you that there were some conflicts.
6365Your original working file is saved unmodified in
6366@file{.#driver.c.1.4}.  The new version of
6367@file{driver.c} contains this:
6368
6369@example
6370#include <stdlib.h>
6371#include <stdio.h>
6372
6373int main(int argc,
6374         char **argv)
6375@{
6376    init_scanner();
6377    parse();
6378    if (argc != 1)
6379    @{
6380        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6381        exit(1);
6382    @}
6383    if (nerr == 0)
6384        gencode();
6385    else
6386        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6387@asis{}<<<<<<< driver.c
6388    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6389@asis{}=======
6390    exit(!!nerr);
6391@asis{}>>>>>>> 1.6
6392@}
6393@end example
6394
6395@noindent
6396@cindex Markers, conflict
6397@cindex Conflict markers
6398@cindex <<<<<<<
6399@cindex >>>>>>>
6400@cindex =======
6401
6402Note how all non-overlapping modifications are incorporated in your working
6403copy, and that the overlapping section is clearly marked with
6404@samp{<<<<<<<}, @samp{=======} and @samp{>>>>>>>}.
6405
6406@cindex Resolving a conflict
6407@cindex Conflict resolution
6408You resolve the conflict by editing the file, removing the markers and
6409the erroneous line.  Suppose you end up with this file:
6410@c -- Add xref to the pcl-cvs manual when it talks
6411@c -- about this.
6412@example
6413#include <stdlib.h>
6414#include <stdio.h>
6415
6416int main(int argc,
6417         char **argv)
6418@{
6419    init_scanner();
6420    parse();
6421    if (argc != 1)
6422    @{
6423        fprintf(stderr, "tc: No args expected.\n");
6424        exit(1);
6425    @}
6426    if (nerr == 0)
6427        gencode();
6428    else
6429        fprintf(stderr, "No code generated.\n");
6430    exit(nerr == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
6431@}
6432@end example
6433
6434@noindent
6435You can now go ahead and commit this as revision 1.7.
6436
6437@example
6438$ cvs commit -m "Initialize scanner. Use symbolic exit values." driver.c
6439Checking in driver.c;
6440/usr/local/cvsroot/yoyodyne/tc/driver.c,v  <--  driver.c
6441new revision: 1.7; previous revision: 1.6
6442done
6443@end example
6444
6445For your protection, @sc{cvs} will refuse to check in a
6446file if a conflict occurred and you have not resolved
6447the conflict.  Currently to resolve a conflict, you
6448must change the timestamp on the file.  In previous
6449versions of @sc{cvs}, you also needed to
6450insure that the file contains no conflict markers.
6451Because
6452your file may legitimately contain conflict markers (that
6453is, occurrences of @samp{>>>>>>> } at the start of a
6454line that don't mark a conflict), the current
6455version of @sc{cvs} will print a warning and proceed to
6456check in the file.
6457@c The old behavior was really icky; the only way out
6458@c was to start hacking on
6459@c the @code{CVS/Entries} file or other such workarounds.
6460@c
6461@c If the timestamp thing isn't considered nice enough,
6462@c maybe there should be a "cvs resolved" command
6463@c which clears the conflict indication.  For a nice user
6464@c interface, this should be invoked by an interactive
6465@c merge tool like emerge rather than by the user
6466@c directly--such a tool can verify that the user has
6467@c really dealt with each conflict.
6468
6469@cindex emerge
6470If you use release 1.04 or later of pcl-cvs (a @sc{gnu}
6471Emacs front-end for @sc{cvs}) you can use an Emacs
6472package called emerge to help you resolve conflicts.
6473See the documentation for pcl-cvs.
6474
6475@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
6476@node Informing others
6477@section Informing others about commits
6478@cindex Informing others
6479@cindex Spreading information
6480@cindex Mail, automatic mail on commit
6481
6482It is often useful to inform others when you commit a
6483new revision of a file.  The @samp{-i} option of the
6484@file{modules} file, or the @file{loginfo} file, can be
6485used to automate this process.  @xref{modules}.
6486@xref{loginfo}.  You can use these features of @sc{cvs}
6487to, for instance, instruct @sc{cvs} to mail a
6488message to all developers, or post a message to a local
6489newsgroup.
6490@c -- More text would be nice here.
6491
6492@node Concurrency
6493@section Several developers simultaneously attempting to run CVS
6494
6495@cindex Locks, cvs, introduction
6496@c For a discussion of *why* CVS creates locks, see
6497@c the comment at the start of src/lock.c
6498If several developers try to run @sc{cvs} at the same
6499time, one may get the following message:
6500
6501@example
6502[11:43:23] waiting for bach's lock in /usr/local/cvsroot/foo
6503@end example
6504
6505@cindex #cvs.rfl, removing
6506@cindex #cvs.wfl, removing
6507@cindex #cvs.lock, removing
6508@sc{cvs} will try again every 30 seconds, and either
6509continue with the operation or print the message again,
6510if it still needs to wait.  If a lock seems to stick
6511around for an undue amount of time, find the person
6512holding the lock and ask them about the cvs command
6513they are running.  If they aren't running a cvs
6514command, look in the repository directory mentioned in
6515the message and remove files which they own whose names
6516start with @file{#cvs.rfl},
6517@file{#cvs.wfl}, or @file{#cvs.lock}.
6518
6519Note that these locks are to protect @sc{cvs}'s
6520internal data structures and have no relationship to
6521the word @dfn{lock} in the sense used by
6522@sc{rcs}---which refers to reserved checkouts
6523(@pxref{Multiple developers}).
6524
6525Any number of people can be reading from a given
6526repository at a time; only when someone is writing do
6527the locks prevent other people from reading or writing.
6528
6529@cindex Atomic transactions, lack of
6530@cindex Transactions, atomic, lack of
6531@c the following talks about what one might call commit/update
6532@c atomicity.
6533@c Probably also should say something about
6534@c commit/commit atomicity, that is, "An update will
6535@c not get partial versions of more than one commit".
6536@c CVS currently has this property and I guess we can
6537@c make it a documented feature.
6538@c For example one person commits
6539@c a/one.c and b/four.c and another commits a/two.c and
6540@c b/three.c.  Then an update cannot get the new a/one.c
6541@c and a/two.c and the old b/four.c and b/three.c.
6542One might hope for the following property:
6543
6544@quotation
6545If someone commits some changes in one cvs command,
6546then an update by someone else will either get all the
6547changes, or none of them.
6548@end quotation
6549
6550@noindent
6551but @sc{cvs} does @emph{not} have this property.  For
6552example, given the files
6553
6554@example
6555a/one.c
6556a/two.c
6557b/three.c
6558b/four.c
6559@end example
6560
6561@noindent
6562if someone runs
6563
6564@example
6565cvs ci a/two.c b/three.c
6566@end example
6567
6568@noindent
6569and someone else runs @code{cvs update} at the same
6570time, the person running @code{update} might get only
6571the change to @file{b/three.c} and not the change to
6572@file{a/two.c}.
6573
6574@node Watches
6575@section Mechanisms to track who is editing files
6576@cindex Watches
6577
6578For many groups, use of @sc{cvs} in its default mode is
6579perfectly satisfactory.  Users may sometimes go to
6580check in a modification only to find that another
6581modification has intervened, but they deal with it and
6582proceed with their check in.  Other groups prefer to be
6583able to know who is editing what files, so that if two
6584people try to edit the same file they can choose to
6585talk about who is doing what when rather than be
6586surprised at check in time.  The features in this
6587section allow such coordination, while retaining the
6588ability of two developers to edit the same file at the
6589same time.
6590
6591@c Some people might ask why CVS does not enforce the
6592@c rule on chmod, by requiring a cvs edit before a cvs
6593@c commit.  The main reason is that it could always be
6594@c circumvented--one could edit the file, and
6595@c then when ready to check it in, do the cvs edit and put
6596@c in the new contents and do the cvs commit.  One
6597@c implementation note: if we _do_ want to have cvs commit
6598@c require a cvs edit, we should store the state on
6599@c whether the cvs edit has occurred in the working
6600@c directory, rather than having the server try to keep
6601@c track of what working directories exist.
6602@c FIXME: should the above discussion be part of the
6603@c manual proper, somewhere, not just in a comment?
6604For maximum benefit developers should use @code{cvs
6605edit} (not @code{chmod}) to make files read-write to
6606edit them, and @code{cvs release} (not @code{rm}) to
6607discard a working directory which is no longer in use,
6608but @sc{cvs} is not able to enforce this behavior.
6609
6610If a development team wants stronger enforcement of
6611watches and all team members are using a @sc{cvs} client version 1.12.10 or
6612greater to access a @sc{cvs} server version 1.12.10 or greater, they can
6613enable advisory locks.  To enable advisory locks, have all developers
6614put "edit -c" and "commit -c" into all .cvsrc files,
6615and make files default to read only by turning on watches
6616or putting "cvs -r" into all .cvsrc files.
6617This prevents multiple people from editting a file at
6618the same time (unless explicitly overriden with @samp{-f}).
6619
6620@c I'm a little dissatisfied with this presentation,
6621@c because "watch on"/"edit"/"editors" are one set of
6622@c functionality, and "watch add"/"watchers" is another
6623@c which is somewhat orthogonal even though they interact in
6624@c various ways.  But I think it might be
6625@c confusing to describe them separately (e.g. "watch
6626@c add" with loginfo).  I don't know.
6627
6628@menu
6629* Setting a watch::             Telling CVS to watch certain files
6630* Getting Notified::            Telling CVS to notify you
6631* Editing files::               How to edit a file which is being watched
6632* Watch information::           Information about who is watching and editing
6633* Watches Compatibility::       Watches interact poorly with CVS 1.6 or earlier
6634@end menu
6635
6636@node Setting a watch
6637@subsection Telling CVS to watch certain files
6638
6639To enable the watch features, you first specify that
6640certain files are to be watched.
6641
6642@cindex watch on (subcommand)
6643@deffn Command {cvs watch on} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6644
6645@cindex Read-only files, and watches
6646Specify that developers should run @code{cvs edit}
6647before editing @var{files}.  @sc{cvs} will create working
6648copies of @var{files} read-only, to remind developers
6649to run the @code{cvs edit} command before working on
6650them.
6651
6652If @var{files} includes the name of a directory, @sc{cvs}
6653arranges to watch all files added to the corresponding
6654repository directory, and sets a default for files
6655added in the future; this allows the user to set
6656notification policies on a per-directory basis.  The
6657contents of the directory are processed recursively,
6658unless the @code{-l} option is given.
6659The @code{-R} option can be used to force recursion if the @code{-l}
6660option is set in @file{~/.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
6661
6662If @var{files} is omitted, it defaults to the current directory.
6663
6664@cindex watch off (subcommand)
6665@end deffn
6666
6667@deffn Command {cvs watch off} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6668
6669Do not create @var{files} read-only on checkout; thus,
6670developers will not be reminded to use @code{cvs edit}
6671and @code{cvs unedit}.
6672@ignore
6673@sc{cvs} will check out @var{files}
6674read-write as usual, unless other permissions override
6675due to the @code{PreservePermissions} option being
6676enabled in the @file{config} administrative file
6677(@pxref{Special Files}, @pxref{config})
6678@end ignore
6679
6680The @var{files} and options are processed as for @code{cvs
6681watch on}.
6682
6683@end deffn
6684
6685@node Getting Notified
6686@subsection Telling CVS to notify you
6687
6688You can tell @sc{cvs} that you want to receive
6689notifications about various actions taken on a file.
6690You can do this without using @code{cvs watch on} for
6691the file, but generally you will want to use @code{cvs
6692watch on}, to remind developers to use the @code{cvs edit}
6693command.
6694
6695@cindex watch add (subcommand)
6696@deffn Command {cvs watch add} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6697
6698Add the current user to the list of people to receive notification of
6699work done on @var{files}.
6700
6701The @code{-a} option specifies what kinds of events @sc{cvs} should notify
6702the user about.  @var{action} is one of the following:
6703
6704@table @code
6705
6706@item edit
6707Another user has applied the @code{cvs edit} command (described
6708below) to a watched file.
6709
6710@item commit
6711Another user has committed changes to one of the named @var{files}.
6712
6713@item unedit
6714Another user has abandoned editing a file (other than by committing changes).
6715They can do this in several ways, by:
6716
6717@itemize @bullet
6718
6719@item
6720applying the @code{cvs unedit} command (described below) to the file
6721
6722@item
6723applying the @code{cvs release} command (@pxref{release}) to the file's parent directory
6724(or recursively to a directory more than one level up)
6725
6726@item
6727deleting the file and allowing @code{cvs update} to recreate it
6728
6729@end itemize
6730
6731@item all
6732All of the above.
6733
6734@item none
6735None of the above.  (This is useful with @code{cvs edit},
6736described below.)
6737
6738@end table
6739
6740The @code{-a} option may appear more than once, or not at all.  If
6741omitted, the action defaults to @code{all}.
6742
6743The @var{files} and options are processed as for
6744@code{cvs watch on}.
6745
6746@end deffn
6747
6748
6749@cindex watch remove (subcommand)
6750@deffn Command {cvs watch remove} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6751
6752Remove a notification request established using @code{cvs watch add};
6753the arguments are the same.  If the @code{-a} option is present, only
6754watches for the specified actions are removed.
6755
6756@end deffn
6757
6758@cindex notify (admin file)
6759When the conditions exist for notification, @sc{cvs}
6760calls the @file{notify} administrative file.  Edit
6761@file{notify} as one edits the other administrative
6762files (@pxref{Intro administrative files}).  This
6763file follows the usual conventions for administrative
6764files (@pxref{syntax}), where each line is a regular
6765expression followed by a command to execute.  The
6766command should contain a single occurrence of @samp{%s}
6767which will be replaced by the user to notify; the rest
6768of the information regarding the notification will be
6769supplied to the command on standard input.  The
6770standard thing to put in the @code{notify} file is the
6771single line:
6772
6773@example
6774ALL mail %s -s "CVS notification"
6775@end example
6776
6777@noindent
6778This causes users to be notified by electronic mail.
6779@c FIXME: should it be this hard to set up this
6780@c behavior (and the result when one fails to do so,
6781@c silent failure to notify, so non-obvious)?  Should
6782@c CVS give a warning if no line in notify matches (and
6783@c document the use of "DEFAULT :" for the case where
6784@c skipping the notification is indeed desired)?
6785
6786@cindex users (admin file)
6787Note that if you set this up in the straightforward
6788way, users receive notifications on the server machine.
6789One could of course write a @file{notify} script which
6790directed notifications elsewhere, but to make this
6791easy, @sc{cvs} allows you to associate a notification
6792address for each user.  To do so create a file
6793@file{users} in @file{CVSROOT} with a line for each
6794user in the format @var{user}:@var{value}.  Then
6795instead of passing the name of the user to be notified
6796to @file{notify}, @sc{cvs} will pass the @var{value}
6797(normally an email address on some other machine).
6798
6799@sc{cvs} does not notify you for your own changes.
6800Currently this check is done based on whether the user
6801name of the person taking the action which triggers
6802notification matches the user name of the person
6803getting notification.  In fact, in general, the watches
6804features only track one edit by each user.  It probably
6805would be more useful if watches tracked each working
6806directory separately, so this behavior might be worth
6807changing.
6808@c "behavior might be worth changing" is an effort to
6809@c point to future directions while also not promising
6810@c that "they" (as in "why don't they fix CVS to....")
6811@c will do this.
6812@c one implementation issue is identifying whether a
6813@c working directory is same or different.  Comparing
6814@c pathnames/hostnames is hopeless, but having the server
6815@c supply a serial number which the client stores in the
6816@c CVS directory as a magic cookie should work.
6817
6818@node Editing files
6819@subsection How to edit a file which is being watched
6820
6821@cindex Checkout, as term for getting ready to edit
6822Since a file which is being watched is checked out
6823read-only, you cannot simply edit it.  To make it
6824read-write, and inform others that you are planning to
6825edit it, use the @code{cvs edit} command.  Some systems
6826call this a @dfn{checkout}, but @sc{cvs} uses that term
6827for obtaining a copy of the sources (@pxref{Getting the
6828source}), an operation which those systems call a
6829@dfn{get} or a @dfn{fetch}.
6830@c Issue to think about: should we transition CVS
6831@c towards the "get" terminology?  "cvs get" is already a
6832@c synonym for "cvs checkout" and that section of the
6833@c manual refers to "Getting the source".  If this is
6834@c done, needs to be done gingerly (for example, we should
6835@c still accept "checkout" in .cvsrc files indefinitely
6836@c even if the CVS's messages are changed from "cvs checkout: "
6837@c to "cvs get: ").
6838@c There is a concern about whether "get" is not as
6839@c good for novices because it is a more general term
6840@c than "checkout" (and thus arguably harder to assign
6841@c a technical meaning for).
6842
6843@cindex edit (subcommand)
6844@deffn Command {cvs edit} [@code{-lR}] [@code{-a} @var{action}]@dots{} [@var{files}]@dots{}
6845
6846Prepare to edit the working files @var{files}.  @sc{cvs} makes the
6847@var{files} read-write, and notifies users who have requested
6848@code{edit} notification for any of @var{files}.
6849
6850The @code{cvs edit} command accepts the same options as the
6851@code{cvs watch add} command, and establishes a temporary watch for the
6852user on @var{files}; @sc{cvs} will remove the watch when @var{files} are
6853@code{unedit}ed or @code{commit}ted.  If the user does not wish to
6854receive notifications, she should specify @code{-a none}.
6855
6856The @var{files} and the options are processed as for the @code{cvs
6857watch} commands.
6858
6859There are two additional options that @code{cvs edit} understands as of
6860@sc{cvs} client and server versions 1.12.10 but @code{cvs watch} does not.
6861The first is @code{-c}, which causes @code{cvs edit} to fail if anyone else
6862is editting the file.  This is probably only useful when @samp{edit -c} and
6863@samp{commit -c} are specified in all developers' @file{.cvsrc} files.  This
6864behavior may be overriden this via the @code{-f} option, which overrides
6865@code{-c} and allows multiple edits to succeed.
6866
6867@ignore
6868@strong{Caution: If the @code{PreservePermissions}
6869option is enabled in the repository (@pxref{config}),
6870@sc{cvs} will not change the permissions on any of the
6871@var{files}.  The reason for this change is to ensure
6872that using @samp{cvs edit} does not interfere with the
6873ability to store file permissions in the @sc{cvs}
6874repository.}
6875@end ignore
6876
6877@end deffn
6878
6879Normally when you are done with a set of changes, you
6880use the @code{cvs commit} command, which checks in your
6881changes and returns the watched files to their usual
6882read-only state.  But if you instead decide to abandon
6883your changes, or not to make any changes, you can use
6884the @code{cvs unedit} command.
6885
6886@cindex unedit (subcommand)
6887@cindex Abandoning work
6888@cindex Reverting to repository version
6889@deffn Command {cvs unedit} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6890
6891Abandon work on the working files @var{files}, and revert them to the
6892repository versions on which they are based.  @sc{cvs} makes those
6893@var{files} read-only for which users have requested notification using
6894@code{cvs watch on}.  @sc{cvs} notifies users who have requested @code{unedit}
6895notification for any of @var{files}.
6896
6897The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6898@code{cvs watch} commands.
6899
6900If watches are not in use, the @code{unedit} command
6901probably does not work, and the way to revert to the
6902repository version is with the command @code{cvs update -C file}
6903(@pxref{update}).
6904The meaning is
6905not precisely the same; the latter may also
6906bring in some changes which have been made in the
6907repository since the last time you updated.
6908@c It would be a useful enhancement to CVS to make
6909@c unedit work in the non-watch case as well.
6910@end deffn
6911
6912When using client/server @sc{cvs}, you can use the
6913@code{cvs edit} and @code{cvs unedit} commands even if
6914@sc{cvs} is unable to successfully communicate with the
6915server; the notifications will be sent upon the next
6916successful @sc{cvs} command.
6917
6918@node Watch information
6919@subsection Information about who is watching and editing
6920
6921@cindex watchers (subcommand)
6922@deffn Command {cvs watchers} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6923
6924List the users currently watching changes to @var{files}.  The report
6925includes the files being watched, and the mail address of each watcher.
6926
6927The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6928@code{cvs watch} commands.
6929
6930@end deffn
6931
6932
6933@cindex editors (subcommand)
6934@deffn Command {cvs editors} [@code{-lR}] [@var{files}]@dots{}
6935
6936List the users currently working on @var{files}.  The report
6937includes the mail address of each user, the time when the user began
6938working with the file, and the host and path of the working directory
6939containing the file.
6940
6941The @var{files} and options are processed as for the
6942@code{cvs watch} commands.
6943
6944@end deffn
6945
6946@node Watches Compatibility
6947@subsection Using watches with old versions of CVS
6948
6949@cindex CVS 1.6, and watches
6950If you use the watch features on a repository, it
6951creates @file{CVS} directories in the repository and
6952stores the information about watches in that directory.
6953If you attempt to use @sc{cvs} 1.6 or earlier with the
6954repository, you get an error message such as the
6955following (all on one line):
6956
6957@example
6958cvs update: cannot open CVS/Entries for reading:
6959No such file or directory
6960@end example
6961
6962@noindent
6963and your operation will likely be aborted.  To use the
6964watch features, you must upgrade all copies of @sc{cvs}
6965which use that repository in local or server mode.  If
6966you cannot upgrade, use the @code{watch off} and
6967@code{watch remove} commands to remove all watches, and
6968that will restore the repository to a state which
6969@sc{cvs} 1.6 can cope with.
6970
6971@node Choosing a model
6972@section Choosing between reserved or unreserved checkouts
6973@cindex Choosing, reserved or unreserved checkouts
6974
6975Reserved and unreserved checkouts each have pros and
6976cons.  Let it be said that a lot of this is a matter of
6977opinion or what works given different groups' working
6978styles, but here is a brief description of some of the
6979issues.  There are many ways to organize a team of
6980developers.  @sc{cvs} does not try to enforce a certain
6981organization.  It is a tool that can be used in several
6982ways.
6983
6984Reserved checkouts can be very counter-productive.  If
6985two persons want to edit different parts of a file,
6986there may be no reason to prevent either of them from
6987doing so.  Also, it is common for someone to take out a
6988lock on a file, because they are planning to edit it,
6989but then forget to release the lock.
6990
6991@c "many groups"?  specifics?  cites to papers on this?
6992@c some way to weasel-word it a bit more so we don't
6993@c need facts :-)?
6994People, especially people who are familiar with
6995reserved checkouts, often wonder how often conflicts
6996occur if unreserved checkouts are used, and how
6997difficult they are to resolve.  The experience with
6998many groups is that they occur rarely and usually are
6999relatively straightforward to resolve.
7000
7001The rarity of serious conflicts may be surprising, until one realizes
7002that they occur only when two developers disagree on the proper design
7003for a given section of code; such a disagreement suggests that the
7004team has not been communicating properly in the first place.  In order
7005to collaborate under @emph{any} source management regimen, developers
7006must agree on the general design of the system; given this agreement,
7007overlapping changes are usually straightforward to merge.
7008
7009In some cases unreserved checkouts are clearly
7010inappropriate.  If no merge tool exists for the kind of
7011file you are managing (for example word processor files
7012or files edited by Computer Aided Design programs), and
7013it is not desirable to change to a program which uses a
7014mergeable data format, then resolving conflicts is
7015going to be unpleasant enough that you generally will
7016be better off to simply avoid the conflicts instead, by
7017using reserved checkouts.
7018
7019The watches features described above in @ref{Watches}
7020can be considered to be an intermediate model between
7021reserved checkouts and unreserved checkouts.  When you
7022go to edit a file, it is possible to find out who else
7023is editing it.  And rather than having the system
7024simply forbid both people editing the file, it can tell
7025you what the situation is and let you figure out
7026whether it is a problem in that particular case or not.
7027Therefore, for some groups watches can be
7028considered the best of both the reserved checkout and unreserved
7029checkout worlds.
7030
7031As of @sc{cvs} client and server versions 1.12.10, you may also enable
7032advisory locks by putting @samp{edit -c} and @samp{commit -c} in all
7033developers' @file{.cvsrc} files.  After this is done, @code{cvs edit}
7034will fail if there are any other editors, and @code{cvs commit} will
7035fail if the committer has not registered to edit the file via @code{cvs edit}.
7036This is most effective in conjunction with files checked out read-only by
7037default, which may be enabled by turning on watches in the repository or by
7038putting @samp{cvs -r} in all @file{.cvsrc} files.
7039
7040
7041@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7042@node Revision management
7043@chapter Revision management
7044@cindex Revision management
7045
7046@c -- This chapter could be expanded a lot.
7047@c -- Experiences are very welcome!
7048
7049If you have read this far, you probably have a pretty
7050good grasp on what @sc{cvs} can do for you.  This
7051chapter talks a little about things that you still have
7052to decide.
7053
7054If you are doing development on your own using @sc{cvs}
7055you could probably skip this chapter.  The questions
7056this chapter takes up become more important when more
7057than one person is working in a repository.
7058
7059@menu
7060* When to commit::              Some discussion on the subject
7061@end menu
7062
7063@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7064@node When to commit
7065@section When to commit?
7066@cindex When to commit
7067@cindex Committing, when to
7068@cindex Policy
7069
7070Your group should decide which policy to use regarding
7071commits.  Several policies are possible, and as your
7072experience with @sc{cvs} grows you will probably find
7073out what works for you.
7074
7075If you commit files too quickly you might commit files
7076that do not even compile.  If your partner updates his
7077working sources to include your buggy file, he will be
7078unable to compile the code.  On the other hand, other
7079persons will not be able to benefit from the
7080improvements you make to the code if you commit very
7081seldom, and conflicts will probably be more common.
7082
7083It is common to only commit files after making sure
7084that they can be compiled.  Some sites require that the
7085files pass a test suite.  Policies like this can be
7086enforced using the commitinfo file
7087(@pxref{commitinfo}), but you should think twice before
7088you enforce such a convention.  By making the
7089development environment too controlled it might become
7090too regimented and thus counter-productive to the real
7091goal, which is to get software written.
7092
7093@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7094@node Keyword substitution
7095@chapter Keyword substitution
7096@cindex Keyword substitution
7097@cindex Keyword expansion
7098@cindex Identifying files
7099
7100@comment   Be careful when editing this chapter.
7101@comment   Remember that this file is kept under
7102@comment   version control, so we must not accidentally
7103@comment   include a valid keyword in the running text.
7104
7105As long as you edit source files inside a working
7106directory you can always find out the state of
7107your files via @samp{cvs status} and @samp{cvs log}.
7108But as soon as you export the files from your
7109development environment it becomes harder to identify
7110which revisions they are.
7111
7112@sc{cvs} can use a mechanism known as @dfn{keyword
7113substitution} (or @dfn{keyword expansion}) to help
7114identifying the files.  Embedded strings of the form
7115@code{$@var{keyword}$} and
7116@code{$@var{keyword}:@dots{}$} in a file are replaced
7117with strings of the form
7118@code{$@var{keyword}:@var{value}$} whenever you obtain
7119a new revision of the file.
7120
7121@menu
7122* Keyword list::                   Keywords
7123* Using keywords::                 Using keywords
7124* Avoiding substitution::          Avoiding substitution
7125* Substitution modes::             Substitution modes
7126* Configuring keyword expansion::  Configuring keyword expansion
7127* Log keyword::                    Problems with the $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$ keyword.
7128@end menu
7129
7130@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7131@node Keyword list
7132@section Keyword List
7133@cindex Keyword List
7134
7135@c FIXME: need some kind of example here I think,
7136@c perhaps in a
7137@c "Keyword intro" node.  The intro in the "Keyword
7138@c substitution" node itself seems OK, but to launch
7139@c into a list of the keywords somehow seems too abrupt.
7140
7141This is a list of the keywords:
7142
7143@table @code
7144@cindex Author keyword
7145@item $@splitrcskeyword{Author}$
7146The login name of the user who checked in the revision.
7147
7148@cindex CVSHeader keyword
7149@item $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$
7150A standard header (similar to $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$, but with
7151the CVS root stripped off). It contains the relative
7152pathname of the @sc{rcs} file to the CVS root, the
7153revision number, the date (UTC), the author, the state,
7154and the locker (if locked). Files will normally never
7155be locked when you use @sc{cvs}.
7156
7157Note that this keyword has only been recently
7158introduced to @sc{cvs} and may cause problems with
7159existing installations if $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ is already
7160in the files for a different purpose. This keyword may
7161be excluded using the @code{KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader}
7162in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file. 
7163See @ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more details.
7164
7165@cindex Date keyword
7166@item $@splitrcskeyword{Date}$
7167The date and time (UTC) the revision was checked in.
7168
7169@cindex Header keyword
7170@item $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$
7171A standard header containing the full pathname of the
7172@sc{rcs} file, the revision number, the date (UTC), the
7173author, the state, and the locker (if locked).  Files
7174will normally never be locked when you use @sc{cvs}.
7175
7176@cindex Id keyword
7177@item $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$
7178Same as @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Header}$}, except that the @sc{rcs}
7179filename is without a path.
7180
7181@cindex Name keyword
7182@item $@splitrcskeyword{Name}$
7183Tag name used to check out this file.  The keyword is
7184expanded only if one checks out with an explicit tag
7185name.  For example, when running the command @code{cvs
7186co -r first}, the keyword expands to @samp{Name: first}.
7187
7188@cindex Locker keyword
7189@item $@splitrcskeyword{Locker}$
7190The login name of the user who locked the revision
7191(empty if not locked, which is the normal case unless
7192@code{cvs admin -l} is in use).
7193
7194@cindex Log keyword
7195@cindex MaxCommentLeaderLength
7196@cindex UseArchiveCommentLeader
7197@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
7198@item $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$
7199The log message supplied during commit, preceded by a
7200header containing the @sc{rcs} filename, the revision
7201number, the author, and the date (UTC).  Existing log
7202messages are @emph{not} replaced.  Instead, the new log
7203message is inserted after @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}:@dots{}$}.
7204By default, each new line is prefixed with the same string which
7205precedes the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword, unless it exceeds the
7206@code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} set in @file{CVSROOT/config}.
7207
7208For example, if the file contains:
7209
7210@example
7211  /* Here is what people have been up to:
7212   *
7213   * $@splitrcskeyword{Log}: frob.c,v $
7214   * Revision 1.1  1997/01/03 14:23:51  joe
7215   * Add the superfrobnicate option
7216   *
7217   */
7218@end example
7219
7220@noindent
7221then additional lines which are added when expanding
7222the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword will be preceded by @samp{   * }.
7223Unlike previous versions of @sc{cvs} and @sc{rcs}, the
7224@dfn{comment leader} from the @sc{rcs} file is not used.
7225The @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword is useful for
7226accumulating a complete change log in a source file,
7227but for several reasons it can be problematic.
7228
7229If the prefix of the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword turns out to be
7230longer than @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength}, CVS will skip expansion of this
7231keyword unless @code{UseArchiveCommentLeader} is also set in
7232@file{CVSROOT/config} and a @samp{comment leader} is set in the RCS archive
7233file, in which case the comment leader will be used instead.  For more on
7234setting the comment leader in the RCS archive file, @xref{admin}.  For more
7235on configuring the default @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} substitution
7236behavior, @xref{config}.
7237
7238@xref{Log keyword}.
7239
7240@cindex RCSfile keyword
7241@item $@splitrcskeyword{RCSfile}$
7242The name of the RCS file without a path.
7243
7244@cindex Revision keyword
7245@item $@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$
7246The revision number assigned to the revision.
7247
7248@cindex Source keyword
7249@item $@splitrcskeyword{Source}$
7250The full pathname of the RCS file.
7251
7252@cindex State keyword
7253@item $@splitrcskeyword{State}$
7254The state assigned to the revision.  States can be
7255assigned with @code{cvs admin -s}---see @ref{admin options}.
7256
7257@cindex Local keyword
7258@item Local keyword
7259The @code{LocalKeyword} option in the @file{CVSROOT/config} file
7260may be used to specify a local keyword which is to be
7261used as an alias for one of the keywords: $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$,
7262$@splitrcskeyword{Header}$, or $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$. For
7263example, if the @file{CVSROOT/config} file contains
7264a line with @code{LocalKeyword=MYBSD=CVSHeader}, then a
7265file with the local keyword $@splitrcskeyword{MYBSD}$ will be
7266expanded as if it were a $@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ keyword. If
7267the src/frob.c file contained this keyword, it might
7268look something like this:
7269
7270@example
7271  /*
7272   * $@splitrcskeyword{MYBSD}: src/frob.c,v 1.1 2003/05/04 09:27:45 john Exp $ 
7273   */
7274@end example
7275
7276Many repositories make use of a such a ``local
7277keyword'' feature. An old patch to @sc{cvs} provided
7278the @code{LocalKeyword} feature using a @code{tag=}
7279option and called this the ``custom tag'' or ``local
7280tag'' feature. It was used in conjunction with the
7281what they called the @code{tagexpand=} option. In
7282@sc{cvs} this other option is known as the
7283@code{KeywordExpand} option. 
7284See @ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more
7285details.
7286
7287Examples from popular projects include:
7288$@splitrcskeyword{FreeBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{NetBSD}$,
7289$@splitrcskeyword{OpenBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{XFree86}$,
7290$@splitrcskeyword{Xorg}$.
7291
7292The advantage of this is that you can include your
7293local version information in a file using this local
7294keyword without disrupting the upstream version
7295information (which may be a different local keyword or
7296a standard keyword). Allowing bug reports and the like
7297to more properly identify the source of the original
7298bug to the third-party and reducing the number of
7299conflicts that arise during an import of a new version.
7300
7301All keyword expansion except the local keyword may be
7302disabled using the @code{KeywordExpand} option in
7303the @file{CVSROOT/config} file---see 
7304@ref{Configuring keyword expansion} for more details.
7305
7306@end table
7307
7308@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7309@node Using keywords
7310@section Using keywords
7311
7312To include a keyword string you simply include the
7313relevant text string, such as @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$}, inside the
7314file, and commit the file.  @sc{cvs} will automatically (Or,
7315more accurately, as part of the update run that
7316automatically happens after a commit.)
7317expand the string as part of the commit operation.
7318
7319It is common to embed the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$} string in
7320the source files so that it gets passed through to
7321generated files.  For example, if you are managing
7322computer program source code, you might include a
7323variable which is initialized to contain that string.
7324Or some C compilers may provide a @code{#pragma ident}
7325directive.  Or a document management system might
7326provide a way to pass a string through to generated
7327files.
7328
7329@c Would be nice to give an example, but doing this in
7330@c portable C is not possible and the problem with
7331@c picking any one language (VMS HELP files, Ada,
7332@c troff, whatever) is that people use CVS for all
7333@c kinds of files.
7334
7335@cindex Ident (shell command)
7336The @code{ident} command (which is part of the @sc{rcs}
7337package) can be used to extract keywords and their
7338values from a file.  This can be handy for text files,
7339but it is even more useful for extracting keywords from
7340binary files.
7341
7342@example
7343$ ident samp.c
7344samp.c:
7345     $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: samp.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $
7346$ gcc samp.c
7347$ ident a.out
7348a.out:
7349     $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: samp.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $
7350@end example
7351
7352@cindex What (shell command)
7353S@sc{ccs} is another popular revision control system.
7354It has a command, @code{what}, which is very similar to
7355@code{ident} and used for the same purpose.  Many sites
7356without @sc{rcs} have @sc{sccs}.  Since @code{what}
7357looks for the character sequence @code{@@(#)} it is
7358easy to include keywords that are detected by either
7359command.  Simply prefix the keyword with the
7360magic @sc{sccs} phrase, like this:
7361
7362@example
7363static char *id="@@(#) $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: ab.c,v 1.5 1993/10/19 14:57:32 ceder Exp $";
7364@end example
7365
7366@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7367@node Avoiding substitution
7368@section Avoiding substitution
7369
7370Keyword substitution has its disadvantages.  Sometimes
7371you might want the literal text string
7372@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}$} to appear inside a file without
7373@sc{cvs} interpreting it as a keyword and expanding it
7374into something like @samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}: ceder $}.
7375
7376There is unfortunately no way to selectively turn off
7377keyword substitution.  You can use @samp{-ko}
7378(@pxref{Substitution modes}) to turn off keyword
7379substitution entirely.
7380
7381In many cases you can avoid using keywords in
7382the source, even though they appear in the final
7383product.  For example, the source for this manual
7384contains @samp{$@@asis@{@}Author$} whenever the text
7385@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Author}$} should appear.  In @code{nroff}
7386and @code{troff} you can embed the null-character
7387@code{\&} inside the keyword for a similar effect.
7388
7389It is also possible to specify an explicit list of
7390keywords to include or exclude using the
7391@code{KeywordExpand} option in the
7392@file{CVSROOT/config} file--see @ref{Configuring keyword expansion}
7393for more details. This feature is intended primarily
7394for use with the @code{LocalKeyword} option--see
7395@ref{Keyword list}.
7396
7397@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7398@node Substitution modes
7399@section Substitution modes
7400@cindex Keyword substitution, changing modes
7401@cindex -k (keyword substitution)
7402@cindex Kflag
7403
7404@c FIXME: This could be made more coherent, by expanding it
7405@c with more examples or something.
7406Each file has a stored default substitution mode, and
7407each working directory copy of a file also has a
7408substitution mode.  The former is set by the @samp{-k}
7409option to @code{cvs add} and @code{cvs admin}; the
7410latter is set by the @samp{-k} or @samp{-A} options to @code{cvs
7411checkout} or @code{cvs update}.
7412@code{cvs diff} and @code{cvs rdiff} also
7413have @samp{-k} options.
7414For some examples,
7415see @ref{Binary files}, and @ref{Merging and keywords}.
7416@c The fact that -A is overloaded to mean both reset
7417@c sticky options and reset sticky tags/dates is
7418@c somewhat questionable.  Perhaps there should be
7419@c separate options to reset sticky options (e.g. -k
7420@c A") and tags/dates (someone suggested -r HEAD could
7421@c do this instead of setting a sticky tag of "HEAD"
7422@c as in the status quo but I haven't thought much
7423@c about that idea.  Of course -r .reset or something
7424@c could be coined if this needs to be a new option).
7425@c On the other hand, having -A mean "get things back
7426@c into the state after a fresh checkout" has a certain
7427@c appeal, and maybe there is no sufficient reason for
7428@c creeping featurism in this area.
7429
7430The modes available are:
7431
7432@table @samp
7433@item -kkv
7434Generate keyword strings using the default form, e.g.
7435@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $} for the @code{Revision}
7436keyword.
7437
7438@item -kkvl
7439Like @samp{-kkv}, except that a locker's name is always
7440inserted if the given revision is currently locked.
7441The locker's name is only relevant if @code{cvs admin
7442-l} is in use.
7443
7444@item -kk
7445Generate only keyword names in keyword strings; omit
7446their values.  For example, for the @code{Revision}
7447keyword, generate the string @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}$}
7448instead of @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $}.  This option
7449is useful to ignore differences due to keyword
7450substitution when comparing different revisions of a
7451file (@pxref{Merging and keywords}).
7452
7453@item -ko
7454Generate the old keyword string, present in the working
7455file just before it was checked in.  For example, for
7456the @code{Revision} keyword, generate the string
7457@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1 $} instead of
7458@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $} if that is how the
7459string appeared when the file was checked in.
7460
7461@item -kb
7462Like @samp{-ko}, but also inhibit conversion of line
7463endings between the canonical form in which they are
7464stored in the repository (linefeed only), and the form
7465appropriate to the operating system in use on the
7466client.  For systems, like unix, which use linefeed
7467only to terminate lines, this is very similar to
7468@samp{-ko}.  For more information on binary files, see
7469@ref{Binary files}.  In @sc{cvs} version 1.12.2 and later
7470@samp{-kb}, as set by @code{cvs add}, @code{cvs admin}, or
7471@code{cvs import} may not be overridden by a @samp{-k} option
7472specified on the command line.
7473
7474@item -kv
7475Generate only keyword values for keyword strings.  For
7476example, for the @code{Revision} keyword, generate the string
7477@code{5.7} instead of @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 5.7 $}.
7478This can help generate files in programming languages
7479where it is hard to strip keyword delimiters like
7480@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: $} from a string.  However,
7481further keyword substitution cannot be performed once
7482the keyword names are removed, so this option should be
7483used with care.
7484
7485One often would like to use @samp{-kv} with @code{cvs
7486export}---@pxref{export}.  But be aware that doesn't
7487handle an export containing binary files correctly.
7488
7489@end table
7490
7491@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7492@node Configuring keyword expansion
7493@section Configuring Keyword Expansion
7494@cindex Configuring keyword expansion
7495
7496In a repository that includes third-party software on
7497vendor branches, it is sometimes helpful to configure
7498CVS to use a local keyword instead of the standard
7499$@splitrcskeyword{Id}$ or $@splitrcskeyword{Header}$ keywords. Examples from
7500real projects include $@splitrcskeyword{Xorg}$, $@splitrcskeyword{XFree86}$,
7501$@splitrcskeyword{FreeBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{NetBSD}$,
7502$@splitrcskeyword{OpenBSD}$, and even $@splitrcskeyword{dotat}$.
7503The advantage of this is that
7504you can include your local version information in a
7505file using this local keyword (sometimes called a
7506``custom tag'' or a ``local tag'') without disrupting
7507the upstream version information (which may be a
7508different local keyword or a standard keyword). In
7509these cases, it is typically desirable to disable the
7510expansion of all keywords except the configured local
7511keyword.
7512
7513The @code{KeywordExpand} option in the
7514@file{CVSROOT/config} file is intended to allow for the
7515either the explicit exclusion of a keyword or list of
7516keywords, or for the explicit inclusion of a keyword or
7517a list of keywords. This list may include the
7518@code{LocalKeyword} that has been configured.
7519
7520The @code{KeywordExpand} option is followed by
7521@code{=} and the next character may either be @code{i}
7522to start an inclusion list or @code{e} to start an
7523exclusion list. If the following lines were added to
7524the @file{CVSROOT/config} file:
7525
7526@example
7527        # Add a "MyBSD" keyword and restrict keyword
7528        # expansion
7529        LocalKeyword=MyBSD=CVSHeader
7530        KeywordExpand=iMyBSD
7531@end example
7532
7533then only the $@splitrcskeyword{MyBSD}$ keyword would be expanded.
7534A list may be used. The this example:
7535
7536@example
7537        # Add a "MyBSD" keyword and restrict keyword
7538        # expansion to the MyBSD, Name and Date keywords.
7539        LocalKeyword=MyBSD=CVSHeader
7540        KeywordExpand=iMyBSD,Name,Date
7541@end example
7542
7543would allow $@splitrcskeyword{MyBSD}$, $@splitrcskeyword{Name}$, and
7544$@splitrcskeyword{Date}$ to be expanded.
7545
7546It is also possible to configure an exclusion list
7547using the following:
7548
7549@example
7550        # Do not expand the non-RCS keyword CVSHeader
7551        KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader
7552@end example
7553
7554This allows @sc{cvs} to ignore the recently introduced
7555$@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}$ keyword and retain all of the
7556others. The exclusion entry could also contain the
7557standard RCS keyword list, but this could be confusing
7558to users that expect RCS keywords to be expanded, so
7559care should be taken to properly set user expectations
7560for a repository that is configured in that manner.
7561
7562If there is a desire to not have any RCS keywords
7563expanded and not use the @code{-ko} flags everywhere,
7564an administrator may disable all keyword expansion
7565using the @file{CVSROOT/config} line:
7566
7567@example
7568	# Do not expand any RCS keywords
7569	KeywordExpand=i
7570@end example
7571
7572this could be confusing to users that expect RCS
7573keywords like $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$ to be expanded properly,
7574so care should be taken to properly set user
7575expectations for a repository so configured.
7576
7577It should be noted that a patch to provide both the
7578@code{KeywordExpand} and @code{LocalKeyword} features
7579has been around a long time. However, that patch
7580implemented these features using @code{tag=} and
7581@code{tagexpand=} keywords and those keywords are NOT
7582recognized.
7583
7584@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7585@node Log keyword
7586@section Problems with the $@splitrcskeyword{Log}$ keyword.
7587
7588The @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keyword is somewhat
7589controversial.  As long as you are working on your
7590development system the information is easily accessible
7591even if you do not use the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
7592keyword---just do a @code{cvs log}.  Once you export
7593the file the history information might be useless
7594anyhow.
7595
7596A more serious concern is that @sc{cvs} is not good at
7597handling @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} entries when a branch is
7598merged onto the main trunk.  Conflicts often result
7599from the merging operation.
7600@c Might want to check whether the CVS implementation
7601@c of RCS_merge has this problem the same way rcsmerge
7602@c does.  I would assume so....
7603
7604People also tend to "fix" the log entries in the file
7605(correcting spelling mistakes and maybe even factual
7606errors).  If that is done the information from
7607@code{cvs log} will not be consistent with the
7608information inside the file.  This may or may not be a
7609problem in real life.
7610
7611It has been suggested that the @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
7612keyword should be inserted @emph{last} in the file, and
7613not in the files header, if it is to be used at all.
7614That way the long list of change messages will not
7615interfere with everyday source file browsing.
7616
7617@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7618@node Tracking sources
7619@chapter Tracking third-party sources
7620@cindex Third-party sources
7621@cindex Tracking sources
7622
7623@c FIXME: Need discussion of added and removed files.
7624@c FIXME: This doesn't really adequately introduce the
7625@c concepts of "vendor" and "you".  They don't *have*
7626@c to be separate organizations or separate people.
7627@c We want a description which is somewhat more based on
7628@c the technical issues of which sources go where, but
7629@c also with enough examples of how this relates to
7630@c relationships like customer-supplier, developer-QA,
7631@c maintainer-contributor, or whatever, to make it
7632@c seem concrete.
7633If you modify a program to better fit your site, you
7634probably want to include your modifications when the next
7635release of the program arrives.  @sc{cvs} can help you with
7636this task.
7637
7638@cindex Vendor
7639@cindex Vendor branch
7640@cindex Branch, vendor-
7641In the terminology used in @sc{cvs}, the supplier of the
7642program is called a @dfn{vendor}.  The unmodified
7643distribution from the vendor is checked in on its own
7644branch, the @dfn{vendor branch}.  @sc{cvs} reserves branch
76451.1.1 for this use.
7646
7647When you modify the source and commit it, your revision
7648will end up on the main trunk.  When a new release is
7649made by the vendor, you commit it on the vendor branch
7650and copy the modifications onto the main trunk.
7651
7652Use the @code{import} command to create and update
7653the vendor branch.  When you import a new file,
7654(usually) the vendor branch is made the `head' revision, so
7655anyone that checks out a copy of the file gets that
7656revision.  When a local modification is committed it is
7657placed on the main trunk, and made the `head'
7658revision.
7659
7660@menu
7661* First import::                Importing for the first time
7662* Update imports::              Updating with the import command
7663* Reverting local changes::     Reverting to the latest vendor release
7664* Binary files in imports::     Binary files require special handling
7665* Keywords in imports::         Keyword substitution might be undesirable
7666* Multiple vendor branches::    What if you get sources from several places?
7667@end menu
7668
7669@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7670@node First import
7671@section Importing for the first time
7672@cindex Importing modules
7673
7674@c Should mention naming conventions for vendor tags,
7675@c release tags, and perhaps directory names.
7676Use the @code{import} command to check in the sources
7677for the first time.  When you use the @code{import}
7678command to track third-party sources, the @dfn{vendor
7679tag} and @dfn{release tags} are useful.  The
7680@dfn{vendor tag} is a symbolic name for the branch
7681(which is always 1.1.1, unless you use the @samp{-b
7682@var{branch}} flag---see @ref{Multiple vendor branches}.).  The
7683@dfn{release tags} are symbolic names for a particular
7684release, such as @samp{FSF_0_04}.
7685
7686@c I'm not completely sure this belongs here.  But
7687@c we need to say it _somewhere_ reasonably obvious; it
7688@c is a common misconception among people first learning CVS
7689Note that @code{import} does @emph{not} change the
7690directory in which you invoke it.  In particular, it
7691does not set up that directory as a @sc{cvs} working
7692directory; if you want to work with the sources import
7693them first and then check them out into a different
7694directory (@pxref{Getting the source}).
7695
7696@cindex wdiff (import example)
7697Suppose you have the sources to a program called
7698@code{wdiff} in a directory @file{wdiff-0.04},
7699and are going to make private modifications that you
7700want to be able to use even when new releases are made
7701in the future.  You start by importing the source to
7702your repository:
7703
7704@example
7705$ cd wdiff-0.04
7706$ cvs import -m "Import of FSF v. 0.04" fsf/wdiff FSF_DIST WDIFF_0_04
7707@end example
7708
7709The vendor tag is named @samp{FSF_DIST} in the above
7710example, and the only release tag assigned is
7711@samp{WDIFF_0_04}.
7712@c FIXME: Need to say where fsf/wdiff comes from.
7713
7714@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
7715@node Update imports
7716@section Updating with the import command
7717
7718When a new release of the source arrives, you import it into the
7719repository with the same @code{import} command that you used to set up
7720the repository in the first place.  The only difference is that you
7721specify a different release tag this time:
7722
7723@example
7724$ tar xfz wdiff-0.05.tar.gz
7725$ cd wdiff-0.05
7726$ cvs import -m "Import of FSF v. 0.05" fsf/wdiff FSF_DIST WDIFF_0_05
7727@end example
7728
7729@strong{WARNING: If you use a release tag that already exists in one of the
7730repository archives, files removed by an import may not be detected.}
7731
7732For files that have not been modified locally, the newly created
7733revision becomes the head revision.  If you have made local
7734changes, @code{import} will warn you that you must merge the changes
7735into the main trunk, and tell you to use @samp{checkout -j} to do so:
7736
7737@c FIXME: why "wdiff" here and "fsf/wdiff" in the
7738@c "import"?  I think the assumption is that one has
7739@c "wdiff fsf/wdiff" or some such in modules, but it
7740@c would be better to not use modules in this example.
7741@example
7742$ cvs checkout -jFSF_DIST:yesterday -jFSF_DIST wdiff
7743@end example
7744
7745@noindent
7746The above command will check out the latest revision of
7747@samp{wdiff}, merging the changes made on the vendor branch @samp{FSF_DIST}
7748since yesterday into the working copy.  If any conflicts arise during
7749the merge they should be resolved in the normal way (@pxref{Conflicts
7750example}).  Then, the modified files may be committed.
7751
7752However, it is much better to use the two release tags rather than using
7753a date on the branch as suggested above:
7754
7755@example
7756$ cvs checkout -jWDIFF_0_04 -jWDIFF_0_05 wdiff
7757@end example
7758
7759@noindent
7760The reason this is better is that
7761using a date, as suggested above, assumes that you do
7762not import more than one release of a product per day.
7763More importantly, using the release tags allows @sc{cvs} to detect files
7764that were removed between the two vendor releases and mark them for
7765removal.  Since @code{import} has no way to detect removed files, you
7766should do a merge like this even if @code{import} doesn't tell you to.
7767
7768@node Reverting local changes
7769@section Reverting to the latest vendor release
7770
7771You can also revert local changes completely and return
7772to the latest vendor release by changing the `head'
7773revision back to the vendor branch on all files.  For
7774example, if you have a checked-out copy of the sources
7775in @file{~/work.d/wdiff}, and you want to revert to the
7776vendor's version for all the files in that directory,
7777you would type:
7778
7779@example
7780$ cd ~/work.d/wdiff
7781$ cvs admin -bFSF_DIST .
7782@end example
7783
7784@noindent
7785You must specify the @samp{-bFSF_DIST} without any space
7786after the @samp{-b}.  @xref{admin options}.
7787
7788@node Binary files in imports
7789@section How to handle binary files with cvs import
7790
7791Use the @samp{-k} wrapper option to tell import which
7792files are binary.  @xref{Wrappers}.
7793
7794@node Keywords in imports
7795@section How to handle keyword substitution with cvs import
7796
7797The sources which you are importing may contain
7798keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}).  For example,
7799the vendor may use @sc{cvs} or some other system
7800which uses similar keyword expansion syntax.  If you
7801just import the files in the default fashion, then
7802the keyword expansions supplied by the vendor will
7803be replaced by keyword expansions supplied by your
7804own copy of @sc{cvs}.  It may be more convenient to
7805maintain the expansions supplied by the vendor, so
7806that this information can supply information about
7807the sources that you imported from the vendor.
7808
7809To maintain the keyword expansions supplied by the
7810vendor, supply the @samp{-ko} option to @code{cvs
7811import} the first time you import the file.
7812This will turn off keyword expansion
7813for that file entirely, so if you want to be more
7814selective you'll have to think about what you want
7815and use the @samp{-k} option to @code{cvs update} or
7816@code{cvs admin} as appropriate.
7817@c Supplying -ko to import if the file already existed
7818@c has no effect.  Not clear to me whether it should
7819@c or not.
7820
7821@node Multiple vendor branches
7822@section Multiple vendor branches
7823
7824All the examples so far assume that there is only one
7825vendor from which you are getting sources.  In some
7826situations you might get sources from a variety of
7827places.  For example, suppose that you are dealing with
7828a project where many different people and teams are
7829modifying the software.  There are a variety of ways to
7830handle this, but in some cases you have a bunch of
7831source trees lying around and what you want to do more
7832than anything else is just to all put them in @sc{cvs} so
7833that you at least have them in one place.
7834
7835For handling situations in which there may be more than
7836one vendor, you may specify the @samp{-b} option to
7837@code{cvs import}.  It takes as an argument the vendor
7838branch to import to.  The default is @samp{-b 1.1.1}.
7839
7840For example, suppose that there are two teams, the red
7841team and the blue team, that are sending you sources.
7842You want to import the red team's efforts to branch
78431.1.1 and use the vendor tag RED.  You want to import
7844the blue team's efforts to branch 1.1.3 and use the
7845vendor tag BLUE.  So the commands you might use are:
7846
7847@example
7848$ cvs import dir RED RED_1-0
7849$ cvs import -b 1.1.3 dir BLUE BLUE_1-5
7850@end example
7851
7852Note that if your vendor tag does not match your
7853@samp{-b} option, @sc{cvs} will not detect this case!  For
7854example,
7855
7856@example
7857$ cvs import -b 1.1.3 dir RED RED_1-0
7858@end example
7859
7860@noindent
7861Be careful; this kind of mismatch is sure to sow
7862confusion or worse.  I can't think of a useful purpose
7863for the ability to specify a mismatch here, but if you
7864discover such a use, don't.  @sc{cvs} is likely to make this
7865an error in some future release.
7866
7867@c Probably should say more about the semantics of
7868@c multiple branches.  What about the default branch?
7869@c What about joining (perhaps not as useful with
7870@c multiple branches, or perhaps it is.  Either way
7871@c should be mentioned).
7872
7873@c I'm not sure about the best location for this.  In
7874@c one sense, it might belong right after we've introduced
7875@c CVS's basic version control model, because people need
7876@c to figure out builds right away.  The current location
7877@c is based on the theory that it kind of akin to the
7878@c "Revision management" section.
7879@node Builds
7880@chapter How your build system interacts with CVS
7881@cindex Builds
7882@cindex make
7883
7884As mentioned in the introduction, @sc{cvs} does not
7885contain software for building your software from source
7886code.  This section describes how various aspects of
7887your build system might interact with @sc{cvs}.
7888
7889@c Is there a way to discuss this without reference to
7890@c tools other than CVS?  I'm not sure there is; I
7891@c wouldn't think that people who learn CVS first would
7892@c even have this concern.
7893One common question, especially from people who are
7894accustomed to @sc{rcs}, is how to make their build get
7895an up to date copy of the sources.  The answer to this
7896with @sc{cvs} is two-fold.  First of all, since
7897@sc{cvs} itself can recurse through directories, there
7898is no need to modify your @file{Makefile} (or whatever
7899configuration file your build tool uses) to make sure
7900each file is up to date.  Instead, just use two
7901commands, first @code{cvs -q update} and then
7902@code{make} or whatever the command is to invoke your
7903build tool.  Secondly, you do not necessarily
7904@emph{want} to get a copy of a change someone else made
7905until you have finished your own work.  One suggested
7906approach is to first update your sources, then
7907implement, build and
7908test the change you were thinking of, and then commit
7909your sources (updating first if necessary).  By
7910periodically (in between changes, using the approach
7911just described) updating your entire tree, you ensure
7912that your sources are sufficiently up to date.
7913
7914@cindex Bill of materials
7915One common need is to record which versions of which
7916source files went into a particular build.  This kind
7917of functionality is sometimes called @dfn{bill of
7918materials} or something similar.  The best way to do
7919this with @sc{cvs} is to use the @code{tag} command to
7920record which versions went into a given build
7921(@pxref{Tags}).
7922
7923Using @sc{cvs} in the most straightforward manner
7924possible, each developer will have a copy of the entire
7925source tree which is used in a particular build.  If
7926the source tree is small, or if developers are
7927geographically dispersed, this is the preferred
7928solution.  In fact one approach for larger projects is
7929to break a project down into smaller
7930@c I say subsystem instead of module because they may or
7931@c may not use the modules file.
7932separately-compiled subsystems, and arrange a way of
7933releasing them internally so that each developer need
7934check out only those subsystems which they are
7935actively working on.
7936
7937Another approach is to set up a structure which allows
7938developers to have their own copies of some files, and
7939for other files to access source files from a central
7940location.  Many people have come up with some such a
7941@c two such people are paul@sander.cupertino.ca.us (for
7942@c a previous employer)
7943@c and gunnar.tornblom@se.abb.com (spicm and related tools),
7944@c but as far as I know
7945@c no one has nicely packaged or released such a system (or
7946@c instructions for constructing one).
7947system using features such as the symbolic link feature
7948found in many operating systems, or the @code{VPATH}
7949feature found in many versions of @code{make}.  One build
7950tool which is designed to help with this kind of thing
7951is Odin (see
7952@code{ftp://ftp.cs.colorado.edu/pub/distribs/odin}).
7953@c Should we be saying more about Odin?  Or how you use
7954@c it with CVS?  Also, the Prime Time Freeware for Unix
7955@c disk (see http://www.ptf.com/) has Odin (with a nice
7956@c paragraph summarizing it on the web), so that might be a
7957@c semi-"official" place to point people.
7958@c
7959@c Of course, many non-CVS systems have this kind of
7960@c functionality, for example OSF's ODE
7961@c (http://www.osf.org/ode/) or mk
7962@c (http://www.grin.net/~pzi/mk-3.18.4.docs/mk_toc.html
7963@c He has changed providers in the past; a search engine search
7964@c for "Peter Ziobrzynski" probably won't get too many
7965@c spurious hits :-).  A more stable URL might be
7966@c ftp://ftp.uu.net/pub/cmvc/mk).  But I'm not sure
7967@c there is any point in mentioning them here unless they
7968@c can work with CVS.
7969
7970@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
7971@node Special Files
7972@chapter Special Files
7973
7974@cindex Special files
7975@cindex Device nodes
7976@cindex Ownership, saving in CVS
7977@cindex Permissions, saving in CVS
7978@cindex Hard links
7979@cindex Symbolic links
7980
7981In normal circumstances, @sc{cvs} works only with regular
7982files.  Every file in a project is assumed to be
7983persistent; it must be possible to open, read and close
7984them; and so on.  @sc{cvs} also ignores file permissions and
7985ownerships, leaving such issues to be resolved by the
7986developer at installation time.  In other words, it is
7987not possible to "check in" a device into a repository;
7988if the device file cannot be opened, @sc{cvs} will refuse to
7989handle it.  Files also lose their ownerships and
7990permissions during repository transactions.
7991
7992@ignore
7993If the configuration variable @code{PreservePermissions}
7994(@pxref{config}) is set in the repository, @sc{cvs} will
7995save the following file characteristics in the
7996repository:
7997
7998@itemize @bullet
7999@item user and group ownership
8000@item permissions
8001@item major and minor device numbers
8002@item symbolic links
8003@item hard link structure
8004@end itemize
8005
8006Using the @code{PreservePermissions} option affects the
8007behavior of @sc{cvs} in several ways.  First, some of the
8008new operations supported by @sc{cvs} are not accessible to
8009all users.  In particular, file ownership and special
8010file characteristics may only be changed by the
8011superuser.  When the @code{PreservePermissions}
8012configuration variable is set, therefore, users will
8013have to be `root' in order to perform @sc{cvs} operations.
8014
8015When @code{PreservePermissions} is in use, some @sc{cvs}
8016operations (such as @samp{cvs status}) will not
8017recognize a file's hard link structure, and so will
8018emit spurious warnings about mismatching hard links.
8019The reason is that @sc{cvs}'s internal structure does not
8020make it easy for these operations to collect all the
8021necessary data about hard links, so they check for file
8022conflicts with inaccurate data.
8023
8024A more subtle difference is that @sc{cvs} considers a file
8025to have changed only if its contents have changed
8026(specifically, if the modification time of the working
8027file does not match that of the repository's file).
8028Therefore, if only the permissions, ownership or hard
8029linkage have changed, or if a device's major or minor
8030numbers have changed, @sc{cvs} will not notice.  In order to
8031commit such a change to the repository, you must force
8032the commit with @samp{cvs commit -f}.  This also means
8033that if a file's permissions have changed and the
8034repository file is newer than the working copy,
8035performing @samp{cvs update} will silently change the
8036permissions on the working copy.
8037
8038Changing hard links in a @sc{cvs} repository is particularly
8039delicate.  Suppose that file @file{foo} is linked to
8040file @file{old}, but is later relinked to file
8041@file{new}.  You can wind up in the unusual situation
8042where, although @file{foo}, @file{old} and @file{new}
8043have all had their underlying link patterns changed,
8044only @file{foo} and @file{new} have been modified, so
8045@file{old} is not considered a candidate for checking
8046in.  It can be very easy to produce inconsistent
8047results this way.  Therefore, we recommend that when it
8048is important to save hard links in a repository, the
8049prudent course of action is to @code{touch} any file
8050whose linkage or status has changed since the last
8051checkin.  Indeed, it may be wise to @code{touch *}
8052before each commit in a directory with complex hard
8053link structures.
8054
8055It is worth noting that only regular files may
8056be merged, for reasons that hopefully are obvious.  If
8057@samp{cvs update} or @samp{cvs checkout -j} attempts to
8058merge a symbolic link with a regular file, or two
8059device files for different kinds of devices, @sc{cvs} will
8060report a conflict and refuse to perform the merge.  At
8061the same time, @samp{cvs diff} will not report any
8062differences between these files, since no meaningful
8063textual comparisons can be made on files which contain
8064no text.
8065
8066The @code{PreservePermissions} features do not work
8067with client/server @sc{cvs}.  Another limitation is
8068that hard links must be to other files within the same
8069directory; hard links across directories are not
8070supported.
8071@end ignore
8072
8073@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
8074@c ----- START MAN 1 -----
8075@node CVS commands
8076@appendix Guide to CVS commands
8077
8078This appendix describes the overall structure of
8079@sc{cvs} commands, and describes some commands in
8080detail (others are described elsewhere; for a quick
8081reference to @sc{cvs} commands, @pxref{Invoking CVS}).
8082@c The idea is that we want to move the commands which
8083@c are described here into the main body of the manual,
8084@c in the process reorganizing the manual to be
8085@c organized around what the user wants to do, not
8086@c organized around CVS commands.
8087@c
8088@c Note that many users do expect a manual which is
8089@c organized by command.  At least some users do.
8090@c One good addition to the "organized by command"
8091@c section (if any) would be "see also" links.
8092@c The awk manual might be a good example; it has a
8093@c reference manual which is more verbose than Invoking
8094@c CVS but probably somewhat less verbose than CVS
8095@c Commands.
8096
8097@menu
8098* Structure::                   Overall structure of CVS commands
8099* Exit status::                 Indicating CVS's success or failure
8100* ~/.cvsrc::                    Default options with the ~/.cvsrc file
8101* Global options::              Options you give to the left of cvs_command
8102* Common options::              Options you give to the right of cvs_command
8103* Date input formats::		Acceptable formats for date specifications
8104* add::                         Add files and directories to the repository
8105* admin::                       Administration
8106* annotate::                    What revision modified each line of a file?
8107* checkout::                    Checkout sources for editing
8108* commit::                      Check files into the repository
8109* diff::                        Show differences between revisions
8110* export::                      Export sources from CVS, similar to checkout
8111* history::                     Show status of files and users
8112* import::                      Import sources into CVS, using vendor branches
8113* init::                        Initialize a repository
8114* log::                         Show log messages for files
8115* ls & rls::                    List files in the repository
8116* rdiff::                       'patch' format diffs between releases
8117* release::                     Indicate that a directory is no longer in use
8118* remove::                      Remove files from active development
8119* server & pserver::            Act as a server for a client on stdin/stdout
8120* update::                      Bring work tree in sync with repository
8121@end menu
8122
8123@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8124@node Structure
8125@appendixsec Overall structure of CVS commands
8126@cindex Structure
8127@cindex CVS command structure
8128@cindex Command structure
8129@cindex Format of CVS commands
8130
8131The overall format of all @sc{cvs} commands is:
8132
8133@example
8134cvs [ cvs_options ] cvs_command [ command_options ] [ command_args ]
8135@end example
8136
8137@table @code
8138@item cvs
8139The name of the @sc{cvs} program.
8140
8141@item cvs_options
8142Some options that affect all sub-commands of @sc{cvs}.  These are
8143described below.
8144
8145@item cvs_command
8146One of several different sub-commands.  Some of the commands have
8147aliases that can be used instead; those aliases are noted in the
8148reference manual for that command.  There are only two situations
8149where you may omit @samp{cvs_command}: @samp{cvs -H} elicits a
8150list of available commands, and @samp{cvs -v} displays version
8151information on @sc{cvs} itself.
8152
8153@item command_options
8154Options that are specific for the command.
8155
8156@item command_args
8157Arguments to the commands.
8158@end table
8159
8160There is unfortunately some confusion between
8161@code{cvs_options} and @code{command_options}.
8162When given as a @code{cvs_option}, some options only
8163affect some of the commands.  When given as a
8164@code{command_option} it may have a different meaning, and
8165be accepted by more commands.  In other words, do not
8166take the above categorization too seriously.  Look at
8167the documentation instead.
8168
8169@node Exit status
8170@appendixsec CVS's exit status
8171@cindex Exit status, of CVS
8172
8173@sc{cvs} can indicate to the calling environment whether it
8174succeeded or failed by setting its @dfn{exit status}.
8175The exact way of testing the exit status will vary from
8176one operating system to another.  For example in a unix
8177shell script the @samp{$?} variable will be 0 if the
8178last command returned a successful exit status, or
8179greater than 0 if the exit status indicated failure.
8180
8181If @sc{cvs} is successful, it returns a successful status;
8182if there is an error, it prints an error message and
8183returns a failure status.  The one exception to this is
8184the @code{cvs diff} command.  It will return a
8185successful status if it found no differences, or a
8186failure status if there were differences or if there
8187was an error.  Because this behavior provides no good
8188way to detect errors, in the future it is possible that
8189@code{cvs diff} will be changed to behave like the
8190other @sc{cvs} commands.
8191@c It might seem like checking whether cvs -q diff
8192@c produces empty or non-empty output can tell whether
8193@c there were differences or not.  But it seems like
8194@c there are cases with output but no differences
8195@c (testsuite basica-8b).  It is not clear to me how
8196@c useful it is for a script to be able to check
8197@c whether there were differences.
8198@c FIXCVS? In previous versions of CVS, cvs diff
8199@c returned 0 for no differences, 1 for differences, or
8200@c 2 for errors.  Is this behavior worth trying to
8201@c bring back (but what does it mean for VMS?)?
8202
8203@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8204@node ~/.cvsrc
8205@appendixsec Default options and the ~/.cvsrc file
8206@cindex .cvsrc file
8207@cindex Option defaults
8208
8209There are some @code{command_options} that are used so
8210often that you might have set up an alias or some other
8211means to make sure you always specify that option.  One
8212example (the one that drove the implementation of the
8213@file{.cvsrc} support, actually) is that many people find the
8214default output of the @samp{diff} command to be very
8215hard to read, and that either context diffs or unidiffs
8216are much easier to understand.
8217
8218The @file{~/.cvsrc} file is a way that you can add
8219default options to @code{cvs_commands} within cvs,
8220instead of relying on aliases or other shell scripts.
8221
8222The format of the @file{~/.cvsrc} file is simple.  The
8223file is searched for a line that begins with the same
8224name as the @code{cvs_command} being executed.  If a
8225match is found, then the remainder of the line is split
8226up (at whitespace characters) into separate options and
8227added to the command arguments @emph{before} any
8228options from the command line.
8229
8230If a command has two names (e.g., @code{checkout} and
8231@code{co}), the official name, not necessarily the one
8232used on the command line, will be used to match against
8233the file.  So if this is the contents of the user's
8234@file{~/.cvsrc} file:
8235
8236@example
8237log -N
8238diff -uN
8239rdiff -u
8240update -Pd
8241checkout -P
8242release -d
8243@end example
8244
8245@noindent
8246the command @samp{cvs checkout foo} would have the
8247@samp{-P} option added to the arguments, as well as
8248@samp{cvs co foo}.
8249
8250With the example file above, the output from @samp{cvs
8251diff foobar} will be in unidiff format.  @samp{cvs diff
8252-c foobar} will provide context diffs, as usual.
8253Getting "old" format diffs would be slightly more
8254complicated, because @code{diff} doesn't have an option
8255to specify use of the "old" format, so you would need
8256@samp{cvs -f diff foobar}.
8257
8258In place of the command name you can use @code{cvs} to
8259specify global options (@pxref{Global options}).  For
8260example the following line in @file{.cvsrc}
8261
8262@example
8263cvs -z6
8264@end example
8265
8266@noindent
8267causes @sc{cvs} to use compression level 6.
8268
8269@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8270@node Global options
8271@appendixsec Global options
8272@cindex Options, global
8273@cindex Global options
8274@cindex Left-hand options
8275
8276The available @samp{cvs_options} (that are given to the
8277left of @samp{cvs_command}) are:
8278
8279@table @code
8280@item --allow-root=@var{rootdir}
8281May be invoked multiple times to specify one legal @sc{cvsroot} directory with
8282each invocation.  Also causes CVS to preparse the configuration file for each
8283specified root, which can be useful when configuring write proxies,  See
8284@ref{Password authentication server} & @ref{Write proxies}.
8285
8286@cindex Authentication, stream
8287@cindex Stream authentication
8288@item -a
8289Authenticate all communication between the client and
8290the server.  Only has an effect on the @sc{cvs} client.
8291As of this writing, this is only implemented when using
8292a GSSAPI connection (@pxref{GSSAPI authenticated}).
8293Authentication prevents certain sorts of attacks
8294involving hijacking the active @sc{tcp} connection.
8295Enabling authentication does not enable encryption.
8296
8297@cindex RCSBIN, overriding
8298@cindex Overriding RCSBIN
8299@item -b @var{bindir}
8300In @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and older, this specified that
8301@sc{rcs} programs are in the @var{bindir} directory.
8302Current versions of @sc{cvs} do not run @sc{rcs}
8303programs; for compatibility this option is accepted,
8304but it does nothing.
8305
8306@cindex TMPDIR, environment variable
8307@cindex temporary file directory, set via command line
8308@cindex temporary file directory, set via environment variable
8309@cindex temporary file directory, set via config
8310@cindex temporary files, location of
8311@item -T @var{tempdir}
8312Use @var{tempdir} as the directory where temporary files are
8313located.
8314
8315The @sc{cvs} client and server store temporary files in a temporary directory.
8316The path to this temporary directory is set via, in order of precedence:
8317
8318@itemize @bullet
8319@item
8320The argument to the global @samp{-T} option.
8321
8322@item
8323The value set for @code{TmpDir} in the config file (server only -
8324@pxref{config}).
8325
8326@item
8327The contents of the @code{$TMPDIR} environment variable (@code{%TMPDIR%} on
8328Windows - @pxref{Environment variables}).
8329
8330@item
8331/tmp
8332
8333@end itemize
8334
8335Temporary directories should always be specified as an absolute pathname.
8336When running a CVS client, @samp{-T} affects only the local process;
8337specifying @samp{-T} for the client has no effect on the server and
8338vice versa.
8339
8340@cindex CVSROOT, overriding
8341@cindex Overriding CVSROOT
8342@item -d @var{cvs_root_directory}
8343Use @var{cvs_root_directory} as the root directory
8344pathname of the repository.  Overrides the setting of
8345the @code{$CVSROOT} environment variable.  @xref{Repository}.
8346
8347@cindex EDITOR, overriding
8348@cindex Overriding EDITOR
8349@item -e @var{editor}
8350Use @var{editor} to enter revision log information.  Overrides the
8351setting of the @code{$CVSEDITOR} and @code{$EDITOR}
8352environment variables.  For more information, see
8353@ref{Committing your changes}.
8354
8355@item -f
8356Do not read the @file{~/.cvsrc} file.  This
8357option is most often used because of the
8358non-orthogonality of the @sc{cvs} option set.  For
8359example, the @samp{cvs log} option @samp{-N} (turn off
8360display of tag names) does not have a corresponding
8361option to turn the display on.  So if you have
8362@samp{-N} in the @file{~/.cvsrc} entry for @samp{log},
8363you may need to use @samp{-f} to show the tag names.
8364
8365@item -H
8366@itemx --help
8367Display usage information about the specified @samp{cvs_command}
8368(but do not actually execute the command).  If you don't specify
8369a command name, @samp{cvs -H} displays overall help for
8370@sc{cvs}, including a list of other help options.
8371@c It seems to me it is better to document it this way
8372@c rather than trying to update this documentation
8373@c every time that we add a --help-foo option.  But
8374@c perhaps that is confusing...
8375
8376@cindex Read-only repository mode
8377@item -R
8378Turns on read-only repository mode.  This allows one to check out from a
8379read-only repository, such as within an anoncvs server, or from a @sc{cd-rom}
8380repository.
8381
8382Same effect as if the @code{CVSREADONLYFS} environment
8383variable is set. Using @samp{-R} can also considerably
8384speed up checkouts over NFS.
8385
8386@cindex Read-only mode
8387@item -n
8388Do not change any files.  Attempt to execute the
8389@samp{cvs_command}, but only to issue reports; do not remove,
8390update, or merge any existing files, or create any new files.
8391
8392Note that @sc{cvs} will not necessarily produce exactly
8393the same output as without @samp{-n}.  In some cases
8394the output will be the same, but in other cases
8395@sc{cvs} will skip some of the processing that would
8396have been required to produce the exact same output.
8397
8398@item -Q
8399Cause the command to be really quiet; the command will only
8400generate output for serious problems.
8401
8402@item -q
8403Cause the command to be somewhat quiet; informational messages,
8404such as reports of recursion through subdirectories, are
8405suppressed.
8406
8407@cindex Read-only files, and -r
8408@item -r
8409Make new working files read-only.  Same effect
8410as if the @code{$CVSREAD} environment variable is set
8411(@pxref{Environment variables}).  The default is to
8412make working files writable, unless watches are on
8413(@pxref{Watches}).
8414
8415@item -s @var{variable}=@var{value}
8416Set a user variable (@pxref{Variables}).
8417
8418@cindex Trace
8419@item -t
8420Trace program execution; display messages showing the steps of
8421@sc{cvs} activity.  Particularly useful with @samp{-n} to explore the
8422potential impact of an unfamiliar command.
8423
8424@item -v
8425@item --version
8426Display version and copyright information for @sc{cvs}.
8427
8428@cindex CVSREAD, overriding
8429@cindex Overriding CVSREAD
8430@item -w
8431Make new working files read-write.  Overrides the
8432setting of the @code{$CVSREAD} environment variable.
8433Files are created read-write by default, unless @code{$CVSREAD} is
8434set or @samp{-r} is given.
8435@c Note that -w only overrides -r and CVSREAD; it has
8436@c no effect on files which are readonly because of
8437@c "cvs watch on".  My guess is that is the way it
8438@c should be (or should "cvs -w get" on a watched file
8439@c be the same as a get and a cvs edit?), but I'm not
8440@c completely sure whether to document it this way.
8441
8442@item -x
8443@cindex Encryption
8444Encrypt all communication between the client and the
8445server.  Only has an effect on the @sc{cvs} client.  As
8446of this writing, this is only implemented when using a
8447GSSAPI connection (@pxref{GSSAPI authenticated}) or a
8448Kerberos connection (@pxref{Kerberos authenticated}).
8449Enabling encryption implies that message traffic is
8450also authenticated.  Encryption support is not
8451available by default; it must be enabled using a
8452special configure option, @file{--enable-encryption},
8453when you build @sc{cvs}.
8454
8455@item -z @var{level}
8456@cindex Compression
8457@cindex Gzip
8458Request compression @var{level} for network traffic.
8459@sc{cvs} interprets @var{level} identically to the @code{gzip} program.
8460Valid levels are 1 (high speed, low compression) to
84619 (low speed, high compression), or 0 to disable
8462compression (the default).  Data sent to the server will
8463be compressed at the requested level and the client will request
8464the server use the same compression level for data returned.  The
8465server will use the closest level allowed by the server administrator to
8466compress returned data.  This option only has an effect when passed to
8467the @sc{cvs} client.
8468@end table
8469
8470@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8471@node Common options
8472@appendixsec Common command options
8473@cindex Common options
8474@cindex Right-hand options
8475
8476This section describes the @samp{command_options} that
8477are available across several @sc{cvs} commands.  These
8478options are always given to the right of
8479@samp{cvs_command}. Not all
8480commands support all of these options; each option is
8481only supported for commands where it makes sense.
8482However, when a command has one of these options you
8483can almost always count on the same behavior of the
8484option as in other commands.  (Other command options,
8485which are listed with the individual commands, may have
8486different behavior from one @sc{cvs} command to the other).
8487
8488@strong{Note: the @samp{history} command is an exception; it supports
8489many options that conflict even with these standard options.}
8490
8491@table @code
8492@cindex Dates
8493@cindex Time
8494@cindex Specifying dates
8495@item -D @var{date_spec}
8496Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date_spec}.
8497@var{date_spec} is a single argument, a date description
8498specifying a date in the past.
8499
8500The specification is @dfn{sticky} when you use it to make a
8501private copy of a source file; that is, when you get a working
8502file using @samp{-D}, @sc{cvs} records the date you specified, so that
8503further updates in the same directory will use the same date
8504(for more information on sticky tags/dates, @pxref{Sticky tags}).
8505
8506@samp{-D} is available with the @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8507@code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{history}, @code{ls},
8508@code{rdiff}, @code{rls}, @code{rtag}, @code{tag}, and @code{update} commands.
8509(The @code{history} command uses this option in a
8510slightly different way; @pxref{history options}).
8511
8512For a complete description of the date formats accepted by @sc{cvs},
8513@ref{Date input formats}.
8514@c What other formats should we accept?  I don't want
8515@c to start accepting a whole mess of non-standard
8516@c new formats (there are a lot which are in wide use in
8517@c one context or another), but practicality does
8518@c dictate some level of flexibility.
8519@c * POSIX.2 (e.g. touch, ls output, date) and other
8520@c POSIX and/or de facto unix standards (e.g. at).  The
8521@c practice here is too inconsistent to be of any use.
8522@c * VMS dates.  This is not a formal standard, but
8523@c there is a published specification (see SYS$ASCTIM
8524@c and SYS$BINTIM in the _VMS System Services Reference
8525@c Manual_), it is implemented consistently in VMS
8526@c utilities, and VMS users will expect CVS running on
8527@c VMS to support this format (and if we're going to do
8528@c that, better to make CVS support it on all
8529@c platforms.  Maybe).
8530@c
8531@c One more note: In output, CVS should consistently
8532@c use one date format, and that format should be one that
8533@c it accepts in input as well.  The former isn't
8534@c really true (see survey below), and I'm not
8535@c sure that either of those formats is accepted in
8536@c input.
8537@c
8538@c cvs log
8539@c   current 1996/01/02 13:45:31
8540@c   Internet 02 Jan 1996 13:45:31 UT
8541@c   ISO 1996-01-02 13:45:31
8542@c cvs ann
8543@c   current 02-Jan-96
8544@c   Internet-like 02 Jan 96
8545@c   ISO 96-01-02
8546@c cvs status
8547@c   current Tue Jun 11 02:54:53 1996
8548@c   Internet [Tue,] 11 Jun 1996 02:54:53
8549@c   ISO 1996-06-11 02:54:53
8550@c   note: date possibly should be omitted entirely for
8551@c   other reasons.
8552@c cvs editors
8553@c   current Tue Jun 11 02:54:53 1996 GMT
8554@c cvs history
8555@c   current 06/11 02:54 +0000
8556@c any others?
8557@c There is a good chance the proper solution has to
8558@c involve at least some level of letting the user
8559@c decide which format (with the default being the
8560@c formats CVS has always used; changing these might be
8561@c _very_ disruptive since scripts may very well be
8562@c parsing them).
8563@c
8564@c Another random bit of prior art concerning dates is
8565@c the strptime function which takes templates such as
8566@c "%m/%d/%y", and apparent a variant of getdate()
8567@c which also honors them.  See
8568@c X/Open CAE Specification, System Interfaces and
8569@c Headers Issue 4, Version 2 (September 1994), in the
8570@c entry for getdate() on page 231
8571
8572Remember to quote the argument to the @samp{-D}
8573flag so that your shell doesn't interpret spaces as
8574argument separators.  A command using the @samp{-D}
8575flag can look like this:
8576
8577@example
8578$ cvs diff -D "1 hour ago" cvs.texinfo
8579@end example
8580
8581@cindex Forcing a tag match
8582@item -f
8583When you specify a particular date or tag to @sc{cvs} commands, they
8584normally ignore files that do not contain the tag (or did not
8585exist prior to the date) that you specified.  Use the @samp{-f} option
8586if you want files retrieved even when there is no match for the
8587tag or date.  (The most recent revision of the file
8588will be used).
8589
8590Note that even with @samp{-f}, a tag that you specify
8591must exist (that is, in some file, not necessary in
8592every file).  This is so that @sc{cvs} will continue to
8593give an error if you mistype a tag name.
8594
8595@need 800
8596@samp{-f} is available with these commands:
8597@code{annotate}, @code{checkout}, @code{export},
8598@code{rdiff}, @code{rtag}, and @code{update}.
8599
8600@strong{WARNING:  The @code{commit} and @code{remove}
8601commands also have a
8602@samp{-f} option, but it has a different behavior for
8603those commands.  See @ref{commit options}, and
8604@ref{Removing files}.}
8605
8606@item -k @var{kflag}
8607Override the default processing of RCS keywords other than
8608@samp{-kb}.  @xref{Keyword substitution}, for the meaning of
8609@var{kflag}.  Used with the @code{checkout} and @code{update}
8610commands, your @var{kflag} specification is
8611@dfn{sticky}; that is, when you use this option
8612with a @code{checkout} or @code{update} command,
8613@sc{cvs} associates your selected @var{kflag} with any files
8614it operates on, and continues to use that @var{kflag} with future
8615commands on the same files until you specify otherwise.
8616
8617The @samp{-k} option is available with the @code{add},
8618@code{checkout}, @code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{import},
8619@code{rdiff}, and @code{update} commands.
8620
8621@strong{WARNING: Prior to CVS version 1.12.2, the @samp{-k} flag
8622overrode the @samp{-kb} indication for a binary file.  This could
8623sometimes corrupt binary files.  @xref{Merging and keywords}, for
8624more.}
8625
8626@item -l
8627Local; run only in current working directory, rather than
8628recursing through subdirectories.
8629
8630Available with the following commands: @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8631@code{commit}, @code{diff}, @code{edit}, @code{editors}, @code{export},
8632@code{log}, @code{rdiff}, @code{remove}, @code{rtag},
8633@code{status}, @code{tag}, @code{unedit}, @code{update}, @code{watch},
8634and @code{watchers}.
8635
8636@cindex Editor, avoiding invocation of
8637@cindex Avoiding editor invocation
8638@item -m @var{message}
8639Use @var{message} as log information, instead of
8640invoking an editor.
8641
8642Available with the following commands: @code{add},
8643@code{commit} and @code{import}.
8644
8645@item -n
8646Do not run any tag program.  (A program can be
8647specified to run in the modules
8648database (@pxref{modules}); this option bypasses it).
8649
8650@strong{Note: this is not the same as the @samp{cvs -n}
8651program option, which you can specify to the left of a cvs command!}
8652
8653Available with the @code{checkout}, @code{commit}, @code{export},
8654and @code{rtag} commands.
8655
8656@item -P
8657Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Removing directories}.
8658
8659@item -p
8660Pipe the files retrieved from the repository to standard output,
8661rather than writing them in the current directory.  Available
8662with the @code{checkout} and @code{update} commands.
8663
8664@item -R
8665Process directories recursively.  This is the default for all @sc{cvs}
8666commands, with the exception of @code{ls} & @code{rls}.
8667
8668Available with the following commands: @code{annotate}, @code{checkout},
8669@code{commit}, @code{diff}, @code{edit}, @code{editors}, @code{export},
8670@code{ls}, @code{rdiff}, @code{remove}, @code{rls}, @code{rtag},
8671@code{status}, @code{tag}, @code{unedit}, @code{update}, @code{watch},
8672and @code{watchers}.
8673
8674@item -r @var{tag}
8675@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
8676@cindex HEAD, special tag
8677@cindex BASE, special tag
8678Use the revision specified by the @var{tag} argument (and the @var{date}
8679argument for the commands which accept it) instead of the
8680default @dfn{head} revision.  As well as arbitrary tags defined
8681with the @code{tag} or @code{rtag} command, two special tags are
8682always available: @samp{HEAD} refers to the most recent version
8683available in the repository, and @samp{BASE} refers to the
8684revision you last checked out into the current working directory.
8685
8686@c FIXME: What does HEAD really mean?  I believe that
8687@c the current answer is the head of the default branch
8688@c for all cvs commands except diff.  For diff, it
8689@c seems to be (a) the head of the trunk (or the default
8690@c branch?) if there is no sticky tag, (b) the head of the
8691@c branch for the sticky tag, if there is a sticky tag.
8692@c (b) is ugly as it differs
8693@c from what HEAD means for other commands, but people
8694@c and/or scripts are quite possibly used to it.
8695@c See "head" tests in sanity.sh.
8696@c Probably the best fix is to introduce two new
8697@c special tags, ".thead" for the head of the trunk,
8698@c and ".bhead" for the head of the current branch.
8699@c Then deprecate HEAD.  This has the advantage of
8700@c not surprising people with a change to HEAD, and a
8701@c side benefit of also phasing out the poorly-named
8702@c HEAD (see discussion of reserved tag names in node
8703@c "Tags").  Of course, .thead and .bhead should be
8704@c carefully implemented (with the implementation the
8705@c same for "diff" as for everyone else), test cases
8706@c written (similar to the ones in "head"), new tests
8707@c cases written for things like default branches, &c.
8708
8709The tag specification is sticky when you use this
8710with @code{checkout} or @code{update} to make your own
8711copy of a file: @sc{cvs} remembers the tag and continues to use it on
8712future update commands, until you specify otherwise (for more information
8713on sticky tags/dates, @pxref{Sticky tags}).
8714
8715The tag can be either a symbolic or numeric tag, as
8716described in @ref{Tags}, or the name of a branch, as
8717described in @ref{Branching and merging}.
8718When @var{tag} is the name of a
8719branch, some commands accept the optional @var{date} argument to specify
8720the revision as of the given date on the branch.
8721When a command expects a specific revision,
8722the name of a branch is interpreted as the most recent
8723revision on that branch.
8724
8725Specifying the @samp{-q} global option along with the
8726@samp{-r} command option is often useful, to suppress
8727the warning messages when the @sc{rcs} file
8728does not contain the specified tag.
8729
8730@strong{Note: this is not the same as the overall @samp{cvs -r} option,
8731which you can specify to the left of a @sc{cvs} command!}
8732
8733@samp{-r @var{tag}} is available with the @code{commit} and @code{history}
8734commands.
8735
8736@samp{-r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]} is available with the @code{annotate},
8737@code{checkout}, @code{diff}, @code{export}, @code{rdiff}, @code{rtag},
8738and @code{update} commands.
8739
8740@item -W
8741Specify file names that should be filtered.  You can
8742use this option repeatedly.  The spec can be a file
8743name pattern of the same type that you can specify in
8744the @file{.cvswrappers} file.
8745Available with the following commands: @code{import},
8746and @code{update}.
8747
8748@end table
8749
8750@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8751@include getdate-cvs.texi
8752
8753@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8754@node add
8755@appendixsec add---Add files and directories to the repository
8756@cindex add (subcommand)
8757
8758@itemize @bullet
8759@item
8760Synopsis: add [-k rcs-kflag] [-m message] files...
8761@item
8762Requires: repository, working directory.
8763@item
8764Changes: repository, working directory.
8765@end itemize
8766
8767The @code{add} command is used to present new files
8768and directories for addition into the @sc{cvs}
8769repository.  When @code{add} is used on a directory,
8770a new directory is created in the repository
8771immediately.  When used on a file, only the working
8772directory is updated.  Changes to the repository are
8773not made until the @code{commit} command is used on
8774the newly added file. 
8775
8776The @code{add} command also resurrects files that
8777have been previously removed.  This can be done
8778before or after the @code{commit} command is used
8779to finalize the removal of files.  Resurrected files
8780are restored into the working directory at the time
8781the @code{add} command is executed.
8782
8783@menu
8784* add options::             add options
8785* add examples::            add examples
8786@end menu
8787
8788@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8789@node add options
8790@appendixsubsec add options
8791
8792These standard options are supported by @code{add}
8793(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
8794them):
8795
8796@table @code
8797@item -k @var{kflag}
8798Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
8799@ref{Keyword substitution}.
8800This option is sticky; future updates of
8801this file in this working directory will use the same
8802@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
8803to see the sticky options.  For more information on
8804the @code{status} command, @xref{Invoking CVS}.
8805
8806@item -m @var{message}
8807Use @var{message} as the log message, instead of
8808invoking an editor.
8809@end table
8810
8811@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8812@node add examples
8813@appendixsubsec add examples
8814
8815@appendixsubsubsec Adding a directory
8816
8817@example
8818$ mkdir doc
8819$ cvs add doc
8820Directory /path/to/repository/doc added to the repository
8821@end example
8822
8823@appendixsubsubsec Adding a file
8824
8825@example
8826
8827$ >TODO
8828$ cvs add TODO
8829cvs add: scheduling file `TODO' for addition
8830cvs add: use 'cvs commit' to add this file permanently
8831@end example
8832
8833@appendixsubsubsec Undoing a @code{remove} command
8834
8835@example
8836$ rm -f makefile
8837$ cvs remove makefile
8838cvs remove: scheduling `makefile' for removal
8839cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
8840$ cvs add makefile
8841U makefile
8842cvs add: makefile, version 1.2, resurrected
8843@end example
8844
8845@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
8846@node admin
8847@appendixsec admin---Administration
8848@cindex Admin (subcommand)
8849
8850@itemize @bullet
8851@item
8852Requires: repository, working directory.
8853@item
8854Changes: repository.
8855@item
8856Synonym: rcs
8857@end itemize
8858
8859This is the @sc{cvs} interface to assorted
8860administrative facilities.  Some of them have
8861questionable usefulness for @sc{cvs} but exist for
8862historical purposes.  Some of the questionable options
8863are likely to disappear in the future.  This command
8864@emph{does} work recursively, so extreme care should be
8865used.
8866
8867@cindex cvsadmin
8868@cindex UserAdminOptions, in CVSROOT/config
8869On unix, if there is a group named @code{cvsadmin},
8870only members of that group can run @code{cvs admin}
8871commands, except for those specified using the
8872@code{UserAdminOptions} configuration option in the
8873@file{CVSROOT/config} file.  Options specified using
8874@code{UserAdminOptions} can be run by any user.  See
8875@ref{config} for more on @code{UserAdminOptions}.
8876
8877The @code{cvsadmin} group should exist on the server,
8878or any system running the non-client/server @sc{cvs}.
8879To disallow @code{cvs admin} for all users, create a
8880group with no users in it.  On NT, the @code{cvsadmin}
8881feature does not exist and all users
8882can run @code{cvs admin}.
8883
8884@menu
8885* admin options::               admin options
8886@end menu
8887
8888@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8889@node admin options
8890@appendixsubsec admin options
8891
8892Some of these options have questionable usefulness for
8893@sc{cvs} but exist for historical purposes.  Some even
8894make it impossible to use @sc{cvs} until you undo the
8895effect!
8896
8897@table @code
8898@item -A@var{oldfile}
8899Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Append the
8900access list of @var{oldfile} to the access list of the
8901@sc{rcs} file.
8902
8903@item -a@var{logins}
8904Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Append the
8905login names appearing in the comma-separated list
8906@var{logins} to the access list of the @sc{rcs} file.
8907
8908@item -b[@var{rev}]
8909Set the default branch to @var{rev}.  In @sc{cvs}, you
8910normally do not manipulate default branches; sticky
8911tags (@pxref{Sticky tags}) are a better way to decide
8912which branch you want to work on.  There is one reason
8913to run @code{cvs admin -b}: to revert to the vendor's
8914version when using vendor branches (@pxref{Reverting
8915local changes}).
8916There can be no space between @samp{-b} and its argument.
8917@c Hmm, we don't document the usage where rev is
8918@c omitted.  Maybe that usage can/should be deprecated
8919@c (and replaced with -bHEAD or something?) (so we can toss
8920@c the optional argument).  Note that -bHEAD does not
8921@c work, as of 17 Sep 1997, but probably will once "cvs
8922@c admin" is internal to CVS.
8923
8924@cindex Comment leader
8925@item -c@var{string}
8926Sets the comment leader to @var{string}.  The comment
8927leader is not used by current versions of @sc{cvs} or
8928@sc{rcs} 5.7.  Therefore, you can almost surely not
8929worry about it.  @xref{Keyword substitution}.
8930
8931@item -e[@var{logins}]
8932Might not work together with @sc{cvs}.  Erase the login
8933names appearing in the comma-separated list
8934@var{logins} from the access list of the RCS file.  If
8935@var{logins} is omitted, erase the entire access list.
8936There can be no space between @samp{-e} and its argument.
8937
8938@item -I
8939Run interactively, even if the standard input is not a
8940terminal.  This option does not work with the
8941client/server @sc{cvs} and is likely to disappear in
8942a future release of @sc{cvs}.
8943
8944@item -i
8945Useless with @sc{cvs}.  This creates and initializes a
8946new @sc{rcs} file, without depositing a revision.  With
8947@sc{cvs}, add files with the @code{cvs add} command
8948(@pxref{Adding files}).
8949
8950@item -k@var{subst}
8951Set the default keyword
8952substitution to @var{subst}.  @xref{Keyword
8953substitution}.  Giving an explicit @samp{-k} option to
8954@code{cvs update}, @code{cvs export}, or @code{cvs
8955checkout} overrides this default.
8956
8957@item -l[@var{rev}]
8958Lock the revision with number @var{rev}.  If a branch
8959is given, lock the latest revision on that branch.  If
8960@var{rev} is omitted, lock the latest revision on the
8961default branch.  There can be no space between
8962@samp{-l} and its argument.
8963
8964This can be used in conjunction with the
8965@file{rcslock.pl} script in the @file{contrib}
8966directory of the @sc{cvs} source distribution to
8967provide reserved checkouts (where only one user can be
8968editing a given file at a time).  See the comments in
8969that file for details (and see the @file{README} file
8970in that directory for disclaimers about the unsupported
8971nature of contrib).  According to comments in that
8972file, locking must set to strict (which is the default).
8973
8974@item -L
8975Set locking to strict.  Strict locking means that the
8976owner of an RCS file is not exempt from locking for
8977checkin.  For use with @sc{cvs}, strict locking must be
8978set; see the discussion under the @samp{-l} option above.
8979
8980@cindex Changing a log message
8981@cindex Replacing a log message
8982@cindex Correcting a log message
8983@cindex Fixing a log message
8984@cindex Log message, correcting
8985@item -m@var{rev}:@var{msg}
8986Replace the log message of revision @var{rev} with
8987@var{msg}.
8988
8989@c The rcs -M option, to suppress sending mail, has never been
8990@c documented as a cvs admin option.
8991
8992@item -N@var{name}[:[@var{rev}]]
8993Act like @samp{-n}, except override any previous
8994assignment of @var{name}.  For use with magic branches,
8995see @ref{Magic branch numbers}.
8996
8997@item -n@var{name}[:[@var{rev}]]
8998Associate the symbolic name @var{name} with the branch
8999or revision @var{rev}.  It is normally better to use
9000@samp{cvs tag} or @samp{cvs rtag} instead.  Delete the
9001symbolic name if both @samp{:} and @var{rev} are
9002omitted; otherwise, print an error message if
9003@var{name} is already associated with another number.
9004If @var{rev} is symbolic, it is expanded before
9005association.  A @var{rev} consisting of a branch number
9006followed by a @samp{.} stands for the current latest
9007revision in the branch.  A @samp{:} with an empty
9008@var{rev} stands for the current latest revision on the
9009default branch, normally the trunk.  For example,
9010@samp{cvs admin -n@var{name}:} associates @var{name} with the
9011current latest revision of all the RCS files;
9012this contrasts with @samp{cvs admin -n@var{name}:$} which
9013associates @var{name} with the revision numbers
9014extracted from keyword strings in the corresponding
9015working files.
9016
9017@cindex Deleting revisions
9018@cindex Outdating revisions
9019@cindex Saving space
9020@item -o@var{range}
9021Deletes (@dfn{outdates}) the revisions given by
9022@var{range}.
9023
9024Note that this command can be quite dangerous unless
9025you know @emph{exactly} what you are doing (for example
9026see the warnings below about how the
9027@var{rev1}:@var{rev2} syntax is confusing).
9028
9029If you are short on disc this option might help you.
9030But think twice before using it---there is no way short
9031of restoring the latest backup to undo this command!
9032If you delete different revisions than you planned,
9033either due to carelessness or (heaven forbid) a @sc{cvs}
9034bug, there is no opportunity to correct the error
9035before the revisions are deleted.  It probably would be
9036a good idea to experiment on a copy of the repository
9037first.
9038
9039Specify @var{range} in one of the following ways:
9040
9041@table @code
9042@item @var{rev1}::@var{rev2}
9043Collapse all revisions between rev1 and rev2, so that
9044@sc{cvs} only stores the differences associated with going
9045from rev1 to rev2, not intermediate steps.  For
9046example, after @samp{-o 1.3::1.5} one can retrieve
9047revision 1.3, revision 1.5, or the differences to get
9048from 1.3 to 1.5, but not the revision 1.4, or the
9049differences between 1.3 and 1.4.  Other examples:
9050@samp{-o 1.3::1.4} and @samp{-o 1.3::1.3} have no
9051effect, because there are no intermediate revisions to
9052remove.
9053
9054@item ::@var{rev}
9055Collapse revisions between the beginning of the branch
9056containing @var{rev} and @var{rev} itself.  The
9057branchpoint and @var{rev} are left intact.  For
9058example, @samp{-o ::1.3.2.6} deletes revision 1.3.2.1,
9059revision 1.3.2.5, and everything in between, but leaves
90601.3 and 1.3.2.6 intact.
9061
9062@item @var{rev}::
9063Collapse revisions between @var{rev} and the end of the
9064branch containing @var{rev}.  Revision @var{rev} is
9065left intact but the head revision is deleted.
9066
9067@item @var{rev}
9068Delete the revision @var{rev}.  For example, @samp{-o
90691.3} is equivalent to @samp{-o 1.2::1.4}.
9070
9071@item @var{rev1}:@var{rev2}
9072Delete the revisions from @var{rev1} to @var{rev2},
9073inclusive, on the same branch.  One will not be able to
9074retrieve @var{rev1} or @var{rev2} or any of the
9075revisions in between.  For example, the command
9076@samp{cvs admin -oR_1_01:R_1_02 .} is rarely useful.
9077It means to delete revisions up to, and including, the
9078tag R_1_02.  But beware!  If there are files that have not
9079changed between R_1_02 and R_1_03 the file will have
9080@emph{the same} numerical revision number assigned to
9081the tags R_1_02 and R_1_03.  So not only will it be
9082impossible to retrieve R_1_02; R_1_03 will also have to
9083be restored from the tapes!  In most cases you want to
9084specify @var{rev1}::@var{rev2} instead.
9085
9086@item :@var{rev}
9087Delete revisions from the beginning of the
9088branch containing @var{rev} up to and including
9089@var{rev}.
9090
9091@item @var{rev}:
9092Delete revisions from revision @var{rev}, including
9093@var{rev} itself, to the end of the branch containing
9094@var{rev}.
9095@end table
9096
9097None of the revisions to be deleted may have
9098branches or locks.
9099
9100If any of the revisions to be deleted have symbolic
9101names, and one specifies one of the @samp{::} syntaxes,
9102then @sc{cvs} will give an error and not delete any
9103revisions.  If you really want to delete both the
9104symbolic names and the revisions, first delete the
9105symbolic names with @code{cvs tag -d}, then run
9106@code{cvs admin -o}.  If one specifies the
9107non-@samp{::} syntaxes, then @sc{cvs} will delete the
9108revisions but leave the symbolic names pointing to
9109nonexistent revisions.  This behavior is preserved for
9110compatibility with previous versions of @sc{cvs}, but
9111because it isn't very useful, in the future it may
9112change to be like the @samp{::} case.
9113
9114Due to the way @sc{cvs} handles branches @var{rev}
9115cannot be specified symbolically if it is a branch.
9116@xref{Magic branch numbers}, for an explanation.
9117@c FIXME: is this still true?  I suspect not.
9118
9119Make sure that no-one has checked out a copy of the
9120revision you outdate.  Strange things will happen if he
9121starts to edit it and tries to check it back in.  For
9122this reason, this option is not a good way to take back
9123a bogus commit; commit a new revision undoing the bogus
9124change instead (@pxref{Merging two revisions}).
9125
9126@item -q
9127Run quietly; do not print diagnostics.
9128
9129@item -s@var{state}[:@var{rev}]
9130Useful with @sc{cvs}.  Set the state attribute of the
9131revision @var{rev} to @var{state}.  If @var{rev} is a
9132branch number, assume the latest revision on that
9133branch.  If @var{rev} is omitted, assume the latest
9134revision on the default branch.  Any identifier is
9135acceptable for @var{state}.  A useful set of states is
9136@samp{Exp} (for experimental), @samp{Stab} (for
9137stable), and @samp{Rel} (for released).  By default,
9138the state of a new revision is set to @samp{Exp} when
9139it is created.  The state is visible in the output from
9140@var{cvs log} (@pxref{log}), and in the
9141@samp{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} and @samp{$@splitrcskeyword{State}$} keywords
9142(@pxref{Keyword substitution}).  Note that @sc{cvs}
9143uses the @code{dead} state for its own purposes (@pxref{Attic}); to
9144take a file to or from the @code{dead} state use
9145commands like @code{cvs remove} and @code{cvs add}
9146(@pxref{Adding and removing}), not @code{cvs admin -s}.
9147
9148@item -t[@var{file}]
9149Useful with @sc{cvs}.  Write descriptive text from the
9150contents of the named @var{file} into the RCS file,
9151deleting the existing text.  The @var{file} pathname
9152may not begin with @samp{-}.  The descriptive text can be seen in the
9153output from @samp{cvs log} (@pxref{log}).
9154There can be no space between @samp{-t} and its argument.
9155
9156If @var{file} is omitted,
9157obtain the text from standard input, terminated by
9158end-of-file or by a line containing @samp{.} by itself.
9159Prompt for the text if interaction is possible; see
9160@samp{-I}.
9161
9162@item -t-@var{string}
9163Similar to @samp{-t@var{file}}. Write descriptive text
9164from the @var{string} into the @sc{rcs} file, deleting
9165the existing text.
9166There can be no space between @samp{-t} and its argument.
9167
9168@c The rcs -T option, do not update last-mod time for
9169@c minor changes, has never been documented as a
9170@c cvs admin option.
9171
9172@item -U
9173Set locking to non-strict.  Non-strict locking means
9174that the owner of a file need not lock a revision for
9175checkin.  For use with @sc{cvs}, strict locking must be
9176set; see the discussion under the @samp{-l} option
9177above.
9178
9179@item -u[@var{rev}]
9180See the option @samp{-l} above, for a discussion of
9181using this option with @sc{cvs}.  Unlock the revision
9182with number @var{rev}.  If a branch is given, unlock
9183the latest revision on that branch.  If @var{rev} is
9184omitted, remove the latest lock held by the caller.
9185Normally, only the locker of a revision may unlock it;
9186somebody else unlocking a revision breaks the lock.
9187This causes the original locker to be sent a @code{commit}
9188notification (@pxref{Getting Notified}).
9189There can be no space between @samp{-u} and its argument.
9190
9191@item -V@var{n}
9192In previous versions of @sc{cvs}, this option meant to
9193write an @sc{rcs} file which would be acceptable to
9194@sc{rcs} version @var{n}, but it is now obsolete and
9195specifying it will produce an error.
9196@c Note that -V without an argument has never been
9197@c documented as a cvs admin option.
9198
9199@item -x@var{suffixes}
9200In previous versions of @sc{cvs}, this was documented
9201as a way of specifying the names of the @sc{rcs}
9202files.  However, @sc{cvs} has always required that the
9203@sc{rcs} files used by @sc{cvs} end in @samp{,v}, so
9204this option has never done anything useful.
9205
9206@c The rcs -z option, to specify the timezone, has
9207@c never been documented as a cvs admin option.
9208@end table
9209
9210@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9211@node annotate
9212@appendixsec annotate---What revision modified each line of a file?
9213@cindex annotate (subcommand)
9214
9215@itemize @bullet
9216@item
9217Synopsis: annotate [options] files@dots{}
9218@item
9219Requires: repository.
9220@item
9221Changes: nothing.
9222@end itemize
9223
9224For each file in @var{files}, print the head revision
9225of the trunk, together with information on the last
9226modification for each line.  
9227
9228@menu
9229* annotate options::            annotate options
9230* annotate example::            annotate example
9231@end menu
9232
9233@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9234@node annotate options
9235@appendixsubsec annotate options
9236
9237These standard options are supported by @code{annotate}
9238(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9239them):
9240
9241@table @code
9242@item -l
9243Local directory only, no recursion.
9244
9245@item -R
9246Process directories recursively.
9247
9248@item -f
9249Use head revision if tag/date not found.
9250
9251@item -F
9252Annotate binary files.
9253
9254@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9255Annotate file as of specified revision/tag or, when @var{date} is specified
9256and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9257existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
9258
9259@item -D @var{date}
9260Annotate file as of specified date.
9261@end table
9262
9263@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9264@node annotate example
9265@appendixsubsec annotate example
9266
9267For example:
9268
9269@example
9270$ cvs annotate ssfile
9271Annotations for ssfile
9272***************
92731.1          (mary     27-Mar-96): ssfile line 1
92741.2          (joe      28-Mar-96): ssfile line 2
9275@end example
9276
9277The file @file{ssfile} currently contains two lines.
9278The @code{ssfile line 1} line was checked in by
9279@code{mary} on March 27.  Then, on March 28, @code{joe}
9280added a line @code{ssfile line 2}, without modifying
9281the @code{ssfile line 1} line.  This report doesn't
9282tell you anything about lines which have been deleted
9283or replaced; you need to use @code{cvs diff} for that
9284(@pxref{diff}).
9285
9286The options to @code{cvs annotate} are listed in
9287@ref{Invoking CVS}, and can be used to select the files
9288and revisions to annotate.  The options are described
9289in more detail there and in @ref{Common options}.
9290
9291@c FIXME: maybe an example using the options?  Just
9292@c what it means to select a revision might be worth a
9293@c few words of explanation ("you want to see who
9294@c changed this line *before* 1.4"...).
9295
9296@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9297@node checkout
9298@appendixsec checkout---Check out sources for editing
9299@cindex checkout (subcommand)
9300@cindex co (subcommand)
9301
9302@itemize @bullet
9303@item
9304Synopsis: checkout [options] modules@dots{}
9305@item
9306Requires: repository.
9307@item
9308Changes: working directory.
9309@item
9310Synonyms: co, get
9311@end itemize
9312
9313Create or update a working directory containing copies of the
9314source files specified by @var{modules}.  You must execute
9315@code{checkout} before using most of the other @sc{cvs}
9316commands, since most of them operate on your working
9317directory.
9318
9319The @var{modules} are either
9320symbolic names for some
9321collection of source directories and files, or paths to
9322directories or files in the repository.  The symbolic
9323names are defined in the @samp{modules} file.
9324@xref{modules}.
9325@c Needs an example, particularly of the non-"modules"
9326@c case but probably of both.
9327
9328@c FIXME: this seems like a very odd place to introduce
9329@c people to how CVS works.  The bit about unreserved
9330@c checkouts is also misleading as it depends on how
9331@c things are set up.
9332Depending on the modules you specify, @code{checkout} may
9333recursively create directories and populate them with
9334the appropriate source files.  You can then edit these
9335source files at any time (regardless of whether other
9336software developers are editing their own copies of the
9337sources); update them to include new changes applied by
9338others to the source repository; or commit your work as
9339a permanent change to the source repository.
9340
9341Note that @code{checkout} is used to create
9342directories.  The top-level directory created is always
9343added to the directory where @code{checkout} is
9344invoked, and usually has the same name as the specified
9345module.  In the case of a module alias, the created
9346sub-directory may have a different name, but you can be
9347sure that it will be a sub-directory, and that
9348@code{checkout} will show the relative path leading to
9349each file as it is extracted into your private work
9350area (unless you specify the @samp{-Q} global option).
9351
9352The files created by @code{checkout} are created
9353read-write, unless the @samp{-r} option to @sc{cvs}
9354(@pxref{Global options}) is specified, the
9355@code{CVSREAD} environment variable is specified
9356(@pxref{Environment variables}), or a watch is in
9357effect for that file (@pxref{Watches}).
9358
9359Note that running @code{checkout} on a directory that was already
9360built by a prior @code{checkout} is also permitted.
9361This is similar to specifying the @samp{-d} option
9362to the @code{update} command in the sense that new
9363directories that have been created in the repository
9364will appear in your work area.
9365However, @code{checkout} takes a module name whereas
9366@code{update} takes a directory name.  Also
9367to use @code{checkout} this way it must be run from the
9368top level directory (where you originally ran
9369@code{checkout} from), so before you run
9370@code{checkout} to update an existing directory, don't
9371forget to change your directory to the top level
9372directory.
9373
9374For the output produced by the @code{checkout} command
9375see @ref{update output}.
9376
9377@menu
9378* checkout options::            checkout options
9379* checkout examples::           checkout examples
9380@end menu
9381
9382@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9383@node checkout options
9384@appendixsubsec checkout options
9385
9386These standard options are supported by @code{checkout}
9387(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9388them):
9389
9390@table @code
9391@item -D @var{date}
9392Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
9393This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.  See
9394@ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
9395
9396@item -f
9397Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r} flags.  If no matching revision is
9398found, retrieve the most recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
9399
9400@item -k @var{kflag}
9401Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
9402@ref{Keyword substitution}.
9403This option is sticky; future updates of
9404this file in this working directory will use the same
9405@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
9406to see the sticky options.  See @ref{Invoking CVS}, for
9407more information on the @code{status} command.
9408
9409@item -l
9410Local; run only in current working directory.
9411
9412@item -n
9413Do not run any checkout program (as specified
9414with the @samp{-o} option in the modules file;
9415@pxref{modules}).
9416
9417@item -P
9418Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
9419
9420@item -p
9421Pipe files to the standard output.
9422
9423@item -R
9424Checkout directories recursively.  This option is on by default.
9425
9426@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9427Checkout the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
9428and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9429existed on @var{date}.  This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
9430See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.  Also,
9431see @ref{Common options}.
9432@end table
9433
9434In addition to those, you can use these special command
9435options with @code{checkout}:
9436
9437@table @code
9438@item -A
9439Reset any sticky tags, dates, or @samp{-k} options.
9440See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
9441
9442@item -c
9443Copy the module file, sorted, to the standard output,
9444instead of creating or modifying any files or
9445directories in your working directory.
9446
9447@item -d @var{dir}
9448Create a directory called @var{dir} for the working
9449files, instead of using the module name.  In general,
9450using this flag is equivalent to using @samp{mkdir
9451@var{dir}; cd @var{dir}} followed by the checkout
9452command without the @samp{-d} flag.
9453
9454There is an important exception, however.  It is very
9455convenient when checking out a single item to have the
9456output appear in a directory that doesn't contain empty
9457intermediate directories.  In this case @emph{only},
9458@sc{cvs} tries to ``shorten'' pathnames to avoid those empty
9459directories.
9460
9461For example, given a module @samp{foo} that contains
9462the file @samp{bar.c}, the command @samp{cvs co -d dir
9463foo} will create directory @samp{dir} and place
9464@samp{bar.c} inside.  Similarly, given a module
9465@samp{bar} which has subdirectory @samp{baz} wherein
9466there is a file @samp{quux.c}, the command @samp{cvs co
9467-d dir bar/baz} will create directory @samp{dir} and
9468place @samp{quux.c} inside.
9469
9470Using the @samp{-N} flag will defeat this behavior.
9471Given the same module definitions above, @samp{cvs co
9472-N -d dir foo} will create directories @samp{dir/foo}
9473and place @samp{bar.c} inside, while @samp{cvs co -N -d
9474dir bar/baz} will create directories @samp{dir/bar/baz}
9475and place @samp{quux.c} inside.
9476
9477@item -j @var{tag}
9478With two @samp{-j} options, merge changes from the
9479revision specified with the first @samp{-j} option to
9480the revision specified with the second @samp{j} option,
9481into the working directory.
9482
9483With one @samp{-j} option, merge changes from the
9484ancestor revision to the revision specified with the
9485@samp{-j} option, into the working directory.  The
9486ancestor revision is the common ancestor of the
9487revision which the working directory is based on, and
9488the revision specified in the @samp{-j} option.
9489
9490In addition, each -j option can contain an optional
9491date specification which, when used with branches, can
9492limit the chosen revision to one within a specific
9493date.  An optional date is specified by adding a colon
9494(:) to the tag:
9495@samp{-j@var{Symbolic_Tag}:@var{Date_Specifier}}.
9496
9497@xref{Branching and merging}.
9498
9499@item -N
9500Only useful together with @samp{-d @var{dir}}.  With
9501this option, @sc{cvs} will not ``shorten'' module paths
9502in your working directory when you check out a single
9503module.  See the @samp{-d} flag for examples and a
9504discussion.
9505
9506@item -s
9507Like @samp{-c}, but include the status of all modules,
9508and sort it by the status string.  @xref{modules}, for
9509info about the @samp{-s} option that is used inside the
9510modules file to set the module status.
9511@end table
9512
9513@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9514@node checkout examples
9515@appendixsubsec checkout examples
9516
9517Get a copy of the module @samp{tc}:
9518
9519@example
9520$ cvs checkout tc
9521@end example
9522
9523Get a copy of the module @samp{tc} as it looked one day
9524ago:
9525
9526@example
9527$ cvs checkout -D yesterday tc
9528@end example
9529
9530@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9531@node commit
9532@appendixsec commit---Check files into the repository
9533@cindex commit (subcommand)
9534
9535@itemize @bullet
9536@item
9537Synopsis: commit [-lnRf] [-m 'log_message' |
9538-F file] [-r revision] [files@dots{}]
9539@item
9540Requires: working directory, repository.
9541@item
9542Changes: repository.
9543@item
9544Synonym: ci
9545@end itemize
9546
9547Use @code{commit} when you want to incorporate changes
9548from your working source files into the source
9549repository.
9550
9551If you don't specify particular files to commit, all of
9552the files in your working current directory are
9553examined.  @code{commit} is careful to change in the
9554repository only those files that you have really
9555changed.  By default (or if you explicitly specify the
9556@samp{-R} option), files in subdirectories are also
9557examined and committed if they have changed; you can
9558use the @samp{-l} option to limit @code{commit} to the
9559current directory only.
9560
9561@code{commit} verifies that the selected files are up
9562to date with the current revisions in the source
9563repository; it will notify you, and exit without
9564committing, if any of the specified files must be made
9565current first with @code{update} (@pxref{update}).
9566@code{commit} does not call the @code{update} command
9567for you, but rather leaves that for you to do when the
9568time is right.
9569
9570When all is well, an editor is invoked to allow you to
9571enter a log message that will be written to one or more
9572logging programs (@pxref{modules}, and @pxref{loginfo})
9573and placed in the @sc{rcs} file inside the
9574repository.  This log message can be retrieved with the
9575@code{log} command; see @ref{log}.  You can specify the
9576log message on the command line with the @samp{-m
9577@var{message}} option, and thus avoid the editor invocation,
9578or use the @samp{-F @var{file}} option to specify
9579that the argument file contains the log message.
9580
9581At @code{commit}, a unique commitid is placed in the @sc{rcs}
9582file inside the repository. All files committed at once
9583get the same commitid. The commitid can be retrieved with
9584the @code{log} and @code{status} command; see @ref{log},
9585@ref{File status}.
9586
9587@menu
9588* commit options::              commit options
9589* commit examples::             commit examples
9590@end menu
9591
9592@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9593@node commit options
9594@appendixsubsec commit options
9595
9596These standard options are supported by @code{commit}
9597(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9598them):
9599
9600@table @code
9601@item -l
9602Local; run only in current working directory.
9603
9604@item -R
9605Commit directories recursively.  This is on by default.
9606
9607@item -r @var{revision}
9608Commit to @var{revision}.  @var{revision} must be
9609either a branch, or a revision on the main trunk that
9610is higher than any existing revision number
9611(@pxref{Assigning revisions}).  You
9612cannot commit to a specific revision on a branch.
9613@c FIXME: Need xref for branch case.
9614@end table
9615
9616@code{commit} also supports these options:
9617
9618@table @code
9619@item -c
9620Refuse to commit files unless the user has registered a valid edit on the
9621file via @code{cvs edit}.  This is most useful when @samp{commit -c}
9622and @samp{edit -c} have been placed in all @file{.cvsrc} files.
9623A commit can be forced anyways by either registering an edit retroactively
9624via @code{cvs edit} (no changes to the file will be lost) or using the
9625@code{-f} option to commit.  Support for @code{commit -c} requires both
9626client and a server versions 1.12.10 or greater.
9627
9628@item -F @var{file}
9629Read the log message from @var{file}, instead
9630of invoking an editor.
9631
9632@item -f
9633Note that this is not the standard behavior of
9634the @samp{-f} option as defined in @ref{Common options}.
9635
9636Force @sc{cvs} to commit a new revision even if you haven't
9637made any changes to the file.  As of @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10,
9638it also causes the @code{-c} option to be ignored.  If the current revision
9639of @var{file} is 1.7, then the following two commands
9640are equivalent:
9641
9642@example
9643$ cvs commit -f @var{file}
9644$ cvs commit -r 1.8 @var{file}
9645@end example
9646
9647@c This is odd, but it's how CVS has worked for some
9648@c time.
9649The @samp{-f} option disables recursion (i.e., it
9650implies @samp{-l}).  To force @sc{cvs} to commit a new
9651revision for all files in all subdirectories, you must
9652use @samp{-f -R}.
9653
9654@item -m @var{message}
9655Use @var{message} as the log message, instead of
9656invoking an editor.
9657@end table
9658
9659@need 2000
9660@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9661@node commit examples
9662@appendixsubsec commit examples
9663
9664@c FIXME: this material wants to be somewhere
9665@c in "Branching and merging".
9666
9667@appendixsubsubsec Committing to a branch
9668
9669You can commit to a branch revision (one that has an
9670even number of dots) with the @samp{-r} option.  To
9671create a branch revision, use the @samp{-b} option
9672of the @code{rtag} or @code{tag} commands
9673(@pxref{Branching and merging}).  Then, either @code{checkout} or
9674@code{update} can be used to base your sources on the
9675newly created branch.  From that point on, all
9676@code{commit} changes made within these working sources
9677will be automatically added to a branch revision,
9678thereby not disturbing main-line development in any
9679way.  For example, if you had to create a patch to the
96801.2 version of the product, even though the 2.0 version
9681is already under development, you might do:
9682
9683@example
9684$ cvs rtag -b -r FCS1_2 FCS1_2_Patch product_module
9685$ cvs checkout -r FCS1_2_Patch product_module
9686$ cd product_module
9687[[ hack away ]]
9688$ cvs commit
9689@end example
9690
9691@noindent
9692This works automatically since the @samp{-r} option is
9693sticky.
9694
9695@appendixsubsubsec Creating the branch after editing
9696
9697Say you have been working on some extremely
9698experimental software, based on whatever revision you
9699happened to checkout last week.  If others in your
9700group would like to work on this software with you, but
9701without disturbing main-line development, you could
9702commit your change to a new branch.  Others can then
9703checkout your experimental stuff and utilize the full
9704benefit of @sc{cvs} conflict resolution.  The scenario might
9705look like:
9706
9707@c FIXME: Should we be recommending tagging the branchpoint?
9708@example
9709[[ hacked sources are present ]]
9710$ cvs tag -b EXPR1
9711$ cvs update -r EXPR1
9712$ cvs commit
9713@end example
9714
9715The @code{update} command will make the @samp{-r
9716EXPR1} option sticky on all files.  Note that your
9717changes to the files will never be removed by the
9718@code{update} command.  The @code{commit} will
9719automatically commit to the correct branch, because the
9720@samp{-r} is sticky.  You could also do like this:
9721
9722@c FIXME: Should we be recommending tagging the branchpoint?
9723@example
9724[[ hacked sources are present ]]
9725$ cvs tag -b EXPR1
9726$ cvs commit -r EXPR1
9727@end example
9728
9729@noindent
9730but then, only those files that were changed by you
9731will have the @samp{-r EXPR1} sticky flag.  If you hack
9732away, and commit without specifying the @samp{-r EXPR1}
9733flag, some files may accidentally end up on the main
9734trunk.
9735
9736To work with you on the experimental change, others
9737would simply do
9738
9739@example
9740$ cvs checkout -r EXPR1 whatever_module
9741@end example
9742
9743@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
9744@node diff
9745@appendixsec diff---Show differences between revisions
9746@cindex diff (subcommand)
9747
9748@itemize @bullet
9749@item
9750Synopsis: diff [-lR] [-k kflag] [format_options] [(-r rev1[:date1] | -D date1) [-r rev2[:date2] | -D date2]] [files@dots{}]
9751@item
9752Requires: working directory, repository.
9753@item
9754Changes: nothing.
9755@end itemize
9756
9757The @code{diff} command is used to compare different
9758revisions of files.  The default action is to compare
9759your working files with the revisions they were based
9760on, and report any differences that are found.
9761
9762If any file names are given, only those files are
9763compared.  If any directories are given, all files
9764under them will be compared.
9765
9766The exit status for diff is different than for other
9767@sc{cvs} commands; for details @ref{Exit status}.
9768
9769@menu
9770* diff options::                diff options
9771* diff examples::               diff examples
9772@end menu
9773
9774@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9775@node diff options
9776@appendixsubsec diff options
9777
9778These standard options are supported by @code{diff}
9779(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
9780them):
9781
9782@table @code
9783@item -D @var{date}
9784Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
9785See @samp{-r} for how this affects the comparison.
9786
9787@item -k @var{kflag}
9788Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
9789@ref{Keyword substitution}.
9790
9791@item -l
9792Local; run only in current working directory.
9793
9794@item -R
9795Examine directories recursively.  This option is on by
9796default.
9797
9798@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
9799Compare with revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
9800and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
9801existed on @var{date}.  Zero, one or two
9802@samp{-r} options can be present.  With no @samp{-r}
9803option, the working file will be compared with the
9804revision it was based on.  With one @samp{-r}, that
9805revision will be compared to your current working file.
9806With two @samp{-r} options those two revisions will be
9807compared (and your working file will not affect the
9808outcome in any way).
9809@c We should be a lot more explicit, with examples,
9810@c about the difference between "cvs diff" and "cvs
9811@c diff -r HEAD".  This often confuses new users.
9812
9813One or both @samp{-r} options can be replaced by a
9814@samp{-D @var{date}} option, described above.
9815@end table
9816
9817@c Conceptually, this is a disaster.  There are 3
9818@c zillion diff formats that we support via the diff
9819@c library.  It is not obvious to me that we should
9820@c document them all.  Maybe just the most common ones
9821@c like -c and -u, and think about phasing out the
9822@c obscure ones.
9823@c FIXCVS: also should be a way to specify an external
9824@c diff program (which can be different for different
9825@c file types) and pass through
9826@c arbitrary options, so that the user can do
9827@c "--pass=-Z --pass=foo" or something even if CVS
9828@c doesn't know about the "-Z foo" option to diff.
9829@c This would fit nicely with deprecating/eliminating
9830@c the obscure options of the diff library, because it
9831@c would let people specify an external GNU diff if
9832@c they are into that sort of thing.
9833The following options specify the format of the
9834output.  They have the same meaning as in GNU diff.
9835Most options have two equivalent names, one of which is a single letter
9836preceded by @samp{-}, and the other of which is a long name preceded by
9837@samp{--}.
9838
9839@table @samp
9840@item -@var{lines}
9841Show @var{lines} (an integer) lines of context.  This option does not
9842specify an output format by itself; it has no effect unless it is
9843combined with @samp{-c} or @samp{-u}.  This option is obsolete.  For proper
9844operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of context.
9845
9846@item -a
9847Treat all files as text and compare them line-by-line, even if they
9848do not seem to be text.
9849
9850@item -b
9851Ignore trailing white space and consider all other sequences of one or
9852more white space characters to be equivalent.
9853
9854@item -B
9855Ignore changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
9856
9857@item --binary
9858Read and write data in binary mode.
9859
9860@item --brief
9861Report only whether the files differ, not the details of the
9862differences.
9863
9864@item -c
9865Use the context output format.
9866
9867@item -C @var{lines}
9868@itemx --context@r{[}=@var{lines}@r{]}
9869Use the context output format, showing @var{lines} (an integer) lines of
9870context, or three if @var{lines} is not given.
9871For proper operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of
9872context.
9873
9874@item --changed-group-format=@var{format}
9875Use @var{format} to output a line group containing differing lines from
9876both files in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9877
9878@item -d
9879Change the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes.  This makes
9880@code{diff} slower (sometimes much slower).
9881
9882@item -e
9883@itemx --ed
9884Make output that is a valid @code{ed} script.
9885
9886@item --expand-tabs
9887Expand tabs to spaces in the output, to preserve the alignment of tabs
9888in the input files.
9889
9890@item -f
9891Make output that looks vaguely like an @code{ed} script but has changes
9892in the order they appear in the file.
9893
9894@item -F @var{regexp}
9895In context and unified format, for each hunk of differences, show some
9896of the last preceding line that matches @var{regexp}.
9897
9898@item --forward-ed
9899Make output that looks vaguely like an @code{ed} script but has changes
9900in the order they appear in the file.
9901
9902@item -H
9903Use heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous
9904scattered small changes.
9905
9906@item --horizon-lines=@var{lines}
9907Do not discard the last @var{lines} lines of the common prefix
9908and the first @var{lines} lines of the common suffix.
9909
9910@item -i
9911Ignore changes in case; consider upper- and lower-case letters
9912equivalent.
9913
9914@item -I @var{regexp}
9915Ignore changes that just insert or delete lines that match @var{regexp}.
9916
9917@item --ifdef=@var{name}
9918Make merged if-then-else output using @var{name}.
9919
9920@item --ignore-all-space
9921Ignore white space when comparing lines.
9922
9923@item --ignore-blank-lines
9924Ignore changes that just insert or delete blank lines.
9925
9926@item --ignore-case
9927Ignore changes in case; consider upper- and lower-case to be the same.
9928
9929@item --ignore-matching-lines=@var{regexp}
9930Ignore changes that just insert or delete lines that match @var{regexp}.
9931
9932@item --ignore-space-change
9933Ignore trailing white space and consider all other sequences of one or
9934more white space characters to be equivalent.
9935
9936@item --initial-tab
9937Output a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or
9938context format.  This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look
9939normal.
9940
9941@item -L @var{label}
9942Use @var{label} instead of the file name in the context format
9943and unified format headers.
9944
9945@item --label=@var{label}
9946Use @var{label} instead of the file name in the context format
9947and unified format headers.
9948
9949@item --left-column
9950Print only the left column of two common lines in side by side format.
9951
9952@item --line-format=@var{format}
9953Use @var{format} to output all input lines in if-then-else format.
9954@xref{Line formats}.
9955
9956@item --minimal
9957Change the algorithm to perhaps find a smaller set of changes.  This
9958makes @code{diff} slower (sometimes much slower).
9959
9960@item -n
9961Output RCS-format diffs; like @samp{-f} except that each command
9962specifies the number of lines affected.
9963
9964@item -N
9965@itemx --new-file
9966In directory comparison, if a file is found in only one directory,
9967treat it as present but empty in the other directory.
9968
9969@item --new-group-format=@var{format}
9970Use @var{format} to output a group of lines taken from just the second
9971file in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9972
9973@item --new-line-format=@var{format}
9974Use @var{format} to output a line taken from just the second file in
9975if-then-else format.  @xref{Line formats}.
9976
9977@item --old-group-format=@var{format}
9978Use @var{format} to output a group of lines taken from just the first
9979file in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
9980
9981@item --old-line-format=@var{format}
9982Use @var{format} to output a line taken from just the first file in
9983if-then-else format.  @xref{Line formats}.
9984
9985@item -p
9986Show which C function each change is in.
9987
9988@item --rcs
9989Output RCS-format diffs; like @samp{-f} except that each command
9990specifies the number of lines affected.
9991
9992@item --report-identical-files
9993@itemx -s
9994Report when two files are the same.
9995
9996@item --show-c-function
9997Show which C function each change is in.
9998
9999@item --show-function-line=@var{regexp}
10000In context and unified format, for each hunk of differences, show some
10001of the last preceding line that matches @var{regexp}.
10002
10003@item --side-by-side
10004Use the side by side output format.
10005
10006@item --speed-large-files
10007Use heuristics to speed handling of large files that have numerous
10008scattered small changes.
10009
10010@item --suppress-common-lines
10011Do not print common lines in side by side format.
10012
10013@item -t
10014Expand tabs to spaces in the output, to preserve the alignment of tabs
10015in the input files.
10016
10017@item -T
10018Output a tab rather than a space before the text of a line in normal or
10019context format.  This causes the alignment of tabs in the line to look
10020normal.
10021
10022@item --text
10023Treat all files as text and compare them line-by-line, even if they
10024do not appear to be text.
10025
10026@item -u
10027Use the unified output format.
10028
10029@item --unchanged-group-format=@var{format}
10030Use @var{format} to output a group of common lines taken from both files
10031in if-then-else format.  @xref{Line group formats}.
10032
10033@item --unchanged-line-format=@var{format}
10034Use @var{format} to output a line common to both files in if-then-else
10035format.  @xref{Line formats}.
10036
10037@item -U @var{lines}
10038@itemx --unified@r{[}=@var{lines}@r{]}
10039Use the unified output format, showing @var{lines} (an integer) lines of
10040context, or three if @var{lines} is not given.
10041For proper operation, @code{patch} typically needs at least two lines of
10042context.
10043
10044@item -w
10045Ignore white space when comparing lines.
10046
10047@item -W @var{columns}
10048@itemx --width=@var{columns}
10049Use an output width of @var{columns} in side by side format.
10050
10051@item -y
10052Use the side by side output format.
10053@end table
10054
10055@menu
10056* Line group formats::          Line group formats
10057* Line formats::                Line formats
10058@end menu
10059
10060@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10061@node Line group formats
10062@appendixsubsubsec Line group formats
10063
10064Line group formats let you specify formats suitable for many
10065applications that allow if-then-else input, including programming
10066languages and text formatting languages.  A line group format specifies
10067the output format for a contiguous group of similar lines.
10068
10069For example, the following command compares the TeX file @file{myfile}
10070with the original version from the repository,
10071and outputs a merged file in which old regions are
10072surrounded by @samp{\begin@{em@}}-@samp{\end@{em@}} lines, and new
10073regions are surrounded by @samp{\begin@{bf@}}-@samp{\end@{bf@}} lines.
10074
10075@example
10076cvs diff \
10077   --old-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10078%<\end@{em@}
10079' \
10080   --new-group-format='\begin@{bf@}
10081%>\end@{bf@}
10082' \
10083   myfile
10084@end example
10085
10086The following command is equivalent to the above example, but it is a
10087little more verbose, because it spells out the default line group formats.
10088
10089@example
10090cvs diff \
10091   --old-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10092%<\end@{em@}
10093' \
10094   --new-group-format='\begin@{bf@}
10095%>\end@{bf@}
10096' \
10097   --unchanged-group-format='%=' \
10098   --changed-group-format='\begin@{em@}
10099%<\end@{em@}
10100\begin@{bf@}
10101%>\end@{bf@}
10102' \
10103   myfile
10104@end example
10105
10106Here is a more advanced example, which outputs a diff listing with
10107headers containing line numbers in a ``plain English'' style.
10108
10109@example
10110cvs diff \
10111   --unchanged-group-format='' \
10112   --old-group-format='-------- %dn line%(n=1?:s) deleted at %df:
10113%<' \
10114   --new-group-format='-------- %dN line%(N=1?:s) added after %de:
10115%>' \
10116   --changed-group-format='-------- %dn line%(n=1?:s) changed at %df:
10117%<-------- to:
10118%>' \
10119   myfile
10120@end example
10121
10122To specify a line group format, use one of the options
10123listed below.  You can specify up to four line group formats, one for
10124each kind of line group.  You should quote @var{format}, because it
10125typically contains shell metacharacters.
10126
10127@table @samp
10128@item --old-group-format=@var{format}
10129These line groups are hunks containing only lines from the first file.
10130The default old group format is the same as the changed group format if
10131it is specified; otherwise it is a format that outputs the line group as-is.
10132
10133@item --new-group-format=@var{format}
10134These line groups are hunks containing only lines from the second
10135file.  The default new group format is same as the changed group
10136format if it is specified; otherwise it is a format that outputs the
10137line group as-is.
10138
10139@item --changed-group-format=@var{format}
10140These line groups are hunks containing lines from both files.  The
10141default changed group format is the concatenation of the old and new
10142group formats.
10143
10144@item --unchanged-group-format=@var{format}
10145These line groups contain lines common to both files.  The default
10146unchanged group format is a format that outputs the line group as-is.
10147@end table
10148
10149In a line group format, ordinary characters represent themselves;
10150conversion specifications start with @samp{%} and have one of the
10151following forms.
10152
10153@table @samp
10154@item %<
10155stands for the lines from the first file, including the trailing newline.
10156Each line is formatted according to the old line format (@pxref{Line formats}).
10157
10158@item %>
10159stands for the lines from the second file, including the trailing newline.
10160Each line is formatted according to the new line format.
10161
10162@item %=
10163stands for the lines common to both files, including the trailing newline.
10164Each line is formatted according to the unchanged line format.
10165
10166@item %%
10167stands for @samp{%}.
10168
10169@item %c'@var{C}'
10170where @var{C} is a single character, stands for @var{C}.
10171@var{C} may not be a backslash or an apostrophe.
10172For example, @samp{%c':'} stands for a colon, even inside
10173the then-part of an if-then-else format, which a colon would
10174normally terminate.
10175
10176@item %c'\@var{O}'
10177where @var{O} is a string of 1, 2, or 3 octal digits,
10178stands for the character with octal code @var{O}.
10179For example, @samp{%c'\0'} stands for a null character.
10180
10181@item @var{F}@var{n}
10182where @var{F} is a @code{printf} conversion specification and @var{n} is one
10183of the following letters, stands for @var{n}'s value formatted with @var{F}.
10184
10185@table @samp
10186@item e
10187The line number of the line just before the group in the old file.
10188
10189@item f
10190The line number of the first line in the group in the old file;
10191equals @var{e} + 1.
10192
10193@item l
10194The line number of the last line in the group in the old file.
10195
10196@item m
10197The line number of the line just after the group in the old file;
10198equals @var{l} + 1.
10199
10200@item n
10201The number of lines in the group in the old file; equals @var{l} - @var{f} + 1.
10202
10203@item E, F, L, M, N
10204Likewise, for lines in the new file.
10205
10206@end table
10207
10208The @code{printf} conversion specification can be @samp{%d},
10209@samp{%o}, @samp{%x}, or @samp{%X}, specifying decimal, octal,
10210lower case hexadecimal, or upper case hexadecimal output
10211respectively.  After the @samp{%} the following options can appear in
10212sequence: a @samp{-} specifying left-justification; an integer
10213specifying the minimum field width; and a period followed by an
10214optional integer specifying the minimum number of digits.
10215For example, @samp{%5dN} prints the number of new lines in the group
10216in a field of width 5 characters, using the @code{printf} format @code{"%5d"}.
10217
10218@item (@var{A}=@var{B}?@var{T}:@var{E})
10219If @var{A} equals @var{B} then @var{T} else @var{E}.
10220@var{A} and @var{B} are each either a decimal constant
10221or a single letter interpreted as above.
10222This format spec is equivalent to @var{T} if
10223@var{A}'s value equals @var{B}'s; otherwise it is equivalent to @var{E}.
10224
10225For example, @samp{%(N=0?no:%dN) line%(N=1?:s)} is equivalent to
10226@samp{no lines} if @var{N} (the number of lines in the group in the
10227new file) is 0, to @samp{1 line} if @var{N} is 1, and to @samp{%dN lines}
10228otherwise.
10229@end table
10230
10231@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10232@node Line formats
10233@appendixsubsubsec Line formats
10234
10235Line formats control how each line taken from an input file is
10236output as part of a line group in if-then-else format.
10237
10238For example, the following command outputs text with a one-column
10239change indicator to the left of the text.  The first column of output
10240is @samp{-} for deleted lines, @samp{|} for added lines, and a space
10241for unchanged lines.  The formats contain newline characters where
10242newlines are desired on output.
10243
10244@example
10245cvs diff \
10246   --old-line-format='-%l
10247' \
10248   --new-line-format='|%l
10249' \
10250   --unchanged-line-format=' %l
10251' \
10252   myfile
10253@end example
10254
10255To specify a line format, use one of the following options.  You should
10256quote @var{format}, since it often contains shell metacharacters.
10257
10258@table @samp
10259@item --old-line-format=@var{format}
10260formats lines just from the first file.
10261
10262@item --new-line-format=@var{format}
10263formats lines just from the second file.
10264
10265@item --unchanged-line-format=@var{format}
10266formats lines common to both files.
10267
10268@item --line-format=@var{format}
10269formats all lines; in effect, it sets all three above options simultaneously.
10270@end table
10271
10272In a line format, ordinary characters represent themselves;
10273conversion specifications start with @samp{%} and have one of the
10274following forms.
10275
10276@table @samp
10277@item %l
10278stands for the contents of the line, not counting its trailing
10279newline (if any).  This format ignores whether the line is incomplete.
10280
10281@item %L
10282stands for the contents of the line, including its trailing newline
10283(if any).  If a line is incomplete, this format preserves its
10284incompleteness.
10285
10286@item %%
10287stands for @samp{%}.
10288
10289@item %c'@var{C}'
10290where @var{C} is a single character, stands for @var{C}.
10291@var{C} may not be a backslash or an apostrophe.
10292For example, @samp{%c':'} stands for a colon.
10293
10294@item %c'\@var{O}'
10295where @var{O} is a string of 1, 2, or 3 octal digits,
10296stands for the character with octal code @var{O}.
10297For example, @samp{%c'\0'} stands for a null character.
10298
10299@item @var{F}n
10300where @var{F} is a @code{printf} conversion specification,
10301stands for the line number formatted with @var{F}.
10302For example, @samp{%.5dn} prints the line number using the
10303@code{printf} format @code{"%.5d"}.  @xref{Line group formats}, for
10304more about printf conversion specifications.
10305
10306@end table
10307
10308The default line format is @samp{%l} followed by a newline character.
10309
10310If the input contains tab characters and it is important that they line
10311up on output, you should ensure that @samp{%l} or @samp{%L} in a line
10312format is just after a tab stop (e.g.@: by preceding @samp{%l} or
10313@samp{%L} with a tab character), or you should use the @samp{-t} or
10314@samp{--expand-tabs} option.
10315
10316Taken together, the line and line group formats let you specify many
10317different formats.  For example, the following command uses a format
10318similar to @code{diff}'s normal format.  You can tailor this command
10319to get fine control over @code{diff}'s output.
10320
10321@example
10322cvs diff \
10323   --old-line-format='< %l
10324' \
10325   --new-line-format='> %l
10326' \
10327   --old-group-format='%df%(f=l?:,%dl)d%dE
10328%<' \
10329   --new-group-format='%dea%dF%(F=L?:,%dL)
10330%>' \
10331   --changed-group-format='%df%(f=l?:,%dl)c%dF%(F=L?:,%dL)
10332%<---
10333%>' \
10334   --unchanged-group-format='' \
10335   myfile
10336@end example
10337
10338@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10339@node diff examples
10340@appendixsubsec diff examples
10341
10342The following line produces a Unidiff (@samp{-u} flag)
10343between revision 1.14 and 1.19 of
10344@file{backend.c}.  Due to the @samp{-kk} flag no
10345keywords are substituted, so differences that only depend
10346on keyword substitution are ignored.
10347
10348@example
10349$ cvs diff -kk -u -r 1.14 -r 1.19 backend.c
10350@end example
10351
10352Suppose the experimental branch EXPR1 was based on a
10353set of files tagged RELEASE_1_0.  To see what has
10354happened on that branch, the following can be used:
10355
10356@example
10357$ cvs diff -r RELEASE_1_0 -r EXPR1
10358@end example
10359
10360A command like this can be used to produce a context
10361diff between two releases:
10362
10363@example
10364$ cvs diff -c -r RELEASE_1_0 -r RELEASE_1_1 > diffs
10365@end example
10366
10367If you are maintaining ChangeLogs, a command like the following
10368just before you commit your changes may help you write
10369the ChangeLog entry.  All local modifications that have
10370not yet been committed will be printed.
10371
10372@example
10373$ cvs diff -u | less
10374@end example
10375
10376@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10377@node export
10378@appendixsec export---Export sources from CVS, similar to checkout
10379@cindex export (subcommand)
10380
10381@itemize @bullet
10382@item
10383Synopsis: export [-flNnR] (-r rev[:date] | -D date) [-k subst] [-d dir] module@dots{}
10384@item
10385Requires: repository.
10386@item
10387Changes: current directory.
10388@end itemize
10389
10390This command is a variant of @code{checkout}; use it
10391when you want a copy of the source for module without
10392the @sc{cvs} administrative directories.  For example, you
10393might use @code{export} to prepare source for shipment
10394off-site.  This command requires that you specify a
10395date or tag (with @samp{-D} or @samp{-r}), so that you
10396can count on reproducing the source you ship to others
10397(and thus it always prunes empty directories).
10398
10399One often would like to use @samp{-kv} with @code{cvs
10400export}.  This causes any keywords to be
10401expanded such that an import done at some other site
10402will not lose the keyword revision information.  But be
10403aware that doesn't handle an export containing binary
10404files correctly.  Also be aware that after having used
10405@samp{-kv}, one can no longer use the @code{ident}
10406command (which is part of the @sc{rcs} suite---see
10407ident(1)) which looks for keyword strings.  If
10408you want to be able to use @code{ident} you must not
10409use @samp{-kv}.
10410
10411@menu
10412* export options::              export options
10413@end menu
10414
10415@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10416@node export options
10417@appendixsubsec export options
10418
10419These standard options are supported by @code{export}
10420(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
10421them):
10422
10423@table @code
10424@item -D @var{date}
10425Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
10426
10427@item -f
10428If no matching revision is found, retrieve the most
10429recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
10430
10431@item -l
10432Local; run only in current working directory.
10433
10434@item -n
10435Do not run any checkout program.
10436
10437@item -R
10438Export directories recursively.  This is on by default.
10439
10440@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
10441Export the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
10442and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
10443existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
10444@end table
10445
10446In addition, these options (that are common to
10447@code{checkout} and @code{export}) are also supported:
10448
10449@table @code
10450@item -d @var{dir}
10451Create a directory called @var{dir} for the working
10452files, instead of using the module name.
10453@xref{checkout options}, for complete details on how
10454@sc{cvs} handles this flag.
10455
10456@item -k @var{subst}
10457Set keyword expansion mode (@pxref{Substitution modes}).
10458
10459@item -N
10460Only useful together with @samp{-d @var{dir}}.
10461@xref{checkout options}, for complete details on how
10462@sc{cvs} handles this flag.
10463@end table
10464
10465@ignore
10466@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10467@c @node export examples
10468@appendixsubsec export examples
10469
10470Contributed examples are gratefully accepted.
10471@c -- Examples here!!
10472@end ignore
10473
10474@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10475@node history
10476@appendixsec history---Show status of files and users
10477@cindex history (subcommand)
10478
10479@itemize @bullet
10480@item
10481Synopsis:     history [-report] [-flags] [-options args] [files@dots{}]
10482@item
10483Requires: the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}
10484@item
10485Changes: nothing.
10486@end itemize
10487
10488@sc{cvs} can keep a history log that tracks each use of most @sc{cvs}
10489commands.  You can use @code{history} to display this information in
10490various formats.
10491
10492To enable logging, the @samp{LogHistory} config option must be set to
10493some value other than the empty string and the history file specified by
10494the @samp{HistoryLogPath} option must be writable by all users who may run
10495the @sc{cvs} executable (@pxref{config}).
10496
10497To enable the @code{history} command, logging must be enabled as above and
10498the @samp{HistorySearchPath} config option (@pxref{config}) must be set to
10499specify some number of the history logs created thereby and these files must
10500be readable by each user who might run the @code{history} command.
10501
10502Creating a repository via the @code{cvs init} command will enable logging of
10503all possible events to a single history log file
10504(@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}) with read and write permissions for all
10505users (@pxref{Creating a repository}).
10506
10507@strong{Note: @code{history} uses @samp{-f}, @samp{-l},
10508@samp{-n}, and @samp{-p} in ways that conflict with the
10509normal use inside @sc{cvs} (@pxref{Common options}).}
10510
10511@menu
10512* history options::             history options
10513@end menu
10514
10515@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10516@node history options
10517@appendixsubsec history options
10518
10519Several options (shown above as @samp{-report})  control  what
10520kind of report is generated:
10521
10522@table @code
10523@item -c
10524Report on each time commit was used (i.e., each time
10525the repository was modified).
10526
10527@item -e
10528Everything (all record types).  Equivalent to
10529specifying @samp{-x} with all record types.  Of course,
10530@samp{-e} will also include record types which are
10531added in a future version of @sc{cvs}; if you are
10532writing a script which can only handle certain record
10533types, you'll want to specify @samp{-x}.
10534
10535@item -m @var{module}
10536Report on a particular module.  (You can meaningfully
10537use @samp{-m} more than once on the command line.)
10538
10539@item -o
10540Report on checked-out modules.  This is the default report type.
10541
10542@item -T
10543Report on all tags.
10544
10545@item -x @var{type}
10546Extract a particular set of record types @var{type} from the @sc{cvs}
10547history.  The types are indicated by single letters,
10548which you may specify in combination.
10549
10550Certain commands have a single record type:
10551
10552@table @code
10553@item F
10554release
10555@item O
10556checkout
10557@item E
10558export
10559@item T
10560rtag
10561@end table
10562
10563@noindent
10564One of five record types may result from an update:
10565
10566@table @code
10567@item C
10568A merge was necessary but collisions were
10569detected (requiring manual merging).
10570@item G
10571A merge was necessary and it succeeded.
10572@item U
10573A working file was copied from the repository.
10574@item P
10575A working file was patched to match the repository.
10576@item W
10577The working copy of a file was deleted during
10578update (because it was gone from the repository).
10579@end table
10580
10581@noindent
10582One of three record types results from commit:
10583
10584@table @code
10585@item A
10586A file was added for the first time.
10587@item M
10588A file was modified.
10589@item R
10590A file was removed.
10591@end table
10592@end table
10593
10594The options shown as @samp{-flags} constrain or expand
10595the report without requiring option arguments:
10596
10597@table @code
10598@item -a
10599Show data for all users (the default is to show data
10600only for the user executing @code{history}).
10601
10602@item -l
10603Show last modification only.
10604
10605@item -w
10606Show only the records for modifications done from the
10607same working directory where @code{history} is
10608executing.
10609@end table
10610
10611The options shown as @samp{-options @var{args}} constrain the report
10612based on an argument:
10613
10614@table @code
10615@item -b @var{str}
10616Show data back to a record containing  the  string
10617@var{str}  in  either the module name, the file name, or
10618the repository path.
10619
10620@item -D @var{date}
10621Show data since @var{date}.  This is slightly different
10622from the normal use of @samp{-D @var{date}}, which
10623selects the newest revision older than @var{date}.
10624
10625@item -f @var{file}
10626Show data for a particular file
10627(you can specify several @samp{-f} options on the same command line).
10628This is equivalent to specifying the file on the command line.
10629
10630@item -n @var{module}
10631Show data for a particular module
10632(you can specify several @samp{-n} options on the same command line).
10633
10634@item -p @var{repository}
10635Show data for a particular source repository  (you
10636can specify several @samp{-p} options on the same command
10637line).
10638
10639@item -r @var{rev}
10640Show records referring to revisions since the revision
10641or tag named @var{rev} appears in individual @sc{rcs}
10642files.  Each @sc{rcs} file is searched for the revision or
10643tag.
10644
10645@item -t @var{tag}
10646Show records since tag @var{tag} was last added to the
10647history file.  This differs from the @samp{-r} flag
10648above in that it reads only the history file, not the
10649@sc{rcs} files, and is much faster.
10650
10651@item -u @var{name}
10652Show records for user @var{name}.
10653
10654@item -z @var{timezone}
10655Show times in the selected records using the specified
10656time zone instead of UTC.
10657@end table
10658
10659@ignore
10660@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10661@c @node history examples
10662@appendixsubsec history examples
10663
10664Contributed examples will gratefully be accepted.
10665@c -- Examples here!
10666@end ignore
10667
10668@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10669@node import
10670@appendixsec import---Import sources into CVS, using vendor branches
10671@cindex import (subcommand)
10672
10673@c FIXME: This node is way too long for one which has subnodes.
10674
10675@itemize @bullet
10676@item
10677Synopsis: import [-options] repository vendortag releasetag@dots{}
10678@item
10679Requires: Repository, source distribution directory.
10680@item
10681Changes: repository.
10682@end itemize
10683
10684Use @code{import} to incorporate an entire source
10685distribution from an outside source (e.g., a source
10686vendor) into your source repository directory.  You can
10687use this command both for initial creation of a
10688repository, and for wholesale updates to the module
10689from the outside source.  @xref{Tracking sources}, for
10690a discussion on this subject.
10691
10692The @var{repository} argument gives a directory name
10693(or a path to a directory) under the @sc{cvs} root directory
10694for repositories; if the directory did not exist,
10695import creates it.
10696
10697When you use import for updates to source that has been
10698modified in your source repository (since a prior
10699import), it will notify you of any files that conflict
10700in the two branches of development; use @samp{checkout
10701-j} to reconcile the differences, as import instructs
10702you to do.
10703
10704If @sc{cvs} decides a file should be ignored
10705(@pxref{cvsignore}), it does not import it and prints
10706@samp{I } followed by the filename (@pxref{import output}, for a
10707complete description of the output).
10708
10709If the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvswrappers} exists,
10710any file whose names match the specifications in that
10711file will be treated as packages and the appropriate
10712filtering will be performed on the file/directory
10713before being imported.  @xref{Wrappers}.
10714
10715The outside source is saved in a first-level
10716branch, by default 1.1.1.  Updates are leaves of this
10717branch; for example, files from the first imported
10718collection of source will be revision 1.1.1.1, then
10719files from the first imported update will be revision
107201.1.1.2, and so on.
10721
10722At least three arguments are required.
10723@var{repository} is needed to identify the collection
10724of source.  @var{vendortag} is a tag for the entire
10725branch (e.g., for 1.1.1).  You must also specify at
10726least one @var{releasetag} to uniquely identify the files at
10727the leaves created each time you execute @code{import}.  The
10728@var{releasetag} should be new, not previously existing in the
10729repository file, and uniquely identify the imported release,
10730
10731@c I'm not completely sure this belongs here.  But
10732@c we need to say it _somewhere_ reasonably obvious; it
10733@c is a common misconception among people first learning CVS
10734Note that @code{import} does @emph{not} change the
10735directory in which you invoke it.  In particular, it
10736does not set up that directory as a @sc{cvs} working
10737directory; if you want to work with the sources import
10738them first and then check them out into a different
10739directory (@pxref{Getting the source}).
10740
10741@menu
10742* import options::              import options
10743* import output::               import output
10744* import examples::             import examples
10745@end menu
10746
10747@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10748@node import options
10749@appendixsubsec import options
10750
10751This standard option is supported by @code{import}
10752(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description):
10753
10754@table @code
10755@item -m @var{message}
10756Use @var{message} as log information, instead of
10757invoking an editor.
10758@end table
10759
10760There are the following additional special options.
10761
10762@table @code
10763@item -b @var{branch}
10764See @ref{Multiple vendor branches}.
10765
10766@item -k @var{subst}
10767Indicate the keyword expansion mode desired.  This
10768setting will apply to all files created during the
10769import, but not to any files that previously existed in
10770the repository.  See @ref{Substitution modes}, for a
10771list of valid @samp{-k} settings.
10772
10773@item -I @var{name}
10774Specify file names that should be ignored during
10775import.  You can use this option repeatedly.  To avoid
10776ignoring any files at all (even those ignored by
10777default), specify `-I !'.
10778
10779@var{name} can be a file name pattern of the same type
10780that you can specify in the @file{.cvsignore} file.
10781@xref{cvsignore}.
10782@c -- Is this really true?
10783
10784@item -W @var{spec}
10785Specify file names that should be filtered during
10786import.  You can use this option repeatedly.
10787
10788@var{spec} can be a file name pattern of the same type
10789that you can specify in the @file{.cvswrappers}
10790file. @xref{Wrappers}.
10791
10792@item -X
10793Modify the algorithm used by @sc{cvs} when importing new files
10794so that new files do not immediately appear on the main trunk.
10795
10796Specifically, this flag causes @sc{cvs} to mark new files as
10797if they were deleted on the main trunk, by taking the following
10798steps for each file in addition to those normally taken on import:
10799creating a new revision on the main trunk indicating that
10800the new file is @code{dead}, resetting the new file's default branch,
10801and placing the file in the Attic (@pxref{Attic}) directory.
10802
10803Use of this option can be forced on a repository-wide basis
10804by setting the @samp{ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly} option in
10805CVSROOT/config (@pxref{config}).
10806@end table
10807
10808@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10809@node import output
10810@appendixsubsec import output
10811
10812@code{import} keeps you informed of its progress by printing a line
10813for each file, preceded by one character indicating the status of the file:
10814
10815@table @code
10816@item U @var{file}
10817The file already exists in the repository and has not been locally
10818modified; a new revision has been created (if necessary).
10819
10820@item N @var{file}
10821The file is a new file which has been added to the repository.
10822
10823@item C @var{file}
10824The file already exists in the repository but has been locally modified;
10825you will have to merge the changes.
10826
10827@item I @var{file}
10828The file is being ignored (@pxref{cvsignore}).
10829
10830@cindex Symbolic link, importing
10831@cindex Link, symbolic, importing
10832@c FIXME: also (somewhere else) probably
10833@c should be documenting what happens if you "cvs add"
10834@c a symbolic link.  Also maybe what happens if
10835@c you manually create symbolic links within the
10836@c repository (? - not sure why we'd want to suggest
10837@c doing that).
10838@item L @var{file}
10839The file is a symbolic link; @code{cvs import} ignores symbolic links.
10840People periodically suggest that this behavior should
10841be changed, but if there is a consensus on what it
10842should be changed to, it is not apparent.
10843(Various options in the @file{modules} file can be used
10844to recreate symbolic links on checkout, update, etc.;
10845@pxref{modules}.)
10846@end table
10847
10848@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10849@node import examples
10850@appendixsubsec import examples
10851
10852See @ref{Tracking sources}, and @ref{From files}.
10853
10854@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10855@node init
10856@appendixsec init---Initialize a repository
10857@cindex init (subcommand)
10858
10859@itemize @bullet
10860@item
10861Synopsis: init
10862@item
10863Requires: working directory.
10864@item
10865Changes: repository, working directory.
10866@end itemize
10867
10868The @code{init} command initializes a repository by adding the
10869@file{CVSROOT} subdirectory and some default control files. You must
10870use this command or initialize the repository in some other way before
10871you can use it. Specify the root of the repository with the general
10872@code{-d} option.  This will set up an empty repository in the
10873@sc{cvs} root specified in the usual way (@pxref{Repository}).
10874
10875@code{init} is careful to never overwrite any existing files in the
10876repository, so no harm is done if you run @code{init} on an already
10877set-up repository. Note you may need to be a member of the group
10878@code{cvsadmin} to do this.
10879
10880Note @code{init} will enable history logging; if you don't want that,
10881remove the history file after running @code{init} (@pxref{history file}).
10882
10883@menu
10884* init examples:              init examples
10885@end menu
10886
10887@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10888@node init examples
10889@appendixsubsec init examples
10890
10891@example
10892$ cvs -d /usr/local/cvsroot init
10893@end example
10894
10895@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
10896@node log
10897@appendixsec log---Print out log information for files
10898@cindex log (subcommand)
10899
10900@itemize @bullet
10901@item
10902Synopsis: log [options] [files@dots{}]
10903@item
10904Requires: repository, working directory.
10905@item
10906Changes: nothing.
10907@end itemize
10908
10909Display log information for files.  @code{log} used to
10910call the @sc{rcs} utility @code{rlog}.  Although this
10911is no longer true in the current sources, this history
10912determines the format of the output and the options,
10913which are not quite in the style of the other @sc{cvs}
10914commands.
10915
10916@cindex Timezone, in output
10917@cindex Zone, time, in output
10918The output includes the location of the @sc{rcs} file,
10919the @dfn{head} revision (the latest revision on the
10920trunk), all symbolic names (tags) and some other
10921things.  For each revision, the revision number, the
10922date, the author, the number of lines added/deleted, the commitid
10923and the log message are printed.  All dates are displayed
10924in local time at the client. This is typically specified in
10925the @code{$TZ} environment variable, which can be set to
10926govern how @code{log} displays dates.
10927
10928@strong{Note: @code{log} uses @samp{-R} in a way that conflicts
10929with the normal use inside @sc{cvs} (@pxref{Common options}).}
10930
10931@menu
10932* log options::                 log options
10933* log examples::                log examples
10934@end menu
10935
10936@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10937@node log options
10938@appendixsubsec log options
10939
10940By default, @code{log} prints all information that is
10941available.  All other options restrict the output.  Note that the revision
10942selection options (@code{-d}, @code{-r}, @code{-s}, and @code{-w}) have no
10943effect, other than possibly causing a search for files in Attic directories,
10944when used in conjunction with the options that restrict the output to only
10945@code{log} header fields (@code{-b}, @code{-h}, @code{-R}, and @code{-t})
10946unless the @code{-S} option is also specified.
10947
10948@table @code
10949@item -b
10950Print information about the revisions on the default
10951branch, normally the highest branch on the trunk.
10952
10953@item -d @var{dates}
10954Print information about revisions with a checkin
10955date/time in the range given by the
10956semicolon-separated list of dates.  The date formats
10957accepted are those accepted by the @samp{-D} option to
10958many other @sc{cvs} commands (@pxref{Common options}).
10959Dates can be combined into ranges as follows:
10960
10961@c Should we be thinking about accepting ISO8601
10962@c ranges?  For example "1972-09-10/1972-09-12".
10963@table @code
10964@item @var{d1}<@var{d2}
10965@itemx @var{d2}>@var{d1}
10966Select the revisions that were deposited between
10967@var{d1} and @var{d2}.
10968
10969@item <@var{d}
10970@itemx @var{d}>
10971Select all revisions dated @var{d} or earlier.
10972
10973@item @var{d}<
10974@itemx >@var{d}
10975Select all revisions dated @var{d} or later.
10976
10977@item @var{d}
10978Select the single, latest revision dated @var{d} or
10979earlier.
10980@end table
10981
10982The @samp{>} or @samp{<} characters may be followed by
10983@samp{=} to indicate an inclusive range rather than an
10984exclusive one.
10985
10986Note that the separator is a semicolon (;).
10987
10988@item -h
10989Print only the name of the @sc{rcs} file, name
10990of the file in the working directory, head,
10991default branch, access list, locks, symbolic names, and
10992suffix.
10993
10994@item -l
10995Local; run only in current working directory.  (Default
10996is to run recursively).
10997
10998@item -N
10999Do not print the list of tags for this file.  This
11000option can be very useful when your site uses a lot of
11001tags, so rather than "more"'ing over 3 pages of tag
11002information, the log information is presented without
11003tags at all.
11004
11005@item -R
11006Print only the name of the @sc{rcs} file.
11007
11008@c Note that using a bare revision (in addition to not
11009@c being explicitly documented here) is potentially
11010@c confusing; it shows the log message to get from the
11011@c previous revision to that revision.  "-r1.3 -r1.6"
11012@c (equivalent to "-r1.3,1.6") is even worse; it
11013@c prints the messages to get from 1.2 to 1.3 and 1.5
11014@c to 1.6.  By analogy with "cvs diff", users might
11015@c expect that it is more like specifying a range.
11016@c It is not 100% clear to me how much of this should
11017@c be documented (for example, multiple -r options
11018@c perhaps could/should be deprecated given the false
11019@c analogy with "cvs diff").
11020@c In general, this section should be rewritten to talk
11021@c about messages to get from revision rev1 to rev2,
11022@c rather than messages for revision rev2 (that is, the
11023@c messages are associated with a change not a static
11024@c revision and failing to make this distinction causes
11025@c much confusion).
11026@item -r@var{revisions}
11027Print information about revisions given in the
11028comma-separated list @var{revisions} of revisions and
11029ranges.  The following table explains the available
11030range formats:
11031
11032@table @code
11033@item @var{rev1}:@var{rev2}
11034Revisions @var{rev1} to @var{rev2} (which must be on
11035the same branch).
11036
11037@item @var{rev1}::@var{rev2}
11038The same, but excluding @var{rev1}.
11039
11040@item :@var{rev}
11041@itemx ::@var{rev}
11042Revisions from the beginning of the branch up to
11043and including @var{rev}.
11044
11045@item @var{rev}:
11046Revisions starting with @var{rev} to the end of the
11047branch containing @var{rev}.
11048
11049@item @var{rev}::
11050Revisions starting just after @var{rev} to the end of the
11051branch containing @var{rev}.
11052
11053@item @var{branch}
11054An argument that is a branch means all revisions on
11055that branch.
11056
11057@item @var{branch1}:@var{branch2}
11058@itemx @var{branch1}::@var{branch2}
11059A range of branches means all revisions
11060on the branches in that range.
11061
11062@item @var{branch}.
11063The latest revision in @var{branch}.
11064@end table
11065
11066A bare @samp{-r} with no revisions means the latest
11067revision on the default branch, normally the trunk.
11068There can be no space between the @samp{-r} option and
11069its argument.
11070
11071@item -S
11072Suppress the header if no revisions are selected.
11073
11074@item -s @var{states}
11075Print information about revisions whose state
11076attributes match one of the states given in the
11077comma-separated list @var{states}.  Individual states may
11078be any text string, though @sc{cvs} commonly only uses two
11079states, @samp{Exp} and @samp{dead}.  See @ref{admin options}
11080for more information.
11081
11082@item -t
11083Print the same as @samp{-h}, plus the descriptive text.
11084
11085@item -w@var{logins}
11086Print information about revisions checked in by users
11087with login names appearing in the comma-separated list
11088@var{logins}.  If @var{logins} is omitted, the user's
11089login is assumed.  There can be no space between the
11090@samp{-w} option and its argument.
11091@end table
11092
11093@code{log} prints the intersection of the revisions
11094selected with the options @samp{-d}, @samp{-s}, and
11095@samp{-w}, intersected with the union of the revisions
11096selected by @samp{-b} and @samp{-r}.
11097
11098@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11099@node log examples
11100@appendixsubsec log examples
11101
11102@cindex Timezone, in output
11103@cindex Zone, time, in output
11104Since @code{log} shows dates in local time,
11105you might want to see them in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) or
11106some other timezone.
11107To do this you can set your @code{$TZ} environment
11108variable before invoking @sc{cvs}:
11109
11110@example
11111$ TZ=UTC cvs log foo.c
11112$ TZ=EST cvs log bar.c
11113@end example
11114
11115(If you are using a @code{csh}-style shell, like @code{tcsh},
11116you would need to prefix the examples above with @code{env}.)
11117
11118@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11119@node ls & rls
11120@appendixsec ls & rls
11121@cindex ls (subcommand)
11122@cindex rls (subcommand)
11123
11124@itemize @bullet
11125@item
11126ls [-e | -l] [-RP] [-r tag[:date]] [-D date] [path@dots{}]
11127@item
11128Requires: repository for @code{rls}, repository & working directory for
11129@code{ls}.
11130@item
11131Changes: nothing.
11132@item
11133Synonym: @code{dir} & @code{list} are synonyms for @code{ls} and @code{rdir}
11134& @code{rlist} are synonyms for @code{rls}.
11135@end itemize
11136
11137The @code{ls} and @code{rls} commands are used to list
11138files and directories in the repository.
11139
11140By default @code{ls} lists the files and directories
11141that belong in your working directory, what would be
11142there after an @code{update}.
11143
11144By default @code{rls} lists the files and directories
11145on the tip of the trunk in the topmost directory of the
11146repository.
11147
11148Both commands accept an optional list of file and
11149directory names, relative to the working directory for
11150@code{ls} and the topmost directory of the repository
11151for @code{rls}.  Neither is recursive by default.
11152
11153@menu
11154* ls & rls options::         ls & rls options
11155* rls examples:              rls examples
11156@end menu
11157
11158@node ls & rls options
11159@appendixsubsec ls & rls options
11160
11161These standard options are supported by @code{ls} & @code{rls}:
11162
11163@table @code
11164@item -d
11165Show dead revisions (with tag when specified).
11166
11167@item -e
11168Display in CVS/Entries format.  This format is meant to remain easily parsable
11169by automation.
11170
11171@item -l
11172Display all details.
11173
11174@item -P
11175Don't list contents of empty directories when recursing.
11176
11177@item -R
11178List recursively.
11179
11180@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11181Show files specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
11182and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11183existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
11184
11185@item -D @var{date}
11186Show files from date.
11187@end table
11188
11189@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11190@node rls examples
11191@appendixsubsec rls examples
11192
11193@example
11194$ cvs rls
11195cvs rls: Listing module: `.'
11196CVSROOT
11197first-dir
11198@end example
11199
11200@example
11201$ cvs rls CVSROOT
11202cvs rls: Listing module: `CVSROOT'
11203checkoutlist
11204commitinfo
11205config
11206cvswrappers
11207loginfo
11208modules
11209notify
11210rcsinfo
11211taginfo
11212verifymsg
11213
11214@end example
11215
11216@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11217@node rdiff
11218@appendixsec rdiff---'patch' format diffs between releases
11219@cindex rdiff (subcommand)
11220
11221@itemize @bullet
11222@item
11223rdiff [-flags] [-V vn] (-r tag1[:date1] | -D date1) [-r tag2[:date2] | -D date2] modules@dots{}
11224@item
11225Requires: repository.
11226@item
11227Changes: nothing.
11228@item
11229Synonym: patch
11230@end itemize
11231
11232Builds a Larry Wall format patch(1) file between two
11233releases, that can be fed directly into the @code{patch}
11234program to bring an old release up-to-date with the new
11235release.  (This is one of the few @sc{cvs} commands that
11236operates directly from the repository, and doesn't
11237require a prior checkout.) The diff output is sent to
11238the standard output device.
11239
11240You can specify (using the standard @samp{-r} and
11241@samp{-D} options) any combination of one or two
11242revisions or dates.  If only one revision or date is
11243specified, the patch file reflects differences between
11244that revision or date and the current head revisions in
11245the @sc{rcs} file.
11246
11247Note that if the software release affected is contained
11248in more than one directory, then it may be necessary to
11249specify the @samp{-p} option to the @code{patch} command when
11250patching the old sources, so that @code{patch} is able to find
11251the files that are located in other directories.
11252
11253@menu
11254* rdiff options::               rdiff options
11255* rdiff examples::              rdiff examples
11256@end menu
11257
11258@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11259@node rdiff options
11260@appendixsubsec rdiff options
11261
11262These standard options are supported by @code{rdiff}
11263(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
11264them):
11265
11266@table @code
11267@item -D @var{date}
11268Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
11269
11270@item -f
11271If no matching revision is found, retrieve the most
11272recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
11273
11274@item -k @var{kflag}
11275Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
11276@ref{Keyword substitution}.
11277
11278@item -l
11279Local; don't descend subdirectories.
11280
11281@item -p
11282Show which C function each change is in.
11283
11284@item -R
11285Examine directories recursively.  This option is on by default.
11286
11287@item -r @var{tag}
11288Use the revision specified by @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
11289and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11290existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
11291@end table
11292
11293In addition to the above, these options are available:
11294
11295@table @code
11296@item -c
11297Use the context diff format.  This is the default format.
11298
11299@item -s
11300Create a summary change report instead of a patch.  The
11301summary includes information about files that were
11302changed or added between the releases.  It is sent to
11303the standard output device.  This is useful for finding
11304out, for example, which files have changed between two
11305dates or revisions.
11306
11307@item -t
11308A diff of the top two revisions is sent to the standard
11309output device.  This is most useful for seeing what the
11310last change to a file was.
11311
11312@item -u
11313Use the unidiff format for the context diffs.
11314Remember that old versions
11315of the @code{patch} program can't handle the unidiff
11316format, so if you plan to post this patch to the net
11317you should probably not use @samp{-u}.
11318
11319@item -V @var{vn}
11320Expand keywords according to the rules current in
11321@sc{rcs} version @var{vn} (the expansion format changed with
11322@sc{rcs} version 5).  Note that this option is no
11323longer accepted.  @sc{cvs} will always expand keywords the
11324way that @sc{rcs} version 5 does.
11325@end table
11326
11327@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11328@node rdiff examples
11329@appendixsubsec rdiff examples
11330
11331Suppose you receive mail from @t{foo@@example.net} asking for an
11332update from release 1.2 to 1.4 of the tc compiler.  You
11333have no such patches on hand, but with @sc{cvs} that can
11334easily be fixed with a command such as this:
11335
11336@example
11337$ cvs rdiff -c -r FOO1_2 -r FOO1_4 tc | \
11338$$ Mail -s 'The patches you asked for' foo@@example.net
11339@end example
11340
11341Suppose you have made release 1.3, and forked a branch
11342called @samp{R_1_3fix} for bug fixes.  @samp{R_1_3_1}
11343corresponds to release 1.3.1, which was made some time
11344ago.  Now, you want to see how much development has been
11345done on the branch.  This command can be used:
11346
11347@example
11348$ cvs patch -s -r R_1_3_1 -r R_1_3fix module-name
11349cvs rdiff: Diffing module-name
11350File ChangeLog,v changed from revision 1.52.2.5 to 1.52.2.6
11351File foo.c,v changed from revision 1.52.2.3 to 1.52.2.4
11352File bar.h,v changed from revision 1.29.2.1 to 1.2
11353@end example
11354
11355@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11356@node release
11357@appendixsec release---Indicate that a Module is no longer in use
11358@cindex release (subcommand)
11359
11360@itemize @bullet
11361@item
11362release [-d] directories@dots{}
11363@item
11364Requires: Working directory.
11365@item
11366Changes: Working directory, history log.
11367@end itemize
11368
11369This command is meant to safely cancel the effect of
11370@samp{cvs checkout}.  Since @sc{cvs} doesn't lock files, it
11371isn't strictly necessary to use this command.  You can
11372always simply delete your working directory, if you
11373like; but you risk losing changes you may have
11374forgotten, and you leave no trace in the @sc{cvs} history
11375file (@pxref{history file}) that you've abandoned your
11376checkout.
11377
11378Use @samp{cvs release} to avoid these problems.  This
11379command checks that no uncommitted changes are
11380present; that you are executing it from immediately
11381above a @sc{cvs} working directory; and that the repository
11382recorded for your files is the same as the repository
11383defined in the module database.
11384
11385If all these conditions are true, @samp{cvs release}
11386leaves a record of its execution (attesting to your
11387intentionally abandoning your checkout) in the @sc{cvs}
11388history log.
11389
11390@menu
11391* release options::             release options
11392* release output::              release output
11393* release examples::            release examples
11394@end menu
11395
11396@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11397@node release options
11398@appendixsubsec release options
11399
11400The @code{release} command supports one command option:
11401
11402@table @code
11403@item -d
11404Delete your working copy of the file if the release
11405succeeds.  If this flag is not given your files will
11406remain in your working directory.
11407
11408@strong{WARNING:  The @code{release} command deletes
11409all directories and files recursively.  This
11410has the very serious side-effect that any directory
11411that you have created inside your checked-out sources,
11412and not added to the repository (using the @code{add}
11413command; @pxref{Adding files}) will be silently deleted---even
11414if it is non-empty!}
11415@end table
11416
11417@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11418@node release output
11419@appendixsubsec release output
11420
11421Before @code{release} releases your sources it will
11422print a one-line message for any file that is not
11423up-to-date.
11424
11425@table @code
11426@item U @var{file}
11427@itemx P @var{file}
11428There exists a newer revision of this file in the
11429repository, and you have not modified your local copy
11430of the file (@samp{U} and @samp{P} mean the same thing).
11431
11432@item A @var{file}
11433The file has been added to your private copy of the
11434sources, but has not yet been committed to the
11435repository.  If you delete your copy of the sources
11436this file will be lost.
11437
11438@item R @var{file}
11439The file has been removed from your private copy of the
11440sources, but has not yet been removed from the
11441repository, since you have not yet committed the
11442removal.  @xref{commit}.
11443
11444@item M @var{file}
11445The file is modified in your working directory.  There
11446might also be a newer revision inside the repository.
11447
11448@item ? @var{file}
11449@var{file} is in your working directory, but does not
11450correspond to anything in the source repository, and is
11451not in the list of files for @sc{cvs} to ignore (see the
11452description of the @samp{-I} option, and
11453@pxref{cvsignore}).  If you remove your working
11454sources, this file will be lost.
11455@end table
11456
11457@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11458@node release examples
11459@appendixsubsec release examples
11460
11461Release the @file{tc} directory, and delete your local working copy
11462of the files.
11463
11464@example
11465$ cd ..         # @r{You must stand immediately above the}
11466                # @r{sources when you issue @samp{cvs release}.}
11467$ cvs release -d tc
11468You have [0] altered files in this repository.
11469Are you sure you want to release (and delete) directory `tc': y
11470$
11471@end example
11472
11473@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11474@node remove
11475@appendixsec remove---Remove files from active use
11476@cindex remove (subcommand)
11477
11478@itemize @bullet
11479@item
11480Synopsis: remove [-flR] [files...]
11481@item
11482Requires: repository, working directory.
11483@item
11484Changes: working directory.
11485@end itemize
11486
11487The @code{remove} command is used to remove unwanted
11488files from active use.  The user normally deletes the
11489files from the working directory prior to invocation
11490of the @code{remove} command.  Only the working
11491directory is updated.  Changes to the repository are
11492not made until the @code{commit} command is run.
11493
11494The @code{remove} command does not delete files from
11495from the repository.  @sc{cvs} keeps all historical
11496data in the repository so that it is possible to
11497reconstruct previous states of the projects under
11498revision control.
11499
11500To undo @sc{cvs} @code{remove} or to resurrect files
11501that were previously removed, @xref{add}.
11502
11503@menu
11504* remove options::             remove options
11505* remove examples::            remove examples
11506@end menu
11507
11508@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11509@node remove options
11510@appendixsubsec remove options
11511
11512These standard options are supported by @code{remove}
11513(@pxref{Common options} for a complete description of
11514them):
11515
11516@table @code
11517@item -l
11518Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
11519
11520@item -R
11521Process directories recursively.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
11522
11523@end table
11524
11525In addition, these options are also supported:
11526
11527@table @code
11528@item -f
11529Note that this is not the standard behavior of
11530the @samp{-f} option as defined in @ref{Common options}.
11531
11532Delete files before removing them.
11533
11534Entire directory hierarchies are easily removed
11535using @samp{-f}, but take note that it is not as
11536easy to resurrect directory hierarchies as it is
11537to remove them.
11538
11539@end table
11540
11541@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11542@node remove examples
11543@appendixsubsec remove examples
11544
11545@appendixsubsubsec Removing a file
11546
11547@example
11548$ cvs remove remove.me
11549cvs remove: file `remove.me' still in working directory
11550cvs remove: 1 file exists; remove it first
11551$ rm -f remove.me
11552$ cvs remove remove.me
11553cvs remove: scheduling `remove.me' for removal
11554cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
11555
11556$ ls remove.it
11557remove.it
11558$ cvs remove -f remove.it
11559cvs remove: scheduling `remove.it' for removal
11560cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
11561@end example
11562
11563@appendixsubsubsec Removing entire directories
11564@example
11565$ tree -d a
11566a
11567|-- CVS
11568`-- b
11569    `-- CVS
11570
115713 directories
11572$ cvs remove -f a
11573cvs remove: Removing a
11574cvs remove: Removing a/b
11575cvs remove: scheduling `a/b/c' for removal
11576cvs remove: use 'cvs commit' to remove this file permanently
11577@end example
11578
11579@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11580@node server & pserver
11581@appendixsec server & pserver---Act as a server for a client on stdin/stdout
11582@cindex pserver (subcommand)
11583@cindex server (subcommand)
11584
11585@itemize @bullet
11586@item
11587pserver [-c path]
11588
11589server [-c path]
11590@item
11591Requires: repository, client conversation on stdin/stdout
11592@item
11593Changes: Repository or, indirectly, client working directory.
11594@end itemize
11595
11596The @sc{cvs} @code{server} and @code{pserver} commands are used to provide
11597repository access to remote clients and expect a client conversation on
11598stdin & stdout.  Typically these commands are launched from @code{inetd} or
11599via @code{ssh} (@pxref{Remote repositories}).
11600
11601@code{server} expects that the client has already been authenticated somehow,
11602typically via @sc{ssh}, and @code{pserver} attempts to authenticate the client
11603itself.
11604
11605Only one option is available with the @code{server} and @code{pserver}
11606commands:
11607
11608@cindex configuration file
11609@table @code
11610@item -c path
11611Load configuration from @var{path} rather than the default location 
11612@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/config} (@pxref{config}).  @var{path} must be
11613@file{/etc/cvs.conf} or prefixed by @file{/etc/cvs/}.  This option is
11614supported beginning with @sc{cvs} release 1.12.13.
11615@end table
11616
11617@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
11618@node update
11619@appendixsec update---Bring work tree in sync with repository
11620@cindex update (subcommand)
11621
11622@itemize @bullet
11623@item
11624update [-ACdflPpRt] [-I name] [-j rev [-j rev]] [-k kflag] [-r tag[:date] | -D date] [-W spec] files@dots{}
11625@item
11626Requires: repository, working directory.
11627@item
11628Changes: working directory.
11629@end itemize
11630
11631After you've run @code{checkout} to create your private copy
11632of source from the common repository, other developers
11633will continue changing the central source.  From time
11634to time, when it is convenient in your development
11635process, you can use the @code{update} command from
11636within your working directory to reconcile your work
11637with any revisions applied to the source repository
11638since your last checkout or update.  Without the @code{-C}
11639option, @code{update} will also merge any differences
11640between the local copy of files and their base revisions
11641into any destination revisions specified with @code{-r},
11642@code{-D}, or @code{-A}.
11643
11644@menu
11645* update options::              update options
11646* update output::               update output
11647@end menu
11648
11649@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11650@node update options
11651@appendixsubsec update options
11652
11653These standard options are available with @code{update}
11654(@pxref{Common options}, for a complete description of
11655them):
11656
11657@table @code
11658@item -D date
11659Use the most recent revision no later than @var{date}.
11660This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
11661See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
11662
11663@item -f
11664Only useful with the @samp{-D} or @samp{-r} flags.  If no matching revision
11665is found, retrieve the most recent revision (instead of ignoring the file).
11666
11667@item -k @var{kflag}
11668Process keywords according to @var{kflag}.  See
11669@ref{Keyword substitution}.
11670This option is sticky; future updates of
11671this file in this working directory will use the same
11672@var{kflag}.  The @code{status} command can be viewed
11673to see the sticky options.  See @ref{Invoking CVS}, for
11674more information on the @code{status} command.
11675
11676@item -l
11677Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
11678
11679@item -P
11680Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
11681
11682@item -p
11683Pipe files to the standard output.
11684
11685@item -R
11686Update directories recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
11687behavior}.
11688
11689@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
11690Retrieve the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
11691and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
11692existed on @var{date}.  This option is sticky, and implies @samp{-P}.
11693See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates. Also
11694see @ref{Common options}.
11695
11696@item -t
11697Preserve source timestamps.  Unlike @code{checkout}, where files are created
11698using the original timestamp of the file in the repository, @code{update}
11699updates files using the current time of the machine.  This is convenient
11700because updated files appear newer than any other files on the system so
11701@code{make(1)} knows that their corresponding built artifacts are out of date
11702and they will get rebuilt.  The @samp{-t} flag instead preserves the timestamps
11703of the original repository files, behaving exactly like @code{checkout}.
11704This is useful for maintaining a tree in the original checked-out state.
11705@end table
11706
11707@need 800
11708These special options are also available with
11709@code{update}.
11710
11711@table @code
11712@item -A
11713Reset any sticky tags, dates, or @samp{-k} options.
11714See @ref{Sticky tags}, for more information on sticky tags/dates.
11715
11716@item -C
11717Overwrite locally modified files with clean copies from
11718the repository (the modified file is saved in
11719@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}}, however).
11720
11721@item -d
11722Create any directories that exist in the repository if
11723they're missing from the working directory.  Normally,
11724@code{update} acts only on directories and files that
11725were already enrolled in your working directory.
11726
11727This is useful for updating directories that were
11728created in the repository since the initial checkout;
11729but it has an unfortunate side effect.  If you
11730deliberately avoided certain directories in the
11731repository when you created your working directory
11732(either through use of a module name or by listing
11733explicitly the files and directories you wanted on the
11734command line), then updating with @samp{-d} will create
11735those directories, which may not be what you want.
11736
11737@item -I @var{name}
11738Ignore files whose names match @var{name} (in your
11739working directory) during the update.  You can specify
11740@samp{-I} more than once on the command line to specify
11741several files to ignore.  Use @samp{-I !} to avoid
11742ignoring any files at all.  @xref{cvsignore}, for other
11743ways to make @sc{cvs} ignore some files.
11744
11745@item -W@var{spec}
11746Specify file names that should be filtered during
11747update.  You can use this option repeatedly.
11748
11749@var{spec} can be a file name pattern of the same type
11750that you can specify in the @file{.cvswrappers}
11751file. @xref{Wrappers}.
11752
11753@item -j@var{revision}
11754With two @samp{-j} options, merge changes from the
11755revision specified with the first @samp{-j} option to
11756the revision specified with the second @samp{j} option,
11757into the working directory.
11758
11759With one @samp{-j} option, merge changes from the
11760ancestor revision to the revision specified with the
11761@samp{-j} option, into the working directory.  The
11762ancestor revision is the common ancestor of the
11763revision which the working directory is based on, and
11764the revision specified in the @samp{-j} option.
11765
11766Note that using a single @samp{-j @var{tagname}} option rather than
11767@samp{-j @var{branchname}} to merge changes from a branch will
11768often not remove files which were removed on the branch.
11769@xref{Merging adds and removals}, for more.
11770
11771In addition, each @samp{-j} option can contain an optional
11772date specification which, when used with branches, can
11773limit the chosen revision to one within a specific
11774date.  An optional date is specified by adding a colon
11775(:) to the tag:
11776@samp{-j@var{Symbolic_Tag}:@var{Date_Specifier}}.
11777
11778@xref{Branching and merging}.
11779
11780@end table
11781
11782@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11783@node update output
11784@appendixsubsec update output
11785
11786@code{update} and @code{checkout} keep you informed of
11787their progress by printing a line for each file, preceded
11788by one character indicating the status of the file:
11789
11790@table @code
11791@item U @var{file}
11792The file was brought up to date with respect to the
11793repository.  This is done for any file that exists in
11794the repository but not in your working directory, and for files
11795that you haven't changed but are not the most recent
11796versions available in the repository.
11797
11798@item P @var{file}
11799Like @samp{U}, but the @sc{cvs} server sends a patch instead of an entire
11800file.  This accomplishes the same thing as @samp{U} using less bandwidth.
11801
11802@item A @var{file}
11803The file has been added to your private copy of the
11804sources, and will be added to the source repository
11805when you run @code{commit} on the file.  This is a
11806reminder to you that the file needs to be committed.
11807
11808@item R @var{file}
11809The file has been removed from your private copy of the
11810sources, and will be removed from the source repository
11811when you run @code{commit} on the file.  This is a
11812reminder to you that the file needs to be committed.
11813
11814@item M @var{file}
11815The file is modified in  your  working  directory.
11816
11817@samp{M} can indicate one of two states for a file
11818you're working on: either there were no modifications
11819to the same file in the repository, so that your file
11820remains as you last saw it; or there were modifications
11821in the repository as well as in your copy, but they
11822were merged successfully, without conflict, in your
11823working directory.
11824
11825@sc{cvs} will print some messages if it merges your work,
11826and a backup copy of your working file (as it looked
11827before you ran @code{update}) will be made.  The exact
11828name of that file is printed while @code{update} runs.
11829
11830@item C @var{file}
11831@cindex .# files
11832@cindex __ files (VMS)
11833A conflict was detected while trying to merge your
11834changes to @var{file} with changes from the source
11835repository.  @var{file} (the copy in your working
11836directory) is now the result of attempting to merge
11837the two revisions; an unmodified copy of your file
11838is also in your working directory, with the name
11839@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}} where @var{revision}
11840is the revision that your modified file started
11841from.  Resolve the conflict as described in
11842@ref{Conflicts example}.
11843@c "some systems" as in out-of-the-box OSes?  Not as
11844@c far as I know.  We need to advise sysadmins as well
11845@c as users how to set up this kind of purge, if that is
11846@c what they want.
11847@c We also might want to think about cleaner solutions,
11848@c like having CVS remove the .# file once the conflict
11849@c has been resolved or something like that.
11850(Note that some systems automatically purge
11851files that begin with @file{.#} if they have not been
11852accessed for a few days.  If you intend to keep a copy
11853of your original file, it is a very good idea to rename
11854it.)  Under @sc{vms}, the file name starts with
11855@file{__} rather than @file{.#}.
11856
11857@item ? @var{file}
11858@var{file} is in your working directory, but does not
11859correspond to anything in the source repository, and is
11860not in the list of files for @sc{cvs} to ignore (see the
11861description of the @samp{-I} option, and
11862@pxref{cvsignore}).
11863@end table
11864
11865@c ----- END MAN 1 -----
11866@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
11867@node Invoking CVS
11868@appendix Quick reference to CVS commands
11869@cindex Command reference
11870@cindex Reference, commands
11871@cindex Invoking CVS
11872
11873This appendix describes how to invoke @sc{cvs}, with
11874references to where each command or feature is
11875described in detail.  For other references run the
11876@code{cvs --help} command, or see @ref{Index}.
11877
11878A @sc{cvs} command looks like:
11879
11880@example
11881cvs [ @var{global_options} ] @var{command} [ @var{command_options} ] [ @var{command_args} ]
11882@end example
11883
11884Global options:
11885
11886@table @code
11887@item --allow-root=@var{rootdir}
11888Specify legal @sc{cvsroot} directory (server only) (not
11889in @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older).  See @ref{Password
11890authentication server}.
11891
11892@item -a
11893Authenticate all communication (client only) (not in @sc{cvs}
118941.9 and older).  See @ref{Global options}.
11895
11896@item -b
11897Specify RCS location (@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older).  See
11898@ref{Global options}.
11899
11900@item -d @var{root}
11901Specify the @sc{cvsroot}.  See @ref{Repository}.
11902
11903@item -e @var{editor}
11904Edit messages with @var{editor}.  See @ref{Committing
11905your changes}.
11906
11907@item -f
11908Do not read the @file{~/.cvsrc} file.  See @ref{Global
11909options}.
11910
11911@item -H
11912@itemx --help
11913Print a help message.  See @ref{Global options}.
11914
11915@item -n
11916Do not change any files.  See @ref{Global options}.
11917
11918@item -Q
11919Be really quiet.  See @ref{Global options}.
11920
11921@item -q
11922Be somewhat quiet.  See @ref{Global options}.
11923
11924@item -r
11925Make new working files read-only.  See @ref{Global options}.
11926
11927@item -s @var{variable}=@var{value}
11928Set a user variable.  See @ref{Variables}.
11929
11930@item -T @var{tempdir}
11931Put temporary files in @var{tempdir}.  See @ref{Global
11932options}.
11933
11934@item -t
11935Trace @sc{cvs} execution.  See @ref{Global options}.
11936
11937@item -v
11938@item --version
11939Display version and copyright information for @sc{cvs}.
11940
11941@item -w
11942Make new working files read-write.  See @ref{Global
11943options}.
11944
11945@item -x
11946Encrypt all communication (client only).
11947See @ref{Global options}.
11948
11949@item -z @var{gzip-level}
11950@cindex Compression
11951@cindex Gzip
11952Set the compression level (client only).
11953See @ref{Global options}.
11954@end table
11955
11956Keyword expansion modes (@pxref{Substitution modes}):
11957
11958@example
11959-kkv  $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp $
11960-kkvl $@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11961-kk   $@splitrcskeyword{Id}$
11962-kv   file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp
11963-ko   @i{no expansion}
11964-kb   @i{no expansion, file is binary}
11965@end example
11966
11967Keywords (@pxref{Keyword list}):
11968
11969@example
11970$@splitrcskeyword{Author}: joe $
11971$@splitrcskeyword{Date}: 1993/12/09 03:21:13 $
11972$@splitrcskeyword{CVSHeader}: files/file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11973$@splitrcskeyword{Header}: /home/files/file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11974$@splitrcskeyword{Id}: file1,v 1.1 1993/12/09 03:21:13 joe Exp harry $
11975$@splitrcskeyword{Locker}: harry $
11976$@splitrcskeyword{Name}: snapshot_1_14 $
11977$@splitrcskeyword{RCSfile}: file1,v $
11978$@splitrcskeyword{Revision}: 1.1 $
11979$@splitrcskeyword{Source}: /home/files/file1,v $
11980$@splitrcskeyword{State}: Exp $
11981$@splitrcskeyword{Log}: file1,v $
11982Revision 1.1  1993/12/09 03:30:17  joe
11983Initial revision
11984
11985@end example
11986
11987@c The idea behind this table is that we want each item
11988@c to be a sentence or two at most.  Preferably a
11989@c single line.
11990@c
11991@c In some cases refs to "foo options" are just to get
11992@c this thing written quickly, not because the "foo
11993@c options" node is really the best place to point.
11994Commands, command options, and command arguments:
11995
11996@table @code
11997@c ------------------------------------------------------------
11998@item add [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
11999Add a new file/directory.  See @ref{Adding files}.
12000
12001@table @code
12002@item -k @var{kflag}
12003Set keyword expansion.
12004
12005@item -m @var{msg}
12006Set file description.
12007@end table
12008
12009@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12010@item admin [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12011Administration of history files in the repository.  See
12012@ref{admin}.
12013@c This list omits those options which are not
12014@c documented as being useful with CVS.  That might be
12015@c a mistake...
12016
12017@table @code
12018@item -b[@var{rev}]
12019Set default branch.  See @ref{Reverting local changes}.
12020
12021@item -c@var{string}
12022Set comment leader.
12023
12024@item -k@var{subst}
12025Set keyword substitution.  See @ref{Keyword
12026substitution}.
12027
12028@item -l[@var{rev}]
12029Lock revision @var{rev}, or latest revision.
12030
12031@item -m@var{rev}:@var{msg}
12032Replace the log message of revision @var{rev} with
12033@var{msg}.
12034
12035@item -o@var{range}
12036Delete revisions from the repository.  See
12037@ref{admin options}.
12038
12039@item -q
12040Run quietly; do not print diagnostics.
12041
12042@item -s@var{state}[:@var{rev}]
12043Set the state.  See @ref{admin options} for more information on possible
12044states.
12045
12046@c Does not work for client/server CVS
12047@item -t
12048Set file description from standard input.
12049
12050@item -t@var{file}
12051Set file description from @var{file}.
12052
12053@item -t-@var{string}
12054Set file description to @var{string}.
12055
12056@item -u[@var{rev}]
12057Unlock revision @var{rev}, or latest revision.
12058@end table
12059
12060@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12061@item annotate [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12062Show last revision where each line was modified.  See
12063@ref{annotate}.
12064
12065@table @code
12066@item -D @var{date}
12067Annotate the most recent revision no later than
12068@var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12069
12070@item -F
12071Force annotation of binary files.  (Without this option,
12072binary files are skipped with a message.)
12073
12074@item -f
12075Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12076@ref{Common options}.
12077
12078@item -l
12079Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12080
12081@item -R
12082Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12083behavior}.
12084
12085@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12086Annotate revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12087and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12088existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12089@end table
12090
12091@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12092@item checkout [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12093Get a copy of the sources.  See @ref{checkout}.
12094
12095@table @code
12096@item -A
12097Reset any sticky tags/date/options.  See @ref{Sticky
12098tags} and @ref{Keyword substitution}.
12099
12100@item -c
12101Output the module database.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12102
12103@item -D @var{date}
12104Check out revisions as of @var{date} (is sticky).  See
12105@ref{Common options}.
12106
12107@item -d @var{dir}
12108Check out into @var{dir}.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12109
12110@item -f
12111Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12112@ref{Common options}.
12113
12114@c Probably want to use rev1/rev2 style like for diff
12115@c -r.  Here and in on-line help.
12116@item -j @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12117Merge in the change specified by @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
12118and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12119existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12120
12121@item -k @var{kflag}
12122Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12123@ref{Substitution modes}.
12124
12125@item -l
12126Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12127
12128@item -N
12129Don't ``shorten'' module paths if -d specified.  See
12130@ref{checkout options}.
12131
12132@item -n
12133Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{checkout options}.
12134
12135@item -P
12136Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
12137
12138@item -p
12139Check out files to standard output (avoids
12140stickiness).  See @ref{checkout options}.
12141
12142@item -R
12143Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12144behavior}.
12145
12146@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12147Checkout the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is
12148specified and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12149as it existed on @var{date}.  This .  See @ref{Common options}.
12150
12151@item -s
12152Like -c, but include module status.  See @ref{checkout options}.
12153@end table
12154
12155@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12156@item commit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12157Check changes into the repository.  See @ref{commit}.
12158
12159@table @code
12160@item -c
12161Check for valid edits before committing.  Requires a @sc{cvs} client and server
12162both version 1.12.10 or greater.
12163
12164@item -F @var{file}
12165Read log message from @var{file}.  See @ref{commit options}.
12166
12167@item -f
12168@c What is this "disables recursion"?  It is from the
12169@c on-line help; is it documented in this manual?
12170Force the file to be committed; disables recursion.
12171See @ref{commit options}.
12172
12173@item -l
12174Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12175
12176@item -m @var{msg}
12177Use @var{msg} as log message.  See @ref{commit options}.
12178
12179@item -n
12180Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{commit options}.
12181
12182@item -R
12183Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12184behavior}.
12185
12186@item -r @var{rev}
12187Commit to @var{rev}.  See @ref{commit options}.
12188@c FIXME: should be dragging over text from
12189@c commit options, especially if it can be cleaned up
12190@c and made concise enough.
12191@end table
12192
12193@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12194@item diff [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12195Show differences between revisions.  See @ref{diff}.
12196In addition to the options shown below, accepts a wide
12197variety of options to control output style, for example
12198@samp{-c} for context diffs.
12199
12200@table @code
12201@item -D @var{date1}
12202Diff revision for date against working file.  See
12203@ref{diff options}.
12204
12205@item -D @var{date2}
12206Diff @var{rev1}/@var{date1} against @var{date2}.  See
12207@ref{diff options}.
12208
12209@item -l
12210Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12211
12212@item -N
12213Include diffs for added and removed files.  See
12214@ref{diff options}.
12215
12216@item -R
12217Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12218behavior}.
12219
12220@item -r @var{tag1}[:@var{date1}]
12221Diff the revisions specified by @var{tag1} or, when @var{date1} is specified
12222and @var{tag1} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag1} as it
12223existed on @var{date1}, against the working file.  See @ref{diff options}
12224and @ref{Common options}.
12225
12226@item -r @var{tag2}[:@var{date2}]
12227Diff the revisions specified by @var{tag2} or, when @var{date2} is specified
12228and @var{tag2} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag2} as it
12229existed on @var{date2}, against @var{rev1}/@var{date1}.  See @ref{diff options}
12230and @ref{Common options}.
12231@end table
12232
12233@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12234@item edit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12235Get ready to edit a watched file.  See @ref{Editing files}.
12236
12237@table @code
12238@item -a @var{actions}
12239Specify actions for temporary watch, where
12240@var{actions} is @code{edit}, @code{unedit},
12241@code{commit}, @code{all}, or @code{none}.  See
12242@ref{Editing files}.
12243
12244@item -c
12245Check edits: Edit fails if someone else is already editting the file.
12246Requires a @sc{cvs} client and server both of version 1.12.10 or greater.
12247
12248@item -f
12249Force edit; ignore other edits.  Added in CVS 1.12.10.
12250
12251@item -l
12252Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12253
12254@item -R
12255Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12256behavior}.
12257@end table
12258
12259@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12260@item editors [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12261See who is editing a watched file.  See @ref{Watch information}.
12262
12263@table @code
12264@item -l
12265Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12266
12267@item -R
12268Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12269behavior}.
12270@end table
12271
12272@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12273@item export [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12274Export files from @sc{cvs}.  See @ref{export}.
12275
12276@table @code
12277@item -D @var{date}
12278Check out revisions as of @var{date}.  See
12279@ref{Common options}.
12280
12281@item -d @var{dir}
12282Check out into @var{dir}.  See @ref{export options}.
12283
12284@item -f
12285Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12286@ref{Common options}.
12287
12288@item -k @var{kflag}
12289Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12290@ref{Substitution modes}.
12291
12292@item -l
12293Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12294
12295@item -N
12296Don't ``shorten'' module paths if -d specified.  See
12297@ref{export options}.
12298
12299@item -n
12300Do not run module program (if any).  See @ref{export options}.
12301
12302@item -R
12303Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12304behavior}.
12305
12306@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12307Export the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12308and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12309existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12310@end table
12311
12312@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12313@item history [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12314Show repository access history.  See @ref{history}.
12315
12316@table @code
12317@item -a
12318All users (default is self).  See @ref{history options}.
12319
12320@item -b @var{str}
12321Back to record with @var{str} in module/file/repos
12322field.  See @ref{history options}.
12323
12324@item -c
12325Report on committed (modified) files.  See @ref{history options}.
12326
12327@item -D @var{date}
12328Since @var{date}.  See @ref{history options}.
12329
12330@item -e
12331Report on all record types.  See @ref{history options}.
12332
12333@item -l
12334Last modified (committed or modified report).  See @ref{history options}.
12335
12336@item -m @var{module}
12337Report on @var{module} (repeatable).  See @ref{history options}.
12338
12339@item -n @var{module}
12340In @var{module}.  See @ref{history options}.
12341
12342@item -o
12343Report on checked out modules.  See @ref{history options}.
12344
12345@item -p @var{repository}
12346In @var{repository}.  See @ref{history options}.
12347
12348@item -r @var{rev}
12349Since revision @var{rev}.  See @ref{history options}.
12350
12351@item -T
12352@c What the @#$@# is a TAG?  Same as a tag?  This
12353@c wording is also in the online-line help.
12354Produce report on all TAGs.  See @ref{history options}.
12355
12356@item -t @var{tag}
12357Since tag record placed in history file (by anyone).
12358See @ref{history options}.
12359
12360@item -u @var{user}
12361For user @var{user} (repeatable).  See @ref{history options}.
12362
12363@item -w
12364Working directory must match.  See @ref{history options}.
12365
12366@item -x @var{types}
12367Report on @var{types}, one or more of
12368@code{TOEFWUPCGMAR}.  See @ref{history options}.
12369
12370@item -z @var{zone}
12371Output for time zone @var{zone}.  See @ref{history options}.
12372@end table
12373
12374@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12375@item import [@var{options}] @var{repository} @var{vendor-tag} @var{release-tags}@dots{}
12376Import files into @sc{cvs}, using vendor branches.  See
12377@ref{import}.
12378
12379@table @code
12380@item -b @var{bra}
12381Import to vendor branch @var{bra}.  See
12382@ref{Multiple vendor branches}.
12383
12384@item -d
12385Use the file's modification time as the time of
12386import.  See @ref{import options}.
12387
12388@item -k @var{kflag}
12389Set default keyword substitution mode.  See
12390@ref{import options}.
12391
12392@item -m @var{msg}
12393Use @var{msg} for log message.  See
12394@ref{import options}.
12395
12396@item -I @var{ign}
12397More files to ignore (! to reset).  See
12398@ref{import options}.
12399
12400@item -W @var{spec}
12401More wrappers.  See @ref{import options}.
12402@end table
12403
12404@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12405@item init
12406Create a @sc{cvs} repository if it doesn't exist.  See
12407@ref{Creating a repository}.
12408
12409@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12410@item kserver
12411Kerberos authenticated server.
12412See @ref{Kerberos authenticated}.
12413
12414@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12415@item log [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12416Print out history information for files.  See @ref{log}.
12417
12418@table @code
12419@item -b
12420Only list revisions on the default branch.  See @ref{log options}.
12421
12422@item -d @var{dates}
12423Specify dates (@var{d1}<@var{d2} for range, @var{d} for
12424latest before).  See @ref{log options}.
12425
12426@item -h
12427Only print header.  See @ref{log options}.
12428
12429@item -l
12430Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12431
12432@item -N
12433Do not list tags.  See @ref{log options}.
12434
12435@item -R
12436Only print name of RCS file.  See @ref{log options}.
12437
12438@item -r@var{revs}
12439Only list revisions @var{revs}.  See @ref{log options}.
12440
12441@item -s @var{states}
12442Only list revisions with specified states.  See @ref{log options}.
12443
12444@item -t
12445Only print header and descriptive text.  See @ref{log
12446options}.
12447
12448@item -w@var{logins}
12449Only list revisions checked in by specified logins.  See @ref{log options}.
12450@end table
12451
12452@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12453@item login
12454Prompt for password for authenticating server.  See
12455@ref{Password authentication client}.
12456
12457@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12458@item logout
12459Remove stored password for authenticating server.  See
12460@ref{Password authentication client}.
12461
12462@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12463@item pserver
12464Password authenticated server.
12465See @ref{Password authentication server}.
12466
12467@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12468@item rannotate [@var{options}] [@var{modules}@dots{}]
12469Show last revision where each line was modified.  See
12470@ref{annotate}.
12471
12472@table @code
12473@item -D @var{date}
12474Annotate the most recent revision no later than
12475@var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12476
12477@item -F
12478Force annotation of binary files.  (Without this option,
12479binary files are skipped with a message.)
12480
12481@item -f
12482Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12483@ref{Common options}.
12484
12485@item -l
12486Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12487
12488@item -R
12489Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12490
12491@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12492Annotate the revision specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12493and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12494as it existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12495@end table
12496
12497@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12498@item rdiff [@var{options}] @var{modules}@dots{}
12499Show differences between releases.  See @ref{rdiff}.
12500
12501@table @code
12502@item -c
12503Context diff output format (default).  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12504
12505@item -D @var{date}
12506Select revisions based on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12507
12508@item -f
12509Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12510@ref{Common options}.
12511
12512@item -l
12513Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12514
12515@item -R
12516Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12517behavior}.
12518
12519@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12520Select the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12521and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12522existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{diff options} and @ref{Common options}.
12523
12524@item -s
12525Short patch - one liner per file.  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12526
12527@item -t
12528Top two diffs - last change made to the file.  See
12529@ref{diff options}.
12530
12531@item -u
12532Unidiff output format.  See @ref{rdiff options}.
12533
12534@item -V @var{vers}
12535Use RCS Version @var{vers} for keyword expansion (obsolete).  See
12536@ref{rdiff options}.
12537@end table
12538
12539@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12540@item release [@var{options}] @var{directory}
12541Indicate that a directory is no longer in use.  See
12542@ref{release}.
12543
12544@table @code
12545@item -d
12546Delete the given directory.  See @ref{release options}.
12547@end table
12548
12549@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12550@item remove [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12551Remove an entry from the repository.  See @ref{Removing files}.
12552
12553@table @code
12554@item -f
12555Delete the file before removing it.  See @ref{Removing files}.
12556
12557@item -l
12558Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12559
12560@item -R
12561Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12562behavior}.
12563@end table
12564
12565@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12566@item rlog [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12567Print out history information for modules.  See @ref{log}.
12568
12569@table @code
12570@item -b
12571Only list revisions on the default branch.  See @ref{log options}.
12572
12573@item -d @var{dates}
12574Specify dates (@var{d1}<@var{d2} for range, @var{d} for
12575latest before).  See @ref{log options}.
12576
12577@item -h
12578Only print header.  See @ref{log options}.
12579
12580@item -l
12581Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12582
12583@item -N
12584Do not list tags.  See @ref{log options}.
12585
12586@item -R
12587Only print name of RCS file.  See @ref{log options}.
12588
12589@item -r@var{revs}
12590Only list revisions @var{revs}.  See @ref{log options}.
12591
12592@item -s @var{states}
12593Only list revisions with specified states.  See @ref{log options}.
12594
12595@item -t
12596Only print header and descriptive text.  See @ref{log options}.
12597
12598@item -w@var{logins}
12599Only list revisions checked in by specified logins.  See @ref{log options}.
12600@end table
12601
12602@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12603@item rtag [@var{options}] @var{tag} @var{modules}@dots{}
12604Add a symbolic tag to a module.
12605See @ref{Revisions} and @ref{Branching and merging}.
12606
12607@table @code
12608@item -a
12609Clear tag from removed files that would not otherwise
12610be tagged.  See @ref{Tagging add/remove}.
12611
12612@item -b
12613Create a branch named @var{tag}.  See @ref{Branching and merging}.
12614
12615@item -B
12616Used in conjunction with -F or -d, enables movement and deletion of
12617branch tags.  Use with extreme caution. 
12618
12619@item -D @var{date}
12620Tag revisions as of @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12621
12622@item -d
12623Delete @var{tag}.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12624
12625@item -F
12626Move @var{tag} if it already exists.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12627
12628@item -f
12629Force a head revision match if tag/date not found.
12630See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12631
12632@item -l
12633Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12634
12635@item -n
12636No execution of tag program.  See @ref{Common options}.
12637
12638@item -R
12639Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12640behavior}.
12641
12642@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12643Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12644and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12645existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag} and @ref{Common options}.
12646@end table
12647
12648@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12649@item server
12650Rsh server.  See @ref{Connecting via rsh}.
12651
12652@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12653@item status [@var{options}] @var{files}@dots{}
12654Display status information in a working directory.  See
12655@ref{File status}.
12656
12657@table @code
12658@item -l
12659Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12660
12661@item -R
12662Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12663
12664@item -v
12665Include tag information for file.  See @ref{Tags}.
12666@end table
12667
12668@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12669@item tag [@var{options}] @var{tag} [@var{files}@dots{}]
12670Add a symbolic tag to checked out version of files.
12671See @ref{Revisions} and @ref{Branching and merging}.
12672
12673@table @code
12674@item -b
12675Create a branch named @var{tag}.  See @ref{Branching and merging}.
12676
12677@item -c
12678Check that working files are unmodified.  See
12679@ref{Tagging the working directory}.
12680
12681@item -D @var{date}
12682Tag revisions as of @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12683
12684@item -d
12685Delete @var{tag}.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12686
12687@item -F
12688Move @var{tag} if it already exists.  See @ref{Modifying tags}.
12689
12690@item -f
12691Force a head revision match if tag/date not found.
12692See @ref{Tagging by date/tag}.
12693
12694@item -l
12695Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12696
12697@item -R
12698Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12699
12700@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12701Tag the revision already tagged with @var{tag}, or when @var{date} is specified
12702and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12703existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Tagging by date/tag} and @ref{Common options}.
12704@end table
12705
12706@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12707@item unedit [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12708Undo an edit command.  See @ref{Editing files}.
12709
12710@table @code
12711@item -l
12712Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12713
12714@item -R
12715Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12716@end table
12717
12718@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12719@item update [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12720Bring work tree in sync with repository.  See
12721@ref{update}.
12722
12723@table @code
12724@item -A
12725Reset any sticky tags/date/options.  See @ref{Sticky
12726tags} and @ref{Keyword substitution}.
12727
12728@item -C
12729Overwrite locally modified files with clean copies from
12730the repository (the modified file is saved in
12731@file{.#@var{file}.@var{revision}}, however).
12732
12733@item -D @var{date}
12734Check out revisions as of @var{date} (is sticky).  See
12735@ref{Common options}.
12736
12737@item -d
12738Create directories.  See @ref{update options}.
12739
12740@item -f
12741Use head revision if tag/date not found.  See
12742@ref{Common options}.
12743
12744@item -I @var{ign}
12745More files to ignore (! to reset).  See
12746@ref{import options}.
12747
12748@c Probably want to use rev1/rev2 style like for diff
12749@c -r.  Here and in on-line help.
12750@item -j @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12751Merge in changes from revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is
12752specified and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag}
12753as it existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{update options}.
12754
12755@item -k @var{kflag}
12756Use @var{kflag} keyword expansion.  See
12757@ref{Substitution modes}.
12758
12759@item -l
12760Local; run only in current working directory.  @xref{Recursive behavior}.
12761
12762@item -P
12763Prune empty directories.  See @ref{Moving directories}.
12764
12765@item -p
12766Check out files to standard output (avoids
12767stickiness).  See @ref{update options}.
12768
12769@item -R
12770Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12771behavior}.
12772
12773@item -r @var{tag}[:@var{date}]
12774Checkout the revisions specified by @var{tag} or, when @var{date} is specified
12775and @var{tag} is a branch tag, the version from the branch @var{tag} as it
12776existed on @var{date}.  See @ref{Common options}.
12777
12778@item -W @var{spec}
12779More wrappers.  See @ref{import options}.
12780@end table
12781
12782@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12783@item version
12784@cindex version (subcommand)
12785
12786Display the version of @sc{cvs} being used.  If the repository
12787is remote, display both the client and server versions.
12788
12789@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12790@item watch [on|off|add|remove] [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12791
12792on/off: turn on/off read-only checkouts of files.  See
12793@ref{Setting a watch}.
12794
12795add/remove: add or remove notification on actions.  See
12796@ref{Getting Notified}.
12797
12798@table @code
12799@item -a @var{actions}
12800Specify actions for temporary watch, where
12801@var{actions} is @code{edit}, @code{unedit},
12802@code{commit}, @code{all}, or @code{none}.  See
12803@ref{Editing files}.
12804
12805@item -l
12806Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12807
12808@item -R
12809Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12810behavior}.
12811@end table
12812
12813@c ------------------------------------------------------------
12814@item watchers [@var{options}] [@var{files}@dots{}]
12815See who is watching a file.  See @ref{Watch information}.
12816
12817@table @code
12818@item -l
12819Local; run only in current working directory.  See @ref{Recursive behavior}.
12820
12821@item -R
12822Operate recursively (default).  @xref{Recursive
12823behavior}.
12824@end table
12825
12826@end table
12827
12828@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
12829@node Administrative files
12830@appendix Reference manual for Administrative files
12831@cindex Administrative files (reference)
12832@cindex Files, reference manual
12833@cindex Reference manual (files)
12834@cindex CVSROOT (file)
12835
12836Inside the repository, in the directory
12837@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT}, there are a number of
12838supportive files for @sc{cvs}.  You can use @sc{cvs} in a limited
12839fashion without any of them, but if they are set up
12840properly they can help make life easier.  For a
12841discussion of how to edit them, see @ref{Intro
12842administrative files}.
12843
12844The most important of these files is the @file{modules}
12845file, which defines the modules inside the repository.
12846
12847@menu
12848* modules::                     Defining modules
12849* Wrappers::                    Specify binary-ness based on file name
12850* Trigger Scripts::		Launch scripts in response to server events
12851* rcsinfo::                     Templates for the log messages
12852* cvsignore::                   Ignoring files via cvsignore
12853* checkoutlist::                Adding your own administrative files
12854* history file::                History information
12855* Variables::                   Various variables are expanded
12856* config::                      Miscellaneous CVS configuration
12857@end menu
12858
12859@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
12860@node modules
12861@appendixsec The modules file
12862@cindex Modules (admin file)
12863@cindex Defining modules (reference manual)
12864
12865The @file{modules} file records your definitions of
12866names for collections of source code.  @sc{cvs} will
12867use these definitions if you use @sc{cvs} to update the
12868modules file (use normal commands like @code{add},
12869@code{commit}, etc).
12870
12871The @file{modules} file may contain blank lines and
12872comments (lines beginning with @samp{#}) as well as
12873module definitions.  Long lines can be continued on the
12874next line by specifying a backslash (@samp{\}) as the
12875last character on the line.
12876
12877There are three basic types of modules: alias modules,
12878regular modules, and ampersand modules.  The difference
12879between them is the way that they map files in the
12880repository to files in the working directory.  In all
12881of the following examples, the top-level repository
12882contains a directory called @file{first-dir}, which
12883contains two files, @file{file1} and @file{file2}, and a
12884directory @file{sdir}.  @file{first-dir/sdir} contains
12885a file @file{sfile}.
12886
12887@c FIXME: should test all the examples in this section.
12888
12889@menu
12890* Alias modules::             The simplest kind of module
12891* Regular modules::
12892* Ampersand modules::
12893* Excluding directories::     Excluding directories from a module
12894* Module options::            Regular and ampersand modules can take options
12895* Module program options::    How the modules ``program options'' programs
12896                              are run. 
12897@end menu
12898
12899@node Alias modules
12900@appendixsubsec Alias modules
12901@cindex Alias modules
12902@cindex -a, in modules file
12903
12904Alias modules are the simplest kind of module:
12905
12906@table @code
12907@item @var{mname} -a @var{aliases}@dots{}
12908This represents the simplest way of defining a module
12909@var{mname}.  The @samp{-a} flags the definition as a
12910simple alias: @sc{cvs} will treat any use of @var{mname} (as
12911a command argument) as if the list of names
12912@var{aliases} had been specified instead.
12913@var{aliases} may contain either other module names or
12914paths.  When you use paths in aliases, @code{checkout}
12915creates all intermediate directories in the working
12916directory, just as if the path had been specified
12917explicitly in the @sc{cvs} arguments.
12918@end table
12919
12920For example, if the modules file contains:
12921
12922@example
12923amodule -a first-dir
12924@end example
12925
12926@noindent
12927then the following two commands are equivalent:
12928
12929@example
12930$ cvs co amodule
12931$ cvs co first-dir
12932@end example
12933
12934@noindent
12935and they each would provide output such as:
12936
12937@example
12938cvs checkout: Updating first-dir
12939U first-dir/file1
12940U first-dir/file2
12941cvs checkout: Updating first-dir/sdir
12942U first-dir/sdir/sfile
12943@end example
12944
12945@node Regular modules
12946@appendixsubsec Regular modules
12947@cindex Regular modules
12948
12949@table @code
12950@item @var{mname} [ options ] @var{dir} [ @var{files}@dots{} ]
12951In the simplest case, this form of module definition
12952reduces to @samp{@var{mname} @var{dir}}.  This defines
12953all the files in directory @var{dir} as module mname.
12954@var{dir} is a relative path (from @code{$CVSROOT}) to a
12955directory of source in the source repository.  In this
12956case, on checkout, a single directory called
12957@var{mname} is created as a working directory; no
12958intermediate directory levels are used by default, even
12959if @var{dir} was a path involving several directory
12960levels.
12961@end table
12962
12963For example, if a module is defined by:
12964
12965@example
12966regmodule first-dir
12967@end example
12968
12969@noindent
12970then regmodule will contain the files from first-dir:
12971
12972@example
12973$ cvs co regmodule
12974cvs checkout: Updating regmodule
12975U regmodule/file1
12976U regmodule/file2
12977cvs checkout: Updating regmodule/sdir
12978U regmodule/sdir/sfile
12979$
12980@end example
12981
12982By explicitly specifying files in the module definition
12983after @var{dir}, you can select particular files from
12984directory @var{dir}.  Here is
12985an example:
12986
12987@example
12988regfiles first-dir/sdir sfile
12989@end example
12990
12991@noindent
12992With this definition, getting the regfiles module
12993will create a single working directory
12994@file{regfiles} containing the file listed, which
12995comes from a directory deeper
12996in the @sc{cvs} source repository:
12997
12998@example
12999$ cvs co regfiles
13000U regfiles/sfile
13001$
13002@end example
13003
13004@node Ampersand modules
13005@appendixsubsec Ampersand modules
13006@cindex Ampersand modules
13007@cindex &, in modules file
13008
13009A module definition can refer to other modules by
13010including @samp{&@var{module}} in its definition.
13011@example
13012@var{mname} [ options ] @var{&module}@dots{}
13013@end example
13014
13015Then getting the module creates a subdirectory for each such
13016module, in the directory containing the module.  For
13017example, if modules contains
13018
13019@example
13020ampermod &first-dir
13021@end example
13022
13023@noindent
13024then a checkout will create an @code{ampermod} directory
13025which contains a directory called @code{first-dir},
13026which in turns contains all the directories and files
13027which live there.  For example, the command
13028
13029@example
13030$ cvs co ampermod
13031@end example
13032
13033@noindent
13034will create the following files:
13035
13036@example
13037ampermod/first-dir/file1
13038ampermod/first-dir/file2
13039ampermod/first-dir/sdir/sfile
13040@end example
13041
13042There is one quirk/bug: the messages that @sc{cvs}
13043prints omit the @file{ampermod}, and thus do not
13044correctly display the location to which it is checking
13045out the files:
13046
13047@example
13048$ cvs co ampermod
13049cvs checkout: Updating first-dir
13050U first-dir/file1
13051U first-dir/file2
13052cvs checkout: Updating first-dir/sdir
13053U first-dir/sdir/sfile
13054$
13055@end example
13056
13057Do not rely on this buggy behavior; it may get fixed in
13058a future release of @sc{cvs}.
13059
13060@c FIXCVS: What happens if regular and & modules are
13061@c combined, as in "ampermodule first-dir &second-dir"?
13062@c When I tried it, it seemed to just ignore the
13063@c "first-dir".  I think perhaps it should be an error
13064@c (but this needs further investigation).
13065@c In addition to discussing what each one does, we
13066@c should put in a few words about why you would use one or
13067@c the other in various situations.
13068
13069@node Excluding directories
13070@appendixsubsec Excluding directories
13071@cindex Excluding directories, in modules file
13072@cindex !, in modules file
13073
13074An alias module may exclude particular directories from
13075other modules by using an exclamation mark (@samp{!})
13076before the name of each directory to be excluded.
13077
13078For example, if the modules file contains:
13079
13080@example
13081exmodule -a !first-dir/sdir first-dir
13082@end example
13083
13084@noindent
13085then checking out the module @samp{exmodule} will check
13086out everything in @samp{first-dir} except any files in
13087the subdirectory @samp{first-dir/sdir}.
13088@c Note that the "!first-dir/sdir" sometimes must be listed
13089@c before "first-dir".  That seems like a probable bug, in which
13090@c case perhaps it should be fixed (to allow either
13091@c order) rather than documented.  See modules4 in testsuite.
13092
13093@node Module options
13094@appendixsubsec Module options
13095@cindex Options, in modules file
13096
13097Either regular modules or ampersand modules can contain
13098options, which supply additional information concerning
13099the module.
13100
13101@table @code
13102@cindex -d, in modules file
13103@item -d @var{name}
13104Name the working directory something other than the
13105module name.
13106@c FIXME: Needs a bunch of examples, analogous to the
13107@c examples for alias, regular, and ampersand modules
13108@c which show where the files go without -d.
13109
13110@cindex Export program
13111@cindex -e, in modules file
13112@item -e @var{prog}
13113Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
13114module are exported.  @var{prog} runs with a single
13115argument, the module name.
13116@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
13117
13118@cindex Checkout program
13119@cindex -o, in modules file
13120@item -o @var{prog}
13121Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
13122module are checked out.  @var{prog} runs with a single
13123argument, the module name.  See @ref{Module program options} for
13124information on how @var{prog} is called.
13125@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
13126
13127@cindex Status of a module
13128@cindex Module status
13129@cindex -s, in modules file
13130@item -s @var{status}
13131Assign a status to the module.  When the module file is
13132printed with @samp{cvs checkout -s} the modules are
13133sorted according to primarily module status, and
13134secondarily according to the module name.  This option
13135has no other meaning.  You can use this option for
13136several things besides status: for instance, list the
13137person that is responsible for this module.
13138
13139@cindex Tag program
13140@cindex -t, in modules file
13141@item -t @var{prog}
13142Specify a program @var{prog} to run whenever files in a
13143module are tagged with @code{rtag}.  @var{prog} runs
13144with two arguments: the module name and the symbolic
13145tag specified to @code{rtag}.  It is not run
13146when @code{tag} is executed.  Generally you will find
13147that the @file{taginfo} file is a better solution (@pxref{taginfo}).
13148@c FIXME: Is it run on server? client?
13149@c Problems with -t include:
13150@c * It is run after the tag not before
13151@c * It doesn't get passed all the information that
13152@c   taginfo does ("mov", &c).
13153@c * It only is run for rtag, not tag.
13154@end table
13155
13156You should also see @pxref{Module program options} about how the
13157``program options'' programs are run.
13158
13159@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13160
13161@node Module program options
13162@appendixsubsec How the modules file ``program options'' programs are run
13163@cindex Modules file program options
13164@cindex -t, in modules file
13165@cindex -o, in modules file
13166@cindex -e, in modules file
13167
13168@noindent
13169For checkout, rtag, and export, the program is server-based, and as such the
13170following applies:-
13171
13172If using remote access methods (pserver, ext, etc.),
13173@sc{cvs} will execute this program on the server from a temporary
13174directory. The path is searched for this program.
13175
13176If using ``local access'' (on a local or remote NFS file system, i.e.
13177repository set just to a path),
13178the program will be executed from the newly checked-out tree, if
13179found there, or alternatively searched for in the path if not.
13180
13181The programs are all run after the operation has effectively
13182completed.
13183
13184
13185@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13186@node Wrappers
13187@appendixsec The cvswrappers file
13188@cindex cvswrappers (admin file)
13189@cindex CVSWRAPPERS, environment variable
13190@cindex Wrappers
13191
13192@c FIXME: need some better way of separating this out
13193@c by functionality.  -m is
13194@c one feature, and -k is a another.  And this discussion
13195@c should be better motivated (e.g. start with the
13196@c problems, then explain how the feature solves it).
13197
13198Wrappers refers to a @sc{cvs} feature which lets you
13199control certain settings based on the name of the file
13200which is being operated on.  The settings are @samp{-k}
13201for binary files, and @samp{-m} for nonmergeable text
13202files.
13203
13204The @samp{-m} option
13205specifies the merge methodology that should be used when
13206a non-binary file is updated.  @code{MERGE} means the usual
13207@sc{cvs} behavior: try to merge the files.  @code{COPY}
13208means that @code{cvs update} will refuse to merge
13209files, as it also does for files specified as binary
13210with @samp{-kb} (but if the file is specified as
13211binary, there is no need to specify @samp{-m 'COPY'}).
13212@sc{cvs} will provide the user with the
13213two versions of the files, and require the user using
13214mechanisms outside @sc{cvs}, to insert any necessary
13215changes.
13216
13217@strong{WARNING: do not use @code{COPY} with
13218@sc{cvs} 1.9 or earlier - such versions of @sc{cvs} will
13219copy one version of your file over the other, wiping
13220out the previous contents.}
13221@c Ordinarily we don't document the behavior of old
13222@c versions.  But this one is so dangerous, I think we
13223@c must.  I almost renamed it to -m 'NOMERGE' so we
13224@c could say "never use -m 'COPY'".
13225The @samp{-m} wrapper option only affects behavior when
13226merging is done on update; it does not affect how files
13227are stored.  See @ref{Binary files}, for more on
13228binary files.
13229
13230The basic format of the file @file{cvswrappers} is:
13231
13232@c FIXME: @example is all wrong for this.  Use @deffn or
13233@c something more sensible.
13234@example
13235wildcard     [option value][option value]...
13236
13237where option is one of
13238-m           update methodology      value: MERGE or COPY
13239-k           keyword expansion       value: expansion mode
13240
13241and value is a single-quote delimited value.
13242@end example
13243
13244@ignore
13245@example
13246*.nib    -f 'unwrap %s' -t 'wrap %s %s' -m 'COPY'
13247*.c      -t 'indent %s %s'
13248@end example
13249@c When does the filter need to be an absolute pathname
13250@c and when will something like the above work?  I
13251@c suspect it relates to the PATH of the server (which
13252@c in turn depends on all kinds of stuff, e.g. inetd
13253@c for pserver).  I'm not sure whether/where to discuss
13254@c this.
13255@c FIXME: What do the %s's stand for?
13256
13257@noindent
13258The above example of a @file{cvswrappers} file
13259states that all files/directories that end with a @code{.nib}
13260should be filtered with the @file{wrap} program before
13261checking the file into the repository. The file should
13262be filtered though the @file{unwrap} program when the
13263file is checked out of the repository. The
13264@file{cvswrappers} file also states that a @code{COPY}
13265methodology should be used when updating the files in
13266the repository (that is, no merging should be performed).
13267
13268@c What pitfalls arise when using indent this way?  Is
13269@c it a winning thing to do?  Would be nice to at least
13270@c hint at those issues; we want our examples to tell
13271@c how to solve problems, not just to say that cvs can
13272@c do certain things.
13273The last example line says that all files that end with
13274@code{.c} should be filtered with @file{indent}
13275before being checked into the repository. Unlike the previous
13276example, no filtering of the @code{.c} file is done when
13277it is checked out of the repository.
13278@noindent
13279The @code{-t} filter is called with two arguments,
13280the first is the name of the file/directory to filter
13281and the second is the pathname to where the resulting
13282filtered file should be placed.
13283
13284@noindent
13285The @code{-f} filter is called with one argument,
13286which is the name of the file to filter from. The end
13287result of this filter will be a file in the users directory
13288that they can work on as they normally would.
13289
13290Note that the @samp{-t}/@samp{-f} features do not
13291conveniently handle one portion of @sc{cvs}'s operation:
13292determining when files are modified.  @sc{cvs} will still
13293want a file (or directory) to exist, and it will use
13294its modification time to determine whether a file is
13295modified.  If @sc{cvs} erroneously thinks a file is
13296unmodified (for example, a directory is unchanged but
13297one of the files within it is changed), you can force
13298it to check in the file anyway by specifying the
13299@samp{-f} option to @code{cvs commit} (@pxref{commit
13300options}).
13301@c This is, of course, a serious design flaw in -t/-f.
13302@c Probably the whole functionality needs to be
13303@c redesigned (starting from requirements) to fix this.
13304@end ignore
13305
13306@c FIXME: We don't document -W or point to where it is
13307@c documented.  Or .cvswrappers.
13308For example, the following command imports a
13309directory, treating files whose name ends in
13310@samp{.exe} as binary:
13311
13312@example
13313cvs import -I ! -W "*.exe -k 'b'" first-dir vendortag reltag
13314@end example
13315
13316@c Another good example, would be storing files
13317@c (e.g. binary files) compressed in the repository.
13318@c 	::::::::::::::::::
13319@c 	cvswrappers
13320@c 	::::::::::::::::::
13321@c 	*.t12 -m 'COPY'
13322@c 	*.t[0-9][0-9] -f 'gunzipcp %s' -t 'gzipcp %s %s' -m 'COPY'
13323@c
13324@c	::::::::::::::::::
13325@c	gunzipcp
13326@c	::::::::::::::::::
13327@c	:
13328@c	[ -f $1 ] || exit 1
13329@c	zcat $1 > /tmp/.#$1.$$
13330@c	mv /tmp/.#$1.$$ $1
13331@c
13332@c	::::::::::::::::::
13333@c	gzipcp
13334@c	::::::::::::::::::
13335@c	:
13336@c	DIRNAME=`echo $1 | sed -e "s|/.*/||g"`
13337@c	if [ ! -d $DIRNAME ] ; then
13338@c	      DIRNAME=`echo $1 | sed -e "s|.*/||g"`
13339@c	fi
13340@c	gzip -c  $DIRNAME  > $2
13341@c One catch--"cvs diff" will not invoke the wrappers
13342@c (probably a CVS bug, although I haven't thought it out).
13343
13344@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13345@node Trigger Scripts
13346@appendixsec The Trigger Scripts
13347@cindex info files
13348@cindex trigger scripts
13349@cindex script hooks
13350
13351@c FIXME
13352@c Somewhere there needs to be a more "how-to" guide to writing these.
13353@c One particular issue that people sometimes are worried about is performance,
13354@c and the impact of writing in perl or sh or ____.  Performance comparisons
13355@c should probably remain outside the scope of this document, but at least
13356@c _that_ much could be referenced, perhaps with links to other sources.
13357
13358Several of the administrative files support triggers, or the launching external
13359scripts or programs at specific times before or after particular events, during
13360the execution of @sc{cvs} commands.  These hooks can be used to prevent certain
13361actions, log them, and/or maintain anything else you deem practical.
13362
13363All the trigger scripts are launched in a copy of the user sandbox being
13364committed, on the server, in client-server mode.  In local mode, the scripts
13365are actually launched directly from the user sandbox directory being committed.
13366For most intents and purposes, the same scripts can be run in both locations
13367without alteration.
13368
13369@menu
13370* syntax::                      The common syntax
13371* Trigger Script Security::	Trigger script security
13372
13373* commit files::                The commit support files (commitinfo,
13374                                verifymsg, loginfo)
13375*   commitinfo::                Pre-commit checking
13376*   verifymsg::                 How are log messages evaluated?
13377*   loginfo::                   Where should log messages be sent?
13378
13379* postadmin::			Logging admin commands
13380* taginfo::                     Verifying/Logging tags
13381* posttag::                     Logging tags
13382* postwatch::			Logging watch commands
13383
13384* preproxy::			Launch a script on a secondary server prior
13385				to becoming a write proxy
13386* postproxy::			Launch a script on a secondary server after
13387				completing proxy operations
13388@end menu
13389
13390@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13391@node syntax
13392@appendixsubsec The common syntax
13393@cindex info files, common syntax
13394@cindex script hooks, common syntax
13395@cindex trigger script hooks, common syntax
13396@cindex syntax of trigger script hooks
13397
13398@c FIXME: having this so totally separate from the
13399@c Variables node is rather bogus.
13400
13401The administrative files such as @file{commitinfo},
13402@file{loginfo}, @file{rcsinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, etc.,
13403all have a common format.  The purpose of the files are
13404described later on.  The common syntax is described
13405here.
13406
13407@cindex Regular expression syntax
13408Each line contains the following:
13409
13410@itemize @bullet
13411@cindex @samp{ALL} keyword, in lieu of regular expressions in script hooks
13412@cindex @samp{DEFAULT} keyword, in lieu of regular expressions in script hooks
13413@item
13414A regular expression or the literal string @samp{DEFAULT}.  Some script hooks
13415also support the literal string @samp{ALL}.  Other than the @samp{ALL} and
13416@samp{DEFAULT} keywords, this is a basic regular expression in the syntax used
13417by GNU emacs.  See the descriptions of the individual script hooks for
13418information on whether the @samp{ALL} keyword is supported
13419(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13420@c FIXME: What we probably should be saying is "POSIX Basic
13421@c Regular Expression with the following extensions (`\('
13422@c `\|' '+' etc)"
13423@c rather than define it with reference to emacs.
13424@c The reference to emacs is not strictly speaking
13425@c true, as we don't support \=, \s, or \S.  Also it isn't
13426@c clear we should document and/or promise to continue to
13427@c support all the obscure emacs extensions like \<.
13428@c Also need to better cite (or include) full
13429@c documentation for the syntax.
13430@c Also see comment in configure.in about what happens to the
13431@c syntax if we pick up a system-supplied regexp matcher.
13432
13433@item
13434A whitespace separator---one or more spaces and/or tabs.
13435
13436@item
13437A file name or command-line template.
13438@end itemize
13439
13440@noindent
13441Blank lines are ignored.  Lines that start with the
13442character @samp{#} are treated as comments.  Long lines
13443unfortunately can @emph{not} be broken in two parts in
13444any way.
13445
13446The first regular expression that matches the current
13447directory name in the repository or the first line containing @samp{DEFAULT}
13448in lieu of a regular expression is used and all lines containing @samp{ALL} is
13449used for the hooks which support the @samp{ALL} keyword.  The rest of the line
13450is used as a file name or command-line template as appropriate.  See the
13451descriptions of the individual script hooks for information on whether the
13452@samp{ALL} keyword is supported (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13453
13454@cindex format strings
13455@cindex format strings, common syntax
13456@cindex info files, common syntax, format strings
13457@cindex Common syntax of info files, format strings
13458@noindent
13459@emph{Note:  The following information on format strings is valid
13460as long as the line @code{UseNewInfoFmtStrings=yes} appears in
13461your repository's config file (@pxref{config}).  Otherwise,
13462default format strings may be appended to the command line and
13463the @samp{loginfo} file, especially, can exhibit slightly
13464different behavior.  For more information,
13465@xref{Updating Commit Files}.}
13466
13467In the cases where the second segment of the matched line is a
13468command line template (e.g. @file{commitinfo}, @file{loginfo},
13469& @file{verifymsg}), the command line template may contain format
13470strings which will be replaced with specific values before the
13471script is run.
13472@c FIXCVS then FIXME - it really would make sense to allow %r & maybe even %p
13473@c to be used in rcsinfo to construct a path, but I haven't
13474@c coded this yet.
13475
13476Format strings can represent a single variable or one or more
13477attributes of a list variable.  An example of a list variable
13478would be the list available to scripts hung on the loginfo hooks
13479- the list of files which were just committed.  In the case of
13480loginfo, three attributes are available for each list item: file
13481name, precommit version, and postcommit version.
13482
13483Format strings consist of a @samp{%} character followed by an optional
13484@samp{@{} (required in the multiple list attribute case), a
13485single format character representing a variable or a single attribute of
13486list elements or multiple format characters representing attributes of
13487list elements, and a closing @samp{@}} when the open bracket was present.
13488
13489@emph{Flat format strings}, or single format characters which get replaced
13490with a single value, will generate a single argument
13491to the called script, regardless of whether the replacement variable contains
13492white space or other special characters.
13493
13494@emph{List attributes} will generate an argument for each attribute
13495requested for each list item.  For example, @samp{%@{sVv@}}
13496in a @file{loginfo} command template will generate three
13497arguments (file name, precommit version, postcommit version,
13498...) for each file committed.  As in the flat format string
13499case, each attribute will be passed in as a single argument
13500regardless of whether it contains white space or other
13501special characters.
13502 
13503@samp{%%} will be replaced with a literal @samp{%}.
13504
13505The format strings available to all script hooks are:
13506
13507@table @t
13508@item c
13509The canonical name of the command being executed.  For instance, in the case of
13510a hook run from @code{cvs up}, @sc{cvs} would replace @samp{%c} with the string
13511@samp{update} and, in the case of a hook run from @code{cvs ci}, @sc{cvs} would
13512replace @samp{%c} with the string @samp{commit}.
13513@item n
13514The null, or empty, string.
13515@item p
13516The name of the directory being operated on within the repository.
13517@item r
13518The name of the repository (the path portion of @code{$CVSROOT}).
13519@item R
13520On a server, the name of the referrer, if any.  The referrer is the CVSROOT the
13521client reports it used to contact a server which then referred it to this
13522server.  Should usually be set on a primary server with a write proxy setup.
13523@end table
13524
13525Other format strings are file specific.  See the docs on the
13526particular script hooks for more information
13527(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}).
13528
13529As an example, the following line in a @file{loginfo} file would
13530match only the directory @file{module} and any subdirectories of
13531@file{module}:
13532
13533@example
13534^module\(/\|$\) (echo; echo %p; echo %@{sVv@}; cat) >>$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13535@end example
13536
13537Using this same line and assuming a commit of new revisions
135381.5.4.4 and 1.27.4.1 based on old revisions 1.5.4.3 and 1.27,
13539respectively, of file1 and file2 in module, something like the
13540following log message should be appended to commitlog:
13541
13542@example
13543
13544module
13545file1 1.5.4.3 1.5.4.4 file2 1.27 1.27.4.1
13546Update of /cvsroot/module
13547In directory localhost.localdomain:/home/jrandom/work/module
13548
13549Modified Files:
13550	file1 file2
13551Log Message:
13552A log message.
13553@end example
13554
13555@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13556@node Trigger Script Security
13557@appendixsubsec Security and the Trigger Scripts
13558@cindex info files, security
13559@cindex script hooks, security
13560@cindex trigger scripts, security
13561
13562Security is a huge subject, and implementing a secure system is a non-trivial
13563task.  This section will barely touch on all the issues involved, but it is
13564well to note that, as with any script you will be allowing an untrusted
13565user to run on your server, there are measures you can take to help prevent
13566your trigger scripts from being abused.
13567
13568For instance, since the CVS trigger scripts all run in a copy of the user's
13569sandbox on the server, a naively coded Perl trigger script which attempts to
13570use a Perl module that is not installed on the system can be hijacked by any
13571user with commit access who is checking in a file with the correct name.  Other
13572scripting languages may be vulnerable to similar hacks.
13573
13574One way to make a script more secure, at least with Perl, is to use scripts
13575which invoke the @code{-T}, or "taint-check" switch on their @code{#!} line.
13576In the most basic terms, this causes Perl to avoid running code that may have
13577come from an external source.  Please run the @code{perldoc perlsec} command
13578for more on Perl security.  Again, other languages may implement other security
13579verification hooks which look more or less like Perl's "taint-check" mechanism.
13580
13581@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13582@node commit files
13583@appendixsubsec The commit support files
13584@cindex Commits, administrative support files
13585@cindex commit files, see Info files
13586
13587The @samp{-i} flag in the @file{modules} file can be
13588used to run a certain program whenever files are
13589committed (@pxref{modules}).  The files described in
13590this section provide other, more flexible, ways to run
13591programs whenever something is committed.
13592
13593There are three kinds of programs that can be run on
13594commit.  They are specified in files in the repository,
13595as described below.  The following table summarizes the
13596file names and the purpose of the corresponding
13597programs.
13598
13599@table @file
13600@item commitinfo
13601The program is responsible for checking that the commit
13602is allowed.  If it exits with a non-zero exit status
13603the commit will be aborted.  @xref{commitinfo}.
13604
13605@item verifymsg
13606The specified program is used to evaluate the log message,
13607and possibly verify that it contains all required
13608fields.  This is most useful in combination with the
13609@file{rcsinfo} file, which can hold a log message
13610template (@pxref{rcsinfo}).  @xref{verifymsg}.
13611
13612@item loginfo
13613The specified program is called when the commit is
13614complete.  It receives the log message and some
13615additional information and can store the log message in
13616a file, or mail it to appropriate persons, or maybe
13617post it to a local newsgroup, or@dots{}  Your
13618imagination is the limit!  @xref{loginfo}.
13619@end table
13620
13621@menu
13622* Updating Commit Files::       Updating legacy repositories to stop using
13623                                deprecated command line template formats
13624@end menu
13625
13626@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13627@node Updating Commit Files
13628@appendixsubsubsec  Updating legacy repositories to stop using deprecated command line template formats
13629@cindex info files, common syntax, updating legacy repositories
13630@cindex Syntax of info files, updating legacy repositories
13631@cindex Common syntax of info files, updating legacy repositories
13632New repositories are created set to use the new format strings by default, so
13633if you are creating a new repository, you shouldn't have to worry about this
13634section.
13635
13636If you are attempting to maintain a legacy repository which was
13637making use of the @file{commitinfo}, @file{editinfo}, @file{verifymsg},
13638@file{loginfo}, and/or @file{taginfo} script hooks, you should have no
13639immediate problems with using the current @sc{cvs} executable, but your users
13640will probably start to see deprecation warnings.
13641
13642The reason for this is that all of the script hooks have been updated to
13643use a new command line parser that extensibly supports multiple
13644@file{loginfo} & @file{notify} style format strings (@pxref{syntax})
13645and this support is not completely compatible with the old style format
13646strings.
13647
13648The quick upgrade method is to stick a @samp{1} after each format string
13649in your old @file{loginfo} file.  For example:
13650
13651@example
13652DEFAULT (echo ""; id; echo %@{sVv@}; date; cat) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13653@end example
13654
13655would become:
13656
13657@example
13658DEFAULT (echo ""; id; echo %1@{sVv@}; date; cat) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog
13659@end example
13660
13661If you were counting on the fact that only the first @samp{%} in the line was
13662replaced as a format string, you may also have to double up any further
13663percent signs on the line.
13664
13665If you did this all at once and checked it in, everything should still be
13666running properly.
13667
13668Now add the following line to your config file (@pxref{config}):
13669@example
13670UseNewInfoFmtStrings=yes
13671@end example
13672
13673Everything should still be running properly, but your users will probably
13674start seeing new deprecation warnings.
13675  
13676Dealing with the deprecation warnings now generated by @file{commitinfo},
13677@file{editinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, and @file{taginfo} should be easy.  Simply
13678specify what are currently implicit arguments explicitly.  This means appending
13679the following strings to each active command line template in each file:
13680@table @code
13681@item commitinfo
13682@samp{ %r/%p %s}
13683@item editinfo
13684@samp{ %l}
13685@item taginfo
13686@samp{ %t %o %p %@{sv@}}
13687@item verifymsg
13688@samp{ %l}
13689@end table
13690
13691If you don't desire that any of the newly available information be passed to
13692the scripts hanging off of these hooks, no further modifications to these
13693files should be necessary to insure current and future compatibility with
13694@sc{cvs}'s format strings.
13695
13696Fixing @file{loginfo} could be a little tougher.  The old style
13697@file{loginfo} format strings caused a single space and comma separated
13698argument to be passed in in place of the format string.  This is what will
13699continue to be generated due to the deprecated @samp{1} you inserted into
13700the format strings.
13701
13702Since the new format separates each individual item and passes it into the
13703script as a separate argument (for a good reason - arguments containing commas
13704and/or white space are now parsable), to remove the deprecated @samp{1} from
13705your @file{loginfo} command line templates, you will most likely have to
13706rewrite any scripts called by the hook to handle the new argument format.
13707
13708Also note that the way @samp{%} followed by unrecognized characters and by
13709@samp{@{@}} was treated in past versions of CVS is not strictly adhered to as
13710there were bugs in the old versions.  Specifically, @samp{%@{@}} would eat the
13711next character and unrecognized strings resolved only to the empty string,
13712which was counter to what was stated in the documentation.  This version will
13713do what the documentation said it should have (if you were using only some
13714combination of @samp{%@{sVv@}}, e.g. @samp{%@{sVv@}}, @samp{%@{sV@}}, or
13715@samp{%v}, you should have no troubles).
13716
13717On the bright side, you should have plenty of time to do this before all
13718support for the old format strings is removed from @sc{cvs}, so you can just
13719put up with the deprecation warnings for awhile if you like.
13720
13721@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13722@node commitinfo
13723@appendixsubsec Commitinfo
13724@cindex @file{commitinfo}
13725@cindex Commits, precommit verification of
13726@cindex commitinfo (admin file)
13727@cindex info files, commitinfo
13728@cindex script hooks, commitinfo
13729@cindex trigger scripts, commitinfo
13730@cindex info files, precommit verification of commits
13731@cindex script hooks, precommit verification of commits
13732@cindex trigger scripts, precommit verification of commits
13733
13734The @file{commitinfo} file defines programs to execute
13735whenever @samp{cvs commit} is about to execute.  These
13736programs are used for pre-commit checking to verify
13737that the modified, added and removed files are really
13738ready to be committed.  This could be used, for
13739instance, to verify that the changed files conform to
13740to your site's standards for coding practice.
13741
13742The @file{commitinfo} file has the standard form for script hooks
13743(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13744a command to execute.  It supports only the DEFAULT keywords.
13745
13746@cindex format strings, commitinfo admin file
13747In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13748@file{commitinfo} supports:
13749
13750@table @t
13751@item @{s@}
13752a list of the names of files to be committed
13753@end table
13754
13755@cindex commitinfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
13756@cindex compatibility notes, commitinfo admin file
13757Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
13758string of @samp{ %r/%p %@{s@}} will be appended to the command
13759line template before replacement is performed, but this
13760feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
13761repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
13762For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
13763
13764@cindex Exit status, of commitinfo
13765@cindex commitinfo (admin file), exit status
13766The first line with a regular expression matching the
13767directory within the repository will be used.  If the
13768command returns a non-zero exit status the commit will
13769be aborted.
13770@c FIXME: need example(s) of what "directory within the
13771@c repository" means.
13772
13773@cindex @file{commitinfo}, working directory
13774@cindex @file{commitinfo}, command environment
13775The command will be run in the root of the workspace
13776containing the new versions of any files the user would like
13777to modify (commit), @emph{or in a copy of the workspace on
13778the server (@pxref{Remote repositories})}.  If a file is
13779being removed, there will be no copy of the file under the
13780current directory.  If a file is being added, there will be
13781no corresponding archive file in the repository unless the
13782file is being resurrected.
13783
13784Note that both the repository directory and the corresponding
13785Attic (@pxref{Attic}) directory may need to be checked to
13786locate the archive file corresponding to any given file being
13787committed.  Much of the information about the specific commit
13788request being made, including the destination branch, commit
13789message, and command line options specified, is not available
13790to the command.
13791
13792@c FIXME: should discuss using commitinfo to control
13793@c who has checkin access to what (e.g. Joe can check into
13794@c directories a, b, and c, and Mary can check into
13795@c directories b, c, and d--note this case cannot be
13796@c conveniently handled with unix groups).  Of course,
13797@c adding a new set of features to CVS might be a more
13798@c natural way to fix this problem than telling people to
13799@c use commitinfo.
13800@c FIXME: Should make some reference, especially in
13801@c the context of controlling who has access, to the fact
13802@c that commitinfo can be circumvented.  Perhaps
13803@c mention SETXID (but has it been carefully examined
13804@c for holes?).  This fits in with the discussion of
13805@c general CVS security in "Password authentication
13806@c security" (the bit which is not pserver-specific).
13807
13808@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13809@node verifymsg
13810@appendixsubsec Verifying log messages
13811@cindex @file{verifymsg} (admin file)
13812@cindex Log message, verifying
13813@cindex logging, commits
13814
13815Once you have entered a log message, you can evaluate
13816that message to check for specific content, such as
13817a bug ID.  Use the @file{verifymsg} file to
13818specify a program that is used to verify the log message.
13819This program could be a simple script that checks
13820that the entered message contains the required fields.
13821
13822The @file{verifymsg} file is often most useful together
13823with the @file{rcsinfo} file, which can be used to
13824specify a log message template (@pxref{rcsinfo}).
13825
13826The @file{verifymsg} file has the standard form for script hooks
13827(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13828a command to execute.  It supports only the DEFAULT keywords.
13829
13830@cindex format strings, verifymsg admin file
13831In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
13832@file{verifymsg} supports:
13833
13834@table @t
13835@item l
13836the full path to the file containing the log message to be verified
13837@item @{sV@}
13838File attributes, where:
13839@table @t
13840@item s
13841file name
13842@item V
13843old version number (pre-checkin)
13844@end table
13845@end table
13846
13847@cindex verifymsg (admin/commit file), updating legacy repositories
13848@cindex compatibility notes, verifymsg admin file
13849Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
13850string of @samp{ %l} will be appended to the command
13851line template before replacement is performed, but this
13852feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
13853repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
13854For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
13855
13856One thing that should be noted is that the @samp{ALL}
13857keyword is not supported.  If more than one matching
13858line is found, the first one is used.  This can be
13859useful for specifying a default verification script in a
13860directory, and then overriding it in a subdirectory.
13861
13862@cindex Exit status, of @file{verifymsg}
13863If the verification script exits with a non-zero exit status,
13864the commit is aborted.
13865
13866@cindex @file{verifymsg}, changing the log message
13867In the default configuration, CVS allows the
13868verification script to change the log message. This is
13869controlled via the RereadLogAfterVerify CVSROOT/config
13870option.
13871
13872When @samp{RereadLogAfterVerify=always} or
13873@samp{RereadLogAfterVerify=stat}, the log message will
13874either always be reread after the verification script
13875is run or reread only if the log message file status
13876has changed.
13877
13878@xref{config}, for more on CVSROOT/config options.
13879
13880It is NOT a good idea for a @file{verifymsg} script to
13881interact directly with the user in the various
13882client/server methods. For the @code{pserver} method,
13883there is no protocol support for communicating between
13884@file{verifymsg} and the client on the remote end. For the
13885@code{ext} and @code{server} methods, it is possible
13886for CVS to become confused by the characters going
13887along the same channel as the CVS protocol
13888messages. See @ref{Remote repositories}, for more
13889information on client/server setups.  In addition, at the time
13890the @file{verifymsg} script runs, the CVS
13891server has locks in place in the repository.  If control is
13892returned to the user here then other users may be stuck waiting
13893for access to the repository.
13894
13895This option can be useful if you find yourself using an
13896rcstemplate that needs to be modified to remove empty
13897elements or to fill in default values.  It can also be
13898useful if the rcstemplate has changed in the repository
13899and the CVS/Template was not updated, but is able to be
13900adapted to the new format by the verification script
13901that is run by @file{verifymsg}.
13902
13903An example of an update might be to change all
13904occurrences of 'BugId:' to be 'DefectId:' (which can be
13905useful if the rcstemplate has recently been changed and
13906there are still checked-out user trees with cached
13907copies in the CVS/Template file of the older version).
13908
13909Another example of an update might be to delete a line
13910that contains 'BugID: none' from the log message after
13911validation of that value as being allowed is made.
13912
13913@menu
13914* verifymsg example::            Verifymsg example
13915@end menu
13916
13917@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13918@node verifymsg example
13919@appendixsubsubsec Verifying log messages
13920@cindex verifymsg, example
13921The following is a little silly example of a
13922@file{verifymsg} file, together with the corresponding
13923@file{rcsinfo} file, the log message template and a
13924verification script.  We begin with the log message template.
13925We want to always record a bug-id number on the first
13926line of the log message.  The rest of log message is
13927free text.  The following template is found in the file
13928@file{/usr/cvssupport/tc.template}.
13929
13930@example
13931BugId:
13932@end example
13933
13934The script @file{/usr/cvssupport/bugid.verify} is used to
13935evaluate the log message.
13936
13937@example
13938#!/bin/sh
13939#
13940#       bugid.verify filename
13941#
13942#  Verify that the log message contains a valid bugid
13943#  on the first line.
13944#
13945if sed 1q < $1 | grep '^BugId:[ ]*[0-9][0-9]*$' > /dev/null; then
13946    exit 0
13947elif sed 1q < $1 | grep '^BugId:[ ]*none$' > /dev/null; then
13948    # It is okay to allow commits with 'BugId: none',
13949    # but do not put that text into the real log message.
13950    grep -v '^BugId:[ ]*none$' > $1.rewrite
13951    mv $1.rewrite $1
13952    exit 0
13953else
13954    echo "No BugId found."
13955    exit 1
13956fi
13957@end example
13958
13959The @file{verifymsg} file contains this line:
13960
13961@example
13962^tc     /usr/cvssupport/bugid.verify %l
13963@end example
13964
13965The @file{rcsinfo} file contains this line:
13966
13967@example
13968^tc     /usr/cvssupport/tc.template
13969@end example
13970
13971The @file{config} file contains this line:
13972
13973@example
13974RereadLogAfterVerify=always
13975@end example
13976
13977
13978
13979@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
13980@node loginfo
13981@appendixsubsec Loginfo
13982@cindex loginfo (admin file)
13983@cindex logging, commits
13984@cindex Storing log messages
13985@cindex Mailing log messages
13986@cindex Distributing log messages
13987@cindex Log messages
13988
13989The @file{loginfo} file is used to control where log information is sent after
13990versioned changes are made to repository archive files and after directories
13991are added ot the repository.  @ref{posttag} for how to log tagging
13992information and @ref{postadmin} for how to log changes due to the @code{admin}
13993command.
13994
13995The @file{loginfo} file has the standard form for script hooks
13996(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
13997a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
13998
13999Any specified scripts are called:
14000
14001@table @code
14002@item commit
14003Once per directory, immediately after a successfully completing the commit of
14004all files within that directory.
14005@item import
14006Once per import, immediately after completion of all write operations.
14007@item add
14008Immediately after the successful @code{add} of a directory.
14009@end table
14010
14011Any script called via @file{loginfo} will be fed the log information on its
14012standard input.  Note that the filter program @strong{must} read @strong{all}
14013of the log information from its standard input or @sc{cvs} may fail with a
14014broken pipe signal.
14015
14016@cindex format strings, loginfo admin file
14017In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
14018@file{loginfo} supports:
14019
14020@table @t
14021@item @{stVv@}
14022File attributes, where:
14023@table @t
14024@item s
14025file name
14026@item T
14027tag name of destination, or the empty string when there is no associated
14028tag name (this usually means the trunk)
14029@item V
14030old version number (pre-checkin)
14031@item v
14032new version number (post-checkin)
14033@end table
14034@end table
14035
14036For example, some valid format strings are @samp{%%},
14037@samp{%s}, @samp{%@{s@}}, and @samp{%@{stVv@}}.
14038
14039@cindex loginfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
14040@cindex compatibility notes, loginfo admin file
14041Currently, if @samp{UseNewInfoFmtStrings} is not set in the @file{config}
14042administration file (@pxref{config}), the format strings will be substituted
14043as they were in past versions of @sc{cvs}, but this feature is deprecated.
14044It is simply in place so that legacy repositories will remain compatible with
14045the new @sc{cvs} application.  For information on updating,
14046please see @ref{Updating Commit Files}.
14047
14048As an example, if @samp{/u/src/master/yoyodyne/tc} is the repository, @samp{%p}
14049and @samp{%@{sVv@}} are the format strings, and three files (@t{ChangeLog},
14050@t{Makefile}, @t{foo.c}) were modified, the output might be:
14051
14052@example
14053yoyodyne/tc ChangeLog 1.1 1.2 Makefile 1.3 1.4 foo.c 1.12 1.13
14054@end example
14055
14056Note: when @sc{cvs} is accessing a remote repository,
14057@file{loginfo} will be run on the @emph{remote}
14058(i.e., server) side, not the client side (@pxref{Remote
14059repositories}).
14060
14061@menu
14062* loginfo example::                          Loginfo example
14063* Keeping a checked out copy::               Updating a tree on every checkin
14064@end menu
14065
14066@c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14067@node loginfo example
14068@appendixsubsubsec Loginfo example
14069
14070The following @file{loginfo} file, together with the
14071tiny shell-script below, appends all log messages
14072to the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog},
14073and any commits to the administrative files (inside
14074the @file{CVSROOT} directory) are also logged in
14075@file{/usr/adm/cvsroot-log}.
14076Commits to the @file{prog1} directory are mailed to @t{ceder}.
14077
14078@c FIXME: is it a CVS feature or bug that only the
14079@c first matching line is used?  It is documented
14080@c above, but is it useful?  For example, if we wanted
14081@c to run both "cvs-log" and "Mail" for the CVSROOT
14082@c directory, it is kind of awkward if
14083@c only the first matching line is used.
14084@example
14085ALL                     /usr/local/bin/cvs-log $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/commitlog $USER
14086^CVSROOT\(/\|$\)        /usr/local/bin/cvs-log /usr/adm/cvsroot-log $USER
14087^prog1\(/\|$\)          Mail -s "%p %s" ceder
14088@end example
14089
14090The shell-script @file{/usr/local/bin/cvs-log} looks
14091like this:
14092
14093@example
14094#!/bin/sh
14095(echo "------------------------------------------------------";
14096 echo -n "$2  ";
14097 date;
14098 echo;
14099 cat) >> $1
14100@end example
14101
14102
14103
14104@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14105@node Keeping a checked out copy
14106@appendixsubsubsec Keeping a checked out copy
14107
14108@c What other index entries?  It seems like
14109@c people might want to use a lot of different
14110@c words for this functionality.
14111@cindex Keeping a checked out copy
14112@cindex Checked out copy, keeping
14113@cindex Web pages, maintaining with CVS
14114
14115It is often useful to maintain a directory tree which
14116contains files which correspond to the latest version
14117in the repository.  For example, other developers might
14118want to refer to the latest sources without having to
14119check them out, or you might be maintaining a web site
14120with @sc{cvs} and want every checkin to cause the files
14121used by the web server to be updated.
14122@c Can we offer more details on the web example?  Or
14123@c point the user at how to figure it out?  This text
14124@c strikes me as sufficient for someone who already has
14125@c some idea of what we mean but not enough for the naive
14126@c user/sysadmin to understand it and set it up.
14127
14128The way to do this is by having loginfo invoke
14129@code{cvs update}.  Doing so in the naive way will
14130cause a problem with locks, so the @code{cvs update}
14131must be run in the background.
14132@c Should we try to describe the problem with locks?
14133@c It seems like a digression for someone who just
14134@c wants to know how to make it work.
14135@c Another choice which might work for a single file
14136@c is to use "cvs -n update -p" which doesn't take
14137@c out locks (I think) but I don't see many advantages
14138@c of that and we might as well document something which
14139@c works for multiple files.
14140Here is an example for unix (this should all be on one line):
14141
14142@example
14143^cyclic-pages\(/\|$\)	(date; cat; (sleep 2; cd /u/www/local-docs;
14144 cvs -q update -d) &) >> $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/updatelog 2>&1
14145@end example
14146
14147This will cause checkins to repository directory @code{cyclic-pages}
14148and its subdirectories to update the checked
14149out tree in @file{/u/www/local-docs}.
14150@c More info on some of the details?  The "sleep 2" is
14151@c so if we are lucky the lock will be gone by the time
14152@c we start and we can wait 2 seconds instead of 30.
14153
14154
14155
14156@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14157@node postadmin
14158@appendixsubsec Logging admin commands
14159@cindex postadmin (admin file)
14160@cindex script hook, postadmin
14161@cindex Admin commands, logging
14162
14163The @file{postadmin} file defines programs to execute after an @code{admin}
14164command modifies files.  The @file{postadmin} file has the standard form
14165for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14166expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14167keywords.
14168
14169@cindex format strings, postadmin admin file
14170The @file{postadmin} file supports no format strings other than the common
14171ones (@pxref{syntax}),
14172
14173
14174
14175@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14176@node taginfo
14177@appendixsubsec Taginfo
14178@cindex taginfo (admin file)
14179@cindex script hook, taginfo
14180@cindex Tags, logging
14181@cindex Tags, verifying
14182The @file{taginfo} file defines programs to execute
14183when someone executes a @code{tag} or @code{rtag}
14184command.  The @file{taginfo} file has the standard form
14185for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line
14186is a regular expression followed by a command to execute.
14187It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
14188
14189@cindex format strings, taginfo admin file
14190In addition to the common format strings (@pxref{syntax}),
14191@file{taginfo} supports:
14192
14193@table @t
14194@item b
14195tag type (@code{T} for branch, @code{N} for not-branch, or @code{?} for
14196unknown, as during delete operations)
14197@item o
14198operation (@code{add} for @code{tag}, @code{mov} for @code{tag -F}, or
14199@code{del} for @code{tag -d})
14200@item t
14201new tag name
14202@item @{sTVv@}
14203file attributes, where:
14204@table @t
14205@item s
14206file name
14207@item T
14208tag name of destination, or the empty string when there is no associated
14209tag name (this usually means the trunk)
14210@item V
14211old version number (for a move or delete operation)
14212@item v
14213new version number (for an add or move operation)
14214@end table
14215@end table
14216
14217For example, some valid format strings are @samp{%%}, @samp{%p}, @samp{%t},
14218@samp{%s}, @samp{%@{s@}}, and @samp{%@{sVv@}}.
14219
14220@cindex taginfo (admin file), updating legacy repositories
14221@cindex compatibility notes, taginfo admin file
14222Currently, if no format strings are specified, a default
14223string of @samp{ %t %o %p %@{sv@}} will be appended to the command
14224line template before replacement is performed, but this
14225feature is deprecated.  It is simply in place so that legacy
14226repositories will remain compatible with the new @sc{cvs} application.
14227For information on updating, @pxref{Updating Commit Files}.
14228
14229@cindex Exit status, of taginfo admin file
14230@cindex taginfo (admin file), exit status
14231A non-zero exit of the filter program will cause the tag to be
14232aborted.
14233
14234Here is an example of using @file{taginfo} to log @code{tag} and @code{rtag}
14235commands.  In the @file{taginfo} file put:
14236
14237@example
14238ALL /usr/local/cvsroot/CVSROOT/loggit %t %b %o %p %@{sVv@}
14239@end example
14240
14241@noindent
14242Where @file{/usr/local/cvsroot/CVSROOT/loggit} contains the
14243following script:
14244
14245@example
14246#!/bin/sh
14247echo "$@@" >>/home/kingdon/cvsroot/CVSROOT/taglog
14248@end example
14249
14250
14251
14252@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14253@node posttag
14254@appendixsubsec Logging tags
14255@cindex posttag (admin file)
14256@cindex script hook, posttag
14257@cindex Tags, logging
14258
14259The @file{posttag} file defines programs to execute after a @code{tag} or
14260@code{rtag} command modifies files.  The @file{posttag} file has the standard
14261form for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14262expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14263keywords.
14264
14265@cindex format strings, posttag admin file
14266The @file{posttag} admin file supports the same format strings as the
14267@file{taginfo} file (@pxref{taginfo}),
14268
14269
14270
14271@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14272@node postwatch
14273@appendixsubsec Logging watch commands
14274@cindex postwatch (admin file)
14275@cindex script hook, postwatch
14276@cindex Watch family of commands, logging
14277
14278The @file{postwatch} file defines programs to execute after any command (for
14279instance, @code{watch}, @code{edit}, @code{unedit}, or @code{commit}) modifies
14280any @file{CVS/fileattr} file in the repository (@pxref{Watches}).  The
14281@file{postwatch} file has the standard form for script hooks
14282(@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular expression followed by
14283a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT keywords.
14284
14285@cindex format strings, postwatch admin file
14286The @file{postwatch} file supports no format strings other than the common
14287ones (@pxref{syntax}), but it is worth noting that the @code{%c} format string
14288may not be replaced as you might expect.  Client runs of @code{edit} and
14289@code{unedit} can sometimes skip contacting the @sc{cvs} server and cache the
14290notification of the file attribute change to be sent the next time the client
14291contacts the server for whatever other reason,
14292
14293
14294
14295@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14296@node preproxy
14297@appendixsubsec Launch a Script before Proxying
14298@cindex preproxy (admin file)
14299@cindex script hook, preproxy
14300@cindex Write proxy, verifying
14301@cindex Write proxy, logging
14302
14303The @file{preproxy} file defines programs to execute after a secondary
14304server receives a write request from a client, just before it starts up the
14305primary server and becomes a write proxy.  This hook could be used to
14306dial a modem, launch an SSH tunnel, establish a VPN, or anything else that
14307might be necessary to do before contacting the primary server.
14308
14309@file{preproxy} scripts are called once, at the time of the write request, with
14310the repository argument (if requested) set from the topmost directory sent by
14311the client.
14312
14313The @file{preproxy} file has the standard form
14314for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14315expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14316keywords.
14317
14318@cindex format strings, preproxy admin file
14319In addition to the common format strings, the @file{preproxy} file supports the
14320following format string:
14321
14322@table @t
14323@item P
14324the CVSROOT string which specifies the primary server
14325@end table
14326
14327
14328
14329@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14330@node postproxy
14331@appendixsubsec Launch a Script after Proxying
14332@cindex postproxy (admin file)
14333@cindex script hook, postproxy
14334@cindex Write proxy, logging
14335@cindex Write proxy, pull updates
14336@cindex secondary server, pull updates
14337
14338The @file{postproxy} file defines programs to execute after a secondary
14339server notes that the connection to the primary server has shut down and before
14340it releases the client by shutting down the connection to the client.
14341This could hook could be used to
14342disconnect a modem, an SSH tunnel, a VPN, or anything else that
14343might be necessary to do after contacting the primary server.  This hook should
14344also be used to pull updates from the primary server before allowing the client
14345which did the write to disconnect since otherwise the client's next read
14346request may generate error messages and fail upon encountering an out of date
14347repository on the secondary server.
14348
14349@file{postproxy} scripts are called once per directory.
14350
14351The @file{postproxy} file has the standard form
14352for script hooks (@pxref{Trigger Scripts}), where each line is a regular
14353expression followed by a command to execute.  It supports the ALL and DEFAULT
14354keywords.
14355
14356@cindex format strings, postproxy admin file
14357In addition to the common format strings, the @file{postproxy} file supports
14358the following format string:
14359
14360@table @t
14361@item P
14362the CVSROOT string which specifies the primary server
14363@end table
14364
14365
14366
14367@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14368@node rcsinfo
14369@appendixsec Rcsinfo
14370@cindex rcsinfo (admin file)
14371@cindex Form for log message
14372@cindex Log message template
14373@cindex Template for log message
14374@cindex logging, commits
14375
14376The @file{rcsinfo} file can be used to specify a form to
14377edit when filling out the commit log.  The
14378@file{rcsinfo} file has a syntax similar to the
14379@file{verifymsg}, @file{commitinfo} and @file{loginfo}
14380files.  @xref{syntax}.  Unlike the other files the second
14381part is @emph{not} a command-line template.  Instead,
14382the part after the regular expression should be a full pathname to
14383a file containing the log message template.
14384
14385If the repository name does not match any of the
14386regular expressions in this file, the @samp{DEFAULT}
14387line is used, if it is specified.
14388
14389All occurrences of the name @samp{ALL} appearing as a
14390regular expression are used in addition to the first
14391matching regular expression or @samp{DEFAULT}.
14392
14393@c FIXME: should be offering advice, somewhere around
14394@c here, about where to put the template file.  The
14395@c verifymsg example uses /usr/cvssupport but doesn't
14396@c say anything about what that directory is for or
14397@c whether it is hardwired into CVS or who creates
14398@c it or anything.  In particular we should say
14399@c how to version control the template file.  A
14400@c probably better answer than the /usr/cvssupport
14401@c stuff is to use checkoutlist (with xref to the
14402@c checkoutlist doc).
14403@c Also I am starting to see a connection between
14404@c this and the Keeping a checked out copy node.
14405@c Probably want to say something about that.
14406The log message template will be used as a default log
14407message.  If you specify a log message with @samp{cvs
14408commit -m @var{message}} or @samp{cvs commit -f
14409@var{file}} that log message will override the
14410template.
14411
14412@xref{verifymsg}, for an example @file{rcsinfo}
14413file.
14414
14415When @sc{cvs} is accessing a remote repository,
14416the contents of @file{rcsinfo} at the time a directory
14417is first checked out will specify a template. This
14418template will be updated on all @samp{cvs update}
14419commands. It will also be added to new directories
14420added with a @samp{cvs add new-directory} command.
14421In versions of @sc{cvs} prior to version 1.12, the
14422@file{CVS/Template} file was not updated. If the
14423@sc{cvs} server is at version 1.12 or higher an older
14424client may be used and the @file{CVS/Template} will
14425be updated from the server.
14426
14427@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14428@node cvsignore
14429@appendixsec Ignoring files via cvsignore
14430@cindex cvsignore (admin file), global
14431@cindex Global cvsignore
14432@cindex Ignoring files
14433@c -- This chapter should maybe be moved to the
14434@c tutorial part of the manual?
14435
14436There are certain file names that frequently occur
14437inside your working copy, but that you don't want to
14438put under @sc{cvs} control.  Examples are all the object
14439files that you get while you compile your sources.
14440Normally, when you run @samp{cvs update}, it prints a
14441line for each file it encounters that it doesn't know
14442about (@pxref{update output}).
14443
14444@sc{cvs} has a list of files (or sh(1) file name patterns)
14445that it should ignore while running @code{update},
14446@code{import} and @code{release}.
14447@c -- Are those the only three commands affected?
14448This list is constructed in the following way.
14449
14450@itemize @bullet
14451@item
14452The list is initialized to include certain file name
14453patterns: names associated with @sc{cvs}
14454administration, or with other common source control
14455systems; common names for patch files, object files,
14456archive files, and editor backup files; and other names
14457that are usually artifacts of assorted utilities.
14458Currently, the default list of ignored file name
14459patterns is:
14460
14461@cindex Ignored files
14462@cindex Automatically ignored files
14463@example
14464    RCS     SCCS    CVS     CVS.adm
14465    RCSLOG  cvslog.*
14466    tags    TAGS
14467    .make.state     .nse_depinfo
14468    *~      #*      .#*     ,*      _$*     *$
14469    *.old   *.bak   *.BAK   *.orig  *.rej   .del-*
14470    *.a     *.olb   *.o     *.obj   *.so    *.exe
14471    *.Z     *.elc   *.ln
14472    core
14473@end example
14474
14475@item
14476The per-repository list in
14477@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/cvsignore} is appended to
14478the list, if that file exists.
14479
14480@item
14481The per-user list in @file{.cvsignore} in your home
14482directory is appended to the list, if it exists.
14483
14484@item
14485Any entries in the environment variable
14486@code{$CVSIGNORE} is appended to the list.
14487
14488@item
14489Any @samp{-I} options given to @sc{cvs} is appended.
14490
14491@item
14492As @sc{cvs} traverses through your directories, the contents
14493of any @file{.cvsignore} will be appended to the list.
14494The patterns found in @file{.cvsignore} are only valid
14495for the directory that contains them, not for
14496any sub-directories.
14497@end itemize
14498
14499In any of the 5 places listed above, a single
14500exclamation mark (@samp{!}) clears the ignore list.
14501This can be used if you want to store any file which
14502normally is ignored by @sc{cvs}.
14503
14504Specifying @samp{-I !} to @code{cvs import} will import
14505everything, which is generally what you want to do if
14506you are importing files from a pristine distribution or
14507any other source which is known to not contain any
14508extraneous files.  However, looking at the rules above
14509you will see there is a fly in the ointment; if the
14510distribution contains any @file{.cvsignore} files, then
14511the patterns from those files will be processed even if
14512@samp{-I !} is specified.  The only workaround is to
14513remove the @file{.cvsignore} files in order to do the
14514import.  Because this is awkward, in the future
14515@samp{-I !} might be modified to override
14516@file{.cvsignore} files in each directory.
14517
14518Note that the syntax of the ignore files consists of a
14519series of lines, each of which contains a space
14520separated list of filenames.  This offers no clean way
14521to specify filenames which contain spaces, but you can
14522use a workaround like @file{foo?bar} to match a file
14523named @file{foo bar} (it also matches @file{fooxbar}
14524and the like).  Also note that there is currently no
14525way to specify comments.
14526@c FIXCVS?  I don't _like_ this syntax at all, but
14527@c changing it raises all the usual compatibility
14528@c issues and I'm also not sure what to change it to.
14529
14530@node checkoutlist
14531@appendixsec The checkoutlist file
14532@cindex checkoutlist
14533
14534It may be helpful to use @sc{cvs} to maintain your own
14535files in the @file{CVSROOT} directory.  For example,
14536suppose that you have a script @file{logcommit.pl}
14537which you run by including the following line in the
14538@file{commitinfo} administrative file:
14539
14540@example
14541ALL   $CVSROOT/CVSROOT/logcommit.pl %r/%p %s
14542@end example
14543
14544To maintain @file{logcommit.pl} with @sc{cvs} you would
14545add the following line to the @file{checkoutlist}
14546administrative file:
14547
14548@example
14549logcommit.pl
14550@end example
14551
14552The format of @file{checkoutlist} is one line for each
14553file that you want to maintain using @sc{cvs}, giving
14554the name of the file, followed optionally by more whitespace
14555and any error message that should print if the file cannot be
14556checked out into CVSROOT after a commit:
14557
14558@example
14559logcommit.pl	Could not update CVSROOT/logcommit.pl.
14560@end example
14561
14562After setting up @file{checkoutlist} in this fashion,
14563the files listed there will function just like
14564@sc{cvs}'s built-in administrative files.  For example,
14565when checking in one of the files you should get a
14566message such as:
14567
14568@example
14569cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
14570@end example
14571
14572@noindent
14573and the checked out copy in the @file{CVSROOT}
14574directory should be updated.
14575
14576Note that listing @file{passwd} (@pxref{Password
14577authentication server}) in @file{checkoutlist} is not
14578recommended for security reasons.
14579
14580For information about keeping a checkout out copy in a
14581more general context than the one provided by
14582@file{checkoutlist}, see @ref{Keeping a checked out
14583copy}.
14584
14585@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
14586@node history file
14587@appendixsec The history file
14588@cindex History file
14589@cindex Log information, saving
14590
14591By default, the file @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history} is used
14592to log information for the @code{history} command (@pxref{history}).
14593This file name may be changed with the @samp{HistoryLogPath} and
14594@samp{HistorySearchPath} config options (@pxref{config}).
14595
14596The file format of the @file{history} file is
14597documented only in comments in the @sc{cvs} source
14598code, but generally programs should use the @code{cvs
14599history} command to access it anyway, in case the
14600format changes with future releases of @sc{cvs}.
14601
14602@node Variables
14603@appendixsec Expansions in administrative files
14604@cindex Internal variables
14605@cindex Variables
14606
14607Sometimes in writing an administrative file, you might
14608want the file to be able to know various things based
14609on environment @sc{cvs} is running in.  There are
14610several mechanisms to do that.
14611
14612To find the home directory of the user running @sc{cvs}
14613(from the @code{HOME} environment variable), use
14614@samp{~} followed by @samp{/} or the end of the line.
14615Likewise for the home directory of @var{user}, use
14616@samp{~@var{user}}.  These variables are expanded on
14617the server machine, and don't get any reasonable
14618expansion if pserver (@pxref{Password authenticated})
14619is in use; therefore user variables (see below) may be
14620a better choice to customize behavior based on the user
14621running @sc{cvs}.
14622@c Based on these limitations, should we deprecate ~?
14623@c What is it good for?  Are people using it?
14624
14625One may want to know about various pieces of
14626information internal to @sc{cvs}.  A @sc{cvs} internal
14627variable has the syntax @code{$@{@var{variable}@}},
14628where @var{variable} starts with a letter and consists
14629of alphanumeric characters and @samp{_}.  If the
14630character following @var{variable} is a
14631non-alphanumeric character other than @samp{_}, the
14632@samp{@{} and @samp{@}} can be omitted.  The @sc{cvs}
14633internal variables are:
14634
14635@table @code
14636@item CVSROOT
14637@cindex CVSROOT, internal variable
14638This is the absolute path to the current @sc{cvs} root directory.
14639@xref{Repository}, for a description of the various
14640ways to specify this, but note that the internal
14641variable contains just the directory and not any
14642of the access method information.
14643
14644@item RCSBIN
14645@cindex RCSBIN, internal variable
14646In @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and older, this specified the
14647directory where @sc{cvs} was looking for @sc{rcs}
14648programs.  Because @sc{cvs} no longer runs @sc{rcs}
14649programs, specifying this internal variable is now an
14650error.
14651
14652@item CVSEDITOR
14653@cindex CVSEDITOR, internal variable
14654@itemx EDITOR
14655@cindex EDITOR, internal variable
14656@itemx VISUAL
14657@cindex VISUAL, internal variable
14658These all expand to the same value, which is the editor
14659that @sc{cvs} is using.  @xref{Global options}, for how
14660to specify this.
14661
14662@item USER
14663@cindex USER, internal variable
14664Username of the user running @sc{cvs} (on the @sc{cvs}
14665server machine).
14666When using pserver, this is the user specified in the repository
14667specification which need not be the same as the username the
14668server is running as (@pxref{Password authentication server}).
14669Do not confuse this with the environment variable of the same name.
14670
14671@item SESSIONID
14672@cindex COMMITID, internal variable
14673Unique Session ID of the @sc{cvs} process. This is a
14674random string of printable characters of at least 16
14675characters length. Users should assume that it may
14676someday grow to at most 256 characters in length.
14677
14678@item COMMITID
14679@cindex COMMITID, internal variable
14680Unique Session ID of the @sc{cvs} process. This is a
14681random string of printable characters of at least 16
14682characters length. Users should assume that it may
14683someday grow to at most 256 characters in length.
14684@end table
14685
14686If you want to pass a value to the administrative files
14687which the user who is running @sc{cvs} can specify,
14688use a user variable.
14689@cindex User variables
14690To expand a user variable, the
14691administrative file contains
14692@code{$@{=@var{variable}@}}.  To set a user variable,
14693specify the global option @samp{-s} to @sc{cvs}, with
14694argument @code{@var{variable}=@var{value}}.  It may be
14695particularly useful to specify this option via
14696@file{.cvsrc} (@pxref{~/.cvsrc}).
14697
14698For example, if you want the administrative file to
14699refer to a test directory you might create a user
14700variable @code{TESTDIR}.  Then if @sc{cvs} is invoked
14701as
14702
14703@example
14704cvs -s TESTDIR=/work/local/tests
14705@end example
14706
14707@noindent
14708and the
14709administrative file contains @code{sh
14710$@{=TESTDIR@}/runtests}, then that string is expanded
14711to @code{sh /work/local/tests/runtests}.
14712
14713All other strings containing @samp{$} are reserved;
14714there is no way to quote a @samp{$} character so that
14715@samp{$} represents itself.
14716
14717Environment variables passed to administrative files are:
14718
14719@table @code
14720@cindex environment variables, passed to administrative files
14721
14722@item CVS_USER
14723@cindex CVS_USER, environment variable
14724The @sc{cvs}-specific username provided by the user, if it
14725can be provided (currently just for the pserver access
14726method), and to the empty string otherwise.  (@code{CVS_USER}
14727and @code{USER} may differ when @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/passwd}
14728is used to map @sc{cvs} usernames to system usernames.)
14729
14730@item LOGNAME
14731@cindex LOGNAME, environment variable
14732The username of the system user.
14733
14734@item USER
14735@cindex USER, environment variable
14736Same as @code{LOGNAME}.
14737Do not confuse this with the internal variable of the same name.
14738@end table
14739
14740@node config
14741@appendixsec The CVSROOT/config configuration file
14742
14743@cindex configuration file
14744@cindex config, in CVSROOT
14745@cindex CVSROOT/config
14746
14747Usually, the @file{config} file is found at @file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/config},
14748but this may be overridden on the @code{pserver} and @code{server} command
14749lines (@pxref{server & pserver}).
14750
14751The administrative file @file{config} contains various
14752miscellaneous settings which affect the behavior of
14753@sc{cvs}.  The syntax is slightly different from the
14754other administrative files.
14755
14756Leading white space on any line is ignored, though the syntax is very strict
14757and will reject spaces and tabs almost anywhere else.
14758
14759Empty lines, lines containing nothing but white space, and lines which start
14760with @samp{#} (discounting any leading white space) are ignored.
14761
14762@c FIXME: where do we define comments for the other
14763@c administrative files.
14764Other lines consist of the optional leading white space, a keyword, @samp{=},
14765and a value.  Please note again that this syntax is very strict.
14766Extraneous spaces or tabs, other than the leading white space, are not
14767permitted on these lines.
14768@c See comments in parseinfo.c:parse_config for more
14769@c discussion of this strictness.
14770
14771As of CVS 1.12.13, lines of the form @samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} mark the subsequent
14772section of the config file as applying only to certain repositories.  Multiple
14773@samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} lines without intervening
14774@samp{@var{KEYWORD}=@var{VALUE}} pairs cause processing to fall through,
14775processing subsequent keywords for any root in the list.  Finally, keywords
14776and values which appear before any @samp{[@var{CVSROOT}]} lines are defaults,
14777and may to apply to any repository.  For example, consider the following file:
14778
14779@example
14780# Defaults
14781LogHistory=TMAR
14782
14783[/cvsroots/team1]
14784  LockDir=/locks/team1
14785
14786[/cvsroots/team2]
14787  LockDir=/locks/team2
14788
14789[/cvsroots/team3]
14790  LockDir=/locks/team3
14791
14792[/cvsroots/team4]
14793  LockDir=/locks/team4
14794
14795[/cvsroots/team3]
14796[/cvsroots/team4]
14797  # Override logged commands for teams 3 & 4.
14798  LogHistory=all
14799@end example
14800
14801This example file sets up separate lock directories for each project, as well
14802as a default set of logged commands overridden for the example's team 3 &
14803team 4. This syntax could be useful, for instance, if you wished to share a
14804single config file, for instance @file{/etc/cvs.conf}, among several
14805repositories.
14806
14807Currently defined keywords are:
14808
14809@table @code
14810@cindex HistoryLogPath, in CVSROOT/config
14811@item HistorySearchPath=@var{pattern}
14812Request that @sc{cvs} look for its history information in files matching
14813@var{pattern}, which is a standard UNIX file glob.  If @var{pattern} matches
14814multiple files, all will be searched in lexicographically sorted order.
14815@xref{history}, and @ref{history file}, for more.
14816
14817If no value is supplied for this option, it defaults to
14818@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}.
14819
14820@cindex HistorySearchPath, in CVSROOT/config
14821@item HistoryLogPath=@var{path}
14822Control where @sc{cvs} logs its history.  If the file does not exist, @sc{cvs}
14823will attempt to create it.  Format strings, as available to the GNU C
14824@code{strftime} function and often the UNIX date command, and the string
14825@var{$CVSROOT} will be substituted in this path.  For example, consider the
14826line:
14827
14828@example
14829HistoryLogPath=$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history/%Y-%m-%d
14830@end example
14831
14832This line would cause @sc{cvs} to attempt to create its history file in a
14833subdirectory (@file{history}) of the configuration directory (@file{CVSROOT})
14834with a name equal to the current date representation in the ISO8601 format (for
14835example, on May 11, 2005, @sc{cvs} would attempt to log its history under the
14836repository root directory in a file named @file{CVSROOT/history/2005-05-11}).
14837@xref{history}, and @ref{history file}, for more.
14838
14839If no value is supplied for this option, it defaults to
14840@file{$CVSROOT/CVSROOT/history}.
14841
14842@cindex ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly, in CVSROOT/config
14843@cindex import, config admin file
14844@cindex config (admin file), import
14845@item ImportNewFilesToVendorBranchOnly=@var{value}
14846Specify whether @code{cvs import} should always behave as if the
14847@samp{-X} flag was specified on the command line.  
14848@var{value} may be either @samp{yes} or @samp{no}.  If set to @samp{yes},
14849all uses of @code{cvs import} on the repository will behave as if the
14850@samp{-X} flag was set.  The default value is @samp{no}.
14851
14852@cindex KeywordExpand, in CVSROOT/config
14853@item KeywordExpand=@var{value}
14854Specify @samp{i} followed by a list of keywords to be expanded
14855(for example, @samp{KeywordExpand=iMYCVS,Name,Date}),
14856or @samp{e} followed by a list of keywords not to be expanded
14857(for example, @samp{KeywordExpand=eCVSHeader}).
14858For more on keyword expansion, see @ref{Configuring keyword expansion}.
14859
14860@cindex LocalKeyword, in CVSROOT/config
14861@item LocalKeyword=@var{value}
14862Specify a local alias for a standard keyword.
14863For example, @samp{LocalKeyword=MYCVS=CVSHeader}.
14864For more on local keywords, see @ref{Keyword substitution}.
14865
14866@cindex LockDir, in CVSROOT/config
14867@item LockDir=@var{directory}
14868Put @sc{cvs} lock files in @var{directory} rather than
14869directly in the repository.  This is useful if you want
14870to let users read from the repository while giving them
14871write access only to @var{directory}, not to the
14872repository.
14873It can also be used to put the locks on a very fast
14874in-memory file system to speed up locking and unlocking
14875the repository.
14876You need to create @var{directory}, but
14877@sc{cvs} will create subdirectories of @var{directory} as it
14878needs them.  For information on @sc{cvs} locks, see
14879@ref{Concurrency}.
14880
14881@c Mention this in Compatibility section?
14882Before enabling the LockDir option, make sure that you
14883have tracked down and removed any copies of @sc{cvs} 1.9 or
14884older.  Such versions neither support LockDir, nor will
14885give an error indicating that they don't support it.
14886The result, if this is allowed to happen, is that some
14887@sc{cvs} users will put the locks one place, and others will
14888put them another place, and therefore the repository
14889could become corrupted.  @sc{cvs} 1.10 does not support
14890LockDir but it will print a warning if run on a
14891repository with LockDir enabled.
14892
14893@cindex LogHistory, in CVSROOT/config
14894@item LogHistory=@var{value}
14895Control what is logged to the @file{CVSROOT/history} file (@pxref{history}).
14896Default of @samp{TOEFWUPCGMAR} (or simply @samp{all}) will log
14897all transactions.  Any subset of the default is
14898legal.  (For example, to only log transactions that modify the
14899@file{*,v} files, use @samp{LogHistory=TMAR}.)  To disable history logging
14900completely, use @samp{LogHistory=}.
14901
14902@cindex MaxCommentLeaderLength, in CVSROOT/config
14903@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
14904@item MaxCommentLeaderLength=@var{length}
14905Set to some length, in bytes, where a trailing @samp{k}, @samp{M}, @samp{G},
14906or @samp{T} causes the preceding nubmer to be interpreted as kilobytes,
14907megabytes, gigabytes, or terrabytes, respectively, will cause
14908@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keywords (@pxref{Keyword substitution}), with
14909more than @var{length} bytes preceding it on a line to be ignored (or to fall
14910back on the comment leader set in the RCS archive file - see
14911@code{UseArchiveCommentLeader} below).  Defaults to 20 bytes to allow checkouts
14912to proceed normally when they include binary files containing
14913@code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} keywords and which users have neglected to mark
14914as binary.
14915
14916@cindex MinCompressionLevel, in CVSROOT/config
14917@cindex MaxCompressionLevel, in CVSROOT/config
14918@cindex Compression levels, restricting on server
14919@item MinCompressionLevel=@var{value}
14920@itemx MaxCompressionLevel=@var{value}
14921Restricts the level of compression used by the @sc{cvs} server to a @var{value}
14922between 0 and 9.  @var{value}s 1 through 9 are the same @sc{zlib} compression
14923levels accepted by the @samp{-z} option (@pxref{Global options}), and 0 means
14924no compression.  When one or both of these keys are set and a client requests a
14925level outside the specified range, the server will simply use the closest
14926permissable level.  Clients will continue compressing at the level requested by
14927the user.
14928
14929The exception is when level 0 (no compression) is not available and the client
14930fails to request any compression.  The @sc{cvs} server will then exit with an
14931error message when it becomes apparent that the client is not going to request
14932compression.  This will not happen with clients version 1.12.13 and later since
14933these client versions allow the server to notify them that they must request
14934some level of compression.
14935
14936@ignore
14937@cindex PreservePermissions, in CVSROOT/config
14938@item PreservePermissions=@var{value}
14939Enable support for saving special device files,
14940symbolic links, file permissions and ownerships in the
14941repository.  The default value is @samp{no}.
14942@xref{Special Files}, for the full implications of using
14943this keyword.
14944@end ignore
14945
14946@cindex PrimaryServer, in CVSROOT/config
14947@cindex Primary server
14948@cindex Secondary server
14949@cindex proxy, write
14950@cindex write proxy
14951@item PrimaryServer=@var{CVSROOT}
14952When specified, and the repository specified by @var{CVSROOT} is not the one
14953currently being accessed, then the server will turn itself into a transparent
14954proxy to @var{CVSROOT} for write requests.  The @var{hostname} configured as
14955part of @var{CVSROOT} must resolve to the same string returned by the
14956@command{uname} command on the primary server for this to work.  Host name
14957resolution is performed via some combination of @command{named}, a broken out
14958line from @file{/etc/hosts}, and the Network Information Service (NIS or YP),
14959depending on the configuration of the particular system.
14960
14961Only the @samp{:ext:} method is
14962currently supported for primaries (actually, @samp{:fork:} is supported as
14963well, but only for testing - if you find another use for accessing a primary
14964via the @samp{:fork:} method, please send a note to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}
14965about it).  See @ref{Write proxies} for more on configuring and using write
14966proxies.
14967
14968@cindex RCSBIN, in CVSROOT/config
14969@item RCSBIN=@var{bindir}
14970For @sc{cvs} 1.9.12 through 1.9.18, this setting told
14971@sc{cvs} to look for @sc{rcs} programs in the
14972@var{bindir} directory.  Current versions of @sc{cvs}
14973do not run @sc{rcs} programs; for compatibility this
14974setting is accepted, but it does nothing.
14975
14976@cindex RereadLogAfterVerify, in CVSROOT/config
14977@cindex @file{verifymsg}, changing the log message
14978@item RereadLogAfterVerify=@var{value}
14979Modify the @samp{commit} command such that CVS will reread the
14980log message after running the program specified by @file{verifymsg}.
14981@var{value} may be one of @samp{yes} or @samp{always}, indicating that
14982the log message should always be reread; @samp{no}
14983or @samp{never}, indicating that it should never be
14984reread; or @var{value} may be @samp{stat}, indicating
14985that the file should be checked with the file system
14986@samp{stat()} function to see if it has changed (see warning below)
14987before rereading.  The default value is @samp{always}.
14988
14989@strong{Note: the `stat' mode can cause CVS to pause for up to
14990one extra second per directory committed.  This can be less IO and
14991CPU intensive but is not recommended for use with large repositories}
14992
14993@xref{verifymsg}, for more information on how verifymsg
14994may be used.
14995
14996@cindex SystemAuth, in CVSROOT/config
14997@item SystemAuth=@var{value}
14998If @var{value} is @samp{yes}, then pserver should check
14999for users in the system's user database if not found in
15000@file{CVSROOT/passwd}.  If it is @samp{no}, then all
15001pserver users must exist in @file{CVSROOT/passwd}.
15002The default is @samp{yes}.  For more on pserver, see
15003@ref{Password authenticated}.
15004
15005@cindex TmpDir, in config
15006@cindex temporary files, location of
15007@cindex temporary directory, set in config
15008@item TmpDir=@var{path}
15009Specify @var{path} as the directory to create temporary files in.
15010@xref{Global options}, for more on setting the path to the temporary
15011directory.  This option first appeared with @sc{cvs} release 1.12.13.
15012
15013@cindex TopLevelAdmin, in CVSROOT/config
15014@item TopLevelAdmin=@var{value}
15015Modify the @samp{checkout} command to create a
15016@samp{CVS} directory at the top level of the new
15017working directory, in addition to @samp{CVS}
15018directories created within checked-out directories.
15019The default value is @samp{no}.
15020
15021This option is useful if you find yourself performing
15022many commands at the top level of your working
15023directory, rather than in one of the checked out
15024subdirectories.  The @file{CVS} directory created there
15025will mean you don't have to specify @code{CVSROOT} for
15026each command.  It also provides a place for the
15027@file{CVS/Template} file (@pxref{Working directory
15028storage}).
15029
15030@cindex UseArchiveCommentLeader, in CVSROOT/config
15031@cindex Log keyword, configuring substitution behavior
15032@item UseArchiveCommentLeader=@var{value}
15033Set to @code{true}, if the text preceding a @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$}
15034keyword is found to exceed @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} (above) bytes, then
15035the comment leader set in the RCS archive file (@pxref{admin}), if any, will
15036be used instead.  If there is no comment leader set in the archive file or
15037@var{value} is set to @samp{false}, then the keyword will not be expanded
15038(@pxref{Keyword list}).  To force the comment leader in the RCS archive file to
15039be used exclusively (and @code{$@splitrcskeyword{Log}$} expansion skipped in
15040files where the comment leader has not been set in the archive file), set
15041@var{value} and set @code{MaxCommentLeaderLength} to @code{0}.
15042
15043@cindex UseNewInfoFmtStrings, in CVSROOT/config
15044@cindex format strings, config admin file
15045@cindex config (admin file), updating legacy repositories
15046@cindex compatibility notes, config admin file
15047@item UseNewInfoFmtStrings=@var{value}
15048Specify whether @sc{cvs} should support the new or old command line
15049template model for the commit support files (@pxref{commit files}).
15050This configuration variable began life in deprecation and is only here
15051in order to give people time to update legacy repositories to use the new
15052format string syntax before support for the old syntax is removed.  For
15053information on updating your repository to support the new model,
15054please see @ref{Updating Commit Files}.
15055
15056@emph{Note that new repositories (created with the @code{cvs init} command)
15057will have this value set to @samp{yes}, but the default value is @samp{no}.}
15058
15059@cindex UserAdminOptions, in CVSROOT/config
15060@item UserAdminOptions=@var{value}
15061Control what options will be allowed with the @code{cvs admin}
15062command (@pxref{admin}) for users not in the @code{cvsadmin} group.
15063The @var{value} string is a list of single character options
15064which should be allowed.  If a user who is not a member of the
15065@code{cvsadmin} group tries to execute any @code{cvs admin}
15066option which is not listed they will will receive an error message
15067reporting that the option is restricted.
15068
15069If no @code{cvsadmin} group exists on the server, @sc{cvs} will
15070ignore the @code{UserAdminOptions} keyword (@pxref{admin}).
15071
15072When not specified, @code{UserAdminOptions} defaults to
15073@samp{k}.  In other words, it defaults to allowing
15074users outside of the @code{cvsadmin} group to use the
15075@code{cvs admin} command only to change the default keyword
15076expansion mode for files.
15077
15078As an example, to restrict users not in the @code{cvsadmin}
15079group to using @code{cvs admin} to change the default keyword
15080substitution mode, lock revisions, unlock revisions, and
15081replace the log message, use @samp{UserAdminOptions=klum}.
15082@end table
15083
15084
15085
15086@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15087@node Environment variables
15088@appendix All environment variables which affect CVS
15089@cindex Environment variables
15090@cindex Reference manual for variables
15091
15092This is a complete list of all environment variables
15093that affect @sc{cvs} (Windows users, please bear with this list;
15094$VAR is equivalent to %VAR% at the Windows command prompt).
15095
15096@table @code
15097@cindex CVSIGNORE, environment variable
15098@item $CVSIGNORE
15099A whitespace-separated list of file name patterns that
15100@sc{cvs} should ignore. @xref{cvsignore}.
15101
15102@cindex CVSWRAPPERS, environment variable
15103@item $CVSWRAPPERS
15104A whitespace-separated list of file name patterns that
15105@sc{cvs} should treat as wrappers. @xref{Wrappers}.
15106
15107@cindex CVSREAD, environment variable
15108@cindex Read-only files, and CVSREAD
15109@item $CVSREAD
15110If this is set, @code{checkout} and @code{update} will
15111try hard to make the files in your working directory
15112read-only.  When this is not set, the default behavior
15113is to permit modification of your working files.
15114
15115@cindex CVSREADONLYFS, environment variable
15116@item $CVSREADONLYFS
15117Turns on read-only repository mode. This allows one to
15118check out from a read-only repository, such as within
15119an anoncvs server, or from a @sc{cd-rom} repository.
15120
15121It has the same effect as if the @samp{-R} command-line
15122option is used. This can also allow the use of
15123read-only NFS repositories.
15124
15125@item $CVSUMASK
15126Controls permissions of files in the repository.  See
15127@ref{File permissions}.
15128
15129@item $CVSROOT
15130Should contain the full pathname to the root of the @sc{cvs}
15131source repository (where the @sc{rcs} files are
15132kept).  This information must be available to @sc{cvs} for
15133most commands to execute; if @code{$CVSROOT} is not set,
15134or if you wish to override it for one invocation, you
15135can supply it on the command line: @samp{cvs -d cvsroot
15136cvs_command@dots{}} Once you have checked out a working
15137directory, @sc{cvs} stores the appropriate root (in
15138the file @file{CVS/Root}), so normally you only need to
15139worry about this when initially checking out a working
15140directory.
15141
15142@item $CVSEDITOR
15143@cindex CVSEDITOR, environment variable
15144@itemx $EDITOR
15145@cindex EDITOR, environment variable
15146@itemx $VISUAL
15147@cindex VISUAL, environment variable
15148Specifies the program to use for recording log messages
15149during commit.  @code{$CVSEDITOR} overrides
15150@code{$EDITOR}, which overrides @code{$VISUAL}.
15151See @ref{Committing your changes} for more or
15152@ref{Global options} for alternative ways of specifying a
15153log editor.
15154
15155@cindex PATH, environment variable
15156@item $PATH
15157If @code{$RCSBIN} is not set, and no path is compiled
15158into @sc{cvs}, it will use @code{$PATH} to try to find all
15159programs it uses.
15160
15161@cindex HOME, environment variable
15162@item $HOME
15163@cindex HOMEPATH, environment variable
15164@item $HOMEPATH
15165@cindex HOMEDRIVE, environment variable
15166@item $HOMEDRIVE
15167Used to locate the directory where the @file{.cvsrc}
15168file, and other such files, are searched.  On Unix, @sc{cvs}
15169just checks for @code{HOME}.  On Windows NT, the system will
15170set @code{HOMEDRIVE}, for example to @samp{d:} and @code{HOMEPATH},
15171for example to @file{\joe}.  On Windows 95, you'll
15172probably need to set @code{HOMEDRIVE} and @code{HOMEPATH} yourself.
15173@c We are being vague about whether HOME works on
15174@c Windows; see long comment in windows-NT/filesubr.c.
15175
15176@cindex CVS_RSH, environment variable
15177@item $CVS_RSH
15178Specifies the external program which @sc{cvs} connects with,
15179when @code{:ext:} access method is specified.
15180@pxref{Connecting via rsh}.
15181
15182@item $CVS_SERVER
15183Used in client-server mode when accessing a remote
15184repository using @sc{rsh}.  It specifies the name of
15185the program to start on the server side (and any
15186necessary arguments) when accessing a remote repository
15187using the @code{:ext:}, @code{:fork:}, or @code{:server:} access methods.
15188The default value for @code{:ext:} and @code{:server:} is @code{cvs};
15189the default value for @code{:fork:} is the name used to run the client.
15190@pxref{Connecting via rsh}
15191
15192@item $CVS_PASSFILE
15193Used in client-server mode when accessing the @code{cvs
15194login server}.  Default value is @file{$HOME/.cvspass}.
15195@pxref{Password authentication client}
15196
15197@cindex CVS_CLIENT_PORT
15198@item $CVS_CLIENT_PORT
15199Used in client-server mode to set the port to use when accessing the server
15200via Kerberos, GSSAPI, or @sc{cvs}'s password authentication protocol
15201if the port is not specified in the CVSROOT.
15202@pxref{Remote repositories}
15203
15204@cindex CVS_PROXY_PORT
15205@item $CVS_PROXY_PORT
15206Used in client-server mode to set the port to use when accessing a server
15207via a web proxy, if the port is not specified in the CVSROOT.  Works with
15208GSSAPI, and the password authentication protocol.
15209@pxref{Remote repositories}
15210
15211@cindex CVS_RCMD_PORT, environment variable
15212@item $CVS_RCMD_PORT
15213Used in client-server mode.  If set, specifies the port
15214number to be used when accessing the @sc{rcmd} demon on
15215the server side. (Currently not used for Unix clients).
15216
15217@cindex CVS_CLIENT_LOG, environment variable
15218@item $CVS_CLIENT_LOG
15219Used for debugging only in client-server
15220mode.  If set, everything sent to the server is logged
15221into @file{@code{$CVS_CLIENT_LOG}.in} and everything
15222sent from the server is logged into
15223@file{@code{$CVS_CLIENT_LOG}.out}.
15224
15225@cindex CVS_SERVER_SLEEP, environment variable
15226@item $CVS_SERVER_SLEEP
15227Used only for debugging the server side in
15228client-server mode.  If set, delays the start of the
15229server child process the specified amount of
15230seconds so that you can attach to it with a debugger.
15231
15232@cindex CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT, environment variable
15233@item $CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT
15234For @sc{cvs} 1.10 and older, setting this variable
15235prevents @sc{cvs} from overwriting the @file{CVS/Root}
15236file when the @samp{-d} global option is specified.
15237Later versions of @sc{cvs} do not rewrite
15238@file{CVS/Root}, so @code{CVS_IGNORE_REMOTE_ROOT} has no
15239effect.
15240
15241@cindex CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM, environment variable
15242@item $CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM
15243Setting this variable allows some control over the
15244branch number that is assigned. This is specifically to
15245support the local commit feature of CVSup. If one sets
15246@code{CVS_LOCAL_BRANCH_NUM} to (say) 1000 then branches
15247the local repository, the revision numbers will look
15248like 1.66.1000.xx. There is almost a dead-set certainty
15249that there will be no conflicts with version numbers.
15250
15251@cindex COMSPEC, environment variable
15252@item $COMSPEC
15253Used under OS/2 only.  It specifies the name of the
15254command interpreter and defaults to @sc{cmd.exe}.
15255
15256@cindex TMPDIR, environment variable
15257@cindex temporary file directory, set via environment variable
15258@cindex temporary files, location of
15259@item $TMPDIR
15260Directory in which temporary files are located.
15261@xref{Global options}, for more on setting the temporary directory.
15262
15263@cindex CVS_PID, environment variable
15264@item $CVS_PID
15265This is the process identification (aka pid) number of
15266the @sc{cvs} process. It is often useful in the
15267programs and/or scripts specified by the
15268@file{commitinfo}, @file{verifymsg}, @file{loginfo}
15269files.
15270@end table
15271
15272@node Compatibility
15273@appendix Compatibility between CVS Versions
15274
15275@cindex CVS, versions of
15276@cindex Versions, of CVS
15277@cindex Compatibility, between CVS versions
15278@c We don't mention versions older than CVS 1.3
15279@c on the theory that it would clutter it up for the vast
15280@c majority of people, who don't have anything that old.
15281@c
15282The repository format is compatible going back to
15283@sc{cvs} 1.3.  But see @ref{Watches Compatibility}, if
15284you have copies of @sc{cvs} 1.6 or older and you want
15285to use the optional developer communication features.
15286@c If you "cvs rm" and commit using 1.3, then you'll
15287@c want to run "rcs -sdead <file,v>" on each of the
15288@c files in the Attic if you then want 1.5 and
15289@c later to recognize those files as dead (I think the
15290@c symptom if this is not done is that files reappear
15291@c in joins).  (Wait: the above will work but really to
15292@c be strictly correct we should suggest checking
15293@c in a new revision rather than just changing the
15294@c state of the head revision, shouldn't we?).
15295@c The old convert.sh script was for this, but it never
15296@c did get updated to reflect use of the RCS "dead"
15297@c state.
15298@c Note: this is tricky to document without confusing
15299@c people--need to carefully say what CVS version we
15300@c are talking about and keep in mind the distinction
15301@c between a
15302@c repository created with 1.3 and on which one now
15303@c uses 1.5+, and a repository on which one wants to
15304@c use both versions side by side (e.g. during a
15305@c transition period).
15306@c Wait, can't CVS just detect the case in which a file
15307@c is in the Attic but the head revision is not dead?
15308@c Not sure whether this should produce a warning or
15309@c something, and probably needs further thought, but
15310@c it would appear that the situation can be detected.
15311@c
15312@c We might want to separate out the 1.3 compatibility
15313@c section (for repository & working directory) from the
15314@c rest--that might help avoid confusing people who
15315@c are upgrading (for example) from 1.6 to 1.8.
15316@c
15317@c A minor incompatibility is if a current version of CVS
15318@c puts "Nfoo" into CVS/Tag, then CVS 1.9 or older will
15319@c see this as if there is no tag.  Seems to me this is
15320@c too obscure to mention.
15321
15322The working directory format is compatible going back
15323to @sc{cvs} 1.5.  It did change between @sc{cvs} 1.3
15324and @sc{cvs} 1.5.  If you run @sc{cvs} 1.5 or newer on
15325a working directory checked out with @sc{cvs} 1.3,
15326@sc{cvs} will convert it, but to go back to @sc{cvs}
153271.3 you need to check out a new working directory with
15328@sc{cvs} 1.3.
15329
15330The remote protocol is interoperable going back to @sc{cvs} 1.5, but no
15331further (1.5 was the first official release with the remote protocol,
15332but some older versions might still be floating around).  In many
15333cases you need to upgrade both the client and the server to take
15334advantage of new features and bug fixes, however.
15335
15336@c Perhaps should be saying something here about the
15337@c "D" lines in Entries (written by CVS 1.9; 1.8 and
15338@c older don't use them).  These are supposed to be
15339@c compatible in both directions, but I'm not sure
15340@c they quite are 100%.  One common gripe is if you
15341@c "rm -r" a directory and 1.9 gets confused, as it
15342@c still sees it in Entries.  That one is fixed in
15343@c (say) 1.9.6.  Someone else reported problems with
15344@c starting with a directory which was checked out with
15345@c an old version, and then using a new version, and
15346@c some "D" lines appeared, but not for every
15347@c directory, causing some directories to be skipped.
15348@c They weren't sure how to reproduce this, though.
15349
15350@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15351@node Troubleshooting
15352@appendix Troubleshooting
15353
15354If you are having trouble with @sc{cvs}, this appendix
15355may help.  If there is a particular error message which
15356you are seeing, then you can look up the message
15357alphabetically.  If not, you can look through the
15358section on other problems to see if your problem is
15359mentioned there.
15360
15361@menu
15362* Error messages::              Partial list of CVS errors
15363* Connection::                  Trouble making a connection to a CVS server
15364* Other problems::              Problems not readily listed by error message
15365@end menu
15366
15367@ignore
15368@c - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
15369@c @node Bad administrative files
15370@appendixsec Bad administrative files
15371
15372@c -- Give hints on how to fix them
15373@end ignore
15374
15375@node Error messages
15376@appendixsec Partial list of error messages
15377
15378Here is a partial list of error messages that you may
15379see from @sc{cvs}.  It is not a complete list---@sc{cvs}
15380is capable of printing many, many error messages, often
15381with parts of them supplied by the operating system,
15382but the intention is to list the common and/or
15383potentially confusing error messages.
15384
15385The messages are alphabetical, but introductory text
15386such as @samp{cvs update: } is not considered in
15387ordering them.
15388
15389In some cases the list includes messages printed by old
15390versions of @sc{cvs} (partly because users may not be
15391sure which version of @sc{cvs} they are using at any
15392particular moment).
15393@c If we want to start retiring messages, perhaps we
15394@c should pick a cutoff version (for example, no more
15395@c messages which are specific to versions before 1.9)
15396@c and then move the old messages to an "old messages"
15397@c node rather than deleting them completely.
15398
15399@table @code
15400@c FIXME: What is the correct way to format a multiline
15401@c error message here?  Maybe @table is the wrong
15402@c choice?  Texinfo gurus?
15403@item @var{file}:@var{line}: Assertion '@var{text}' failed
15404The exact format of this message may vary depending on
15405your system.  It indicates a bug in @sc{cvs}, which can
15406be handled as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15407
15408@item cvs @var{command}: authorization failed: server @var{host} rejected access
15409This is a generic response when trying to connect to a
15410pserver server which chooses not to provide a
15411specific reason for denying authorization.  Check that
15412the username and password specified are correct and
15413that the @code{CVSROOT} specified is allowed by @samp{--allow-root}
15414in @file{inetd.conf}.  See @ref{Password authenticated}.
15415
15416@item cvs @var{command}: conflict: removed @var{file} was modified by second party
15417This message indicates that you removed a file, and
15418someone else modified it.  To resolve the conflict,
15419first run @samp{cvs add @var{file}}.  If desired, look
15420at the other party's modification to decide whether you
15421still want to remove it.  If you don't want to remove
15422it, stop here.  If you do want to remove it, proceed
15423with @samp{cvs remove @var{file}} and commit your
15424removal.
15425@c Tests conflicts2-142b* in sanity.sh test for this.
15426
15427@item cannot change permissions on temporary directory
15428@example
15429Operation not permitted
15430@end example
15431This message has been happening in a non-reproducible,
15432occasional way when we run the client/server testsuite,
15433both on Red Hat Linux 3.0.3 and 4.1.  We haven't been
15434able to figure out what causes it, nor is it known
15435whether it is specific to Linux (or even to this
15436particular machine!).  If the problem does occur on
15437other unices, @samp{Operation not permitted} would be
15438likely to read @samp{Not owner} or whatever the system
15439in question uses for the unix @code{EPERM} error.  If
15440you have any information to add, please let us know as
15441described in @ref{BUGS}.  If you experience this error
15442while using @sc{cvs}, retrying the operation which
15443produced it should work fine.
15444@c This has been seen in a variety of tests, including
15445@c multibranch-2, multibranch-5, and basic1-24-rm-rm,
15446@c so it doesn't seem particularly specific to any one
15447@c test.
15448
15449@item cvs [server aborted]: Cannot check out files into the repository itself
15450The obvious cause for this message (especially for
15451non-client/server @sc{cvs}) is that the @sc{cvs} root
15452is, for example, @file{/usr/local/cvsroot} and you try
15453to check out files when you are in a subdirectory, such
15454as @file{/usr/local/cvsroot/test}.  However, there is a
15455more subtle cause, which is that the temporary
15456directory on the server is set to a subdirectory of the
15457root (which is also not allowed).  If this is the
15458problem, set the temporary directory to somewhere else,
15459for example @file{/var/tmp}; see @code{TMPDIR} in
15460@ref{Environment variables}, for how to set the
15461temporary directory.
15462
15463@item cannot commit files as 'root'
15464See @samp{'root' is not allowed to commit files}.
15465
15466@c For one example see basica-1a10 in the testsuite
15467@c For another example, "cvs co ." on NT; see comment
15468@c at windows-NT/filesubr.c (expand_wild).
15469@c For another example, "cvs co foo/bar" where foo exists.
15470@item cannot open CVS/Entries for reading: No such file or directory
15471This generally indicates a @sc{cvs} internal error, and
15472can be handled as with other @sc{cvs} bugs
15473(@pxref{BUGS}).  Usually there is a workaround---the
15474exact nature of which would depend on the situation but
15475which hopefully could be figured out.
15476
15477@c This is more obscure than it might sound; it only
15478@c happens if you run "cvs init" from a directory which
15479@c contains a CVS/Root file at the start.
15480@item cvs [init aborted]: cannot open CVS/Root: No such file or directory
15481This message is harmless.  Provided it is not
15482accompanied by other errors, the operation has
15483completed successfully.  This message should not occur
15484with current versions of @sc{cvs}, but it is documented
15485here for the benefit of @sc{cvs} 1.9 and older.
15486
15487@item cvs server: cannot open /root/.cvsignore: Permission denied
15488@itemx cvs [server aborted]: can't chdir(/root): Permission denied
15489See @ref{Connection}.
15490
15491@item cvs [checkout aborted]: cannot rename file @var{file} to CVS/,,@var{file}: Invalid argument
15492This message has been reported as intermittently
15493happening with @sc{cvs} 1.9 on Solaris 2.5.  The cause is
15494unknown; if you know more about what causes it, let us
15495know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15496
15497@item cvs [@var{command} aborted]: cannot start server via rcmd
15498This, unfortunately, is a rather nonspecific error
15499message which @sc{cvs} 1.9 will print if you are
15500running the @sc{cvs} client and it is having trouble
15501connecting to the server.  Current versions of @sc{cvs}
15502should print a much more specific error message.  If
15503you get this message when you didn't mean to run the
15504client at all, you probably forgot to specify
15505@code{:local:}, as described in @ref{Repository}.
15506
15507@item ci: @var{file},v: bad diff output line: Binary files - and /tmp/T2a22651 differ
15508@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older will print this message
15509when trying to check in a binary file if
15510@sc{rcs} is not correctly installed.  Re-read the
15511instructions that came with your @sc{rcs} distribution
15512and the @sc{install} file in the @sc{cvs}
15513distribution.  Alternately, upgrade to a current
15514version of @sc{cvs}, which checks in files itself
15515rather than via @sc{rcs}.
15516
15517@item cvs checkout: could not check out @var{file}
15518With @sc{cvs} 1.9, this can mean that the @code{co} program
15519(part of @sc{rcs}) returned a failure.  It should be
15520preceded by another error message, however it has been
15521observed without another error message and the cause is
15522not well-understood.  With the current version of @sc{cvs},
15523which does not run @code{co}, if this message occurs
15524without another error message, it is definitely a @sc{cvs}
15525bug (@pxref{BUGS}).
15526@c My current suspicion is that the RCS in the rcs (not
15527@c cvs/winnt/rcs57nt.zip) directory on the _Practical_
15528@c CD is bad (remains to be confirmed).
15529@c There is also a report of something which looks
15530@c very similar on SGI, Irix 5.2, so I dunno.
15531
15532@item cvs [login aborted]: could not find out home directory
15533This means that you need to set the environment
15534variables that @sc{cvs} uses to locate your home directory.
15535See the discussion of @code{HOME}, @code{HOMEDRIVE}, and @code{HOMEPATH} in
15536@ref{Environment variables}.
15537
15538@item cvs update: could not merge revision @var{rev} of @var{file}: No such file or directory
15539@sc{cvs} 1.9 and older will print this message if there was
15540a problem finding the @code{rcsmerge} program.  Make
15541sure that it is in your @code{PATH}, or upgrade to a
15542current version of @sc{cvs}, which does not require
15543an external @code{rcsmerge} program.
15544
15545@item cvs [update aborted]: could not patch @var{file}: No such file or directory
15546This means that there was a problem finding the
15547@code{patch} program.  Make sure that it is in your
15548@code{PATH}.  Note that despite appearances the message
15549is @emph{not} referring to whether it can find @var{file}.
15550If both the client and the server are running a current
15551version of @sc{cvs}, then there is no need for an
15552external patch program and you should not see this
15553message.  But if either client or server is running
15554@sc{cvs} 1.9, then you need @code{patch}.
15555
15556@item cvs update: could not patch @var{file}; will refetch
15557This means that for whatever reason the client was
15558unable to apply a patch that the server sent.  The
15559message is nothing to be concerned about, because
15560inability to apply the patch only slows things down and
15561has no effect on what @sc{cvs} does.
15562@c xref to update output.  Or File status?
15563@c Or some place else that
15564@c explains this whole "patch"/P/Needs Patch thing?
15565
15566@item dying gasps from @var{server} unexpected
15567There is a known bug in the server for @sc{cvs} 1.9.18
15568and older which can cause this.  For me, this was
15569reproducible if I used the @samp{-t} global option.  It
15570was fixed by Andy Piper's 14 Nov 1997 change to
15571src/filesubr.c, if anyone is curious.
15572If you see the message,
15573you probably can just retry the operation which failed,
15574or if you have discovered information concerning its
15575cause, please let us know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15576
15577@item end of file from server (consult above messages if any)
15578The most common cause for this message is if you are
15579using an external @code{rsh} program and it exited with
15580an error.  In this case the @code{rsh} program should
15581have printed a message, which will appear before the
15582above message.  For more information on setting up a
15583@sc{cvs} client and server, see @ref{Remote repositories}.
15584
15585@item cvs [update aborted]: EOF in key in RCS file @var{file},v
15586@itemx cvs [checkout aborted]: EOF while looking for end of string in RCS file @var{file},v
15587This means that there is a syntax error in the given
15588@sc{rcs} file.  Note that this might be true even if @sc{rcs} can
15589read the file OK; @sc{cvs} does more error checking of
15590errors in the RCS file.  That is why you may see this
15591message when upgrading from @sc{cvs} 1.9 to @sc{cvs}
155921.10.  The likely cause for the original corruption is
15593hardware, the operating system, or the like.  Of
15594course, if you find a case in which @sc{cvs} seems to
15595corrupting the file, by all means report it,
15596(@pxref{BUGS}).
15597There are quite a few variations of this error message,
15598depending on exactly where in the @sc{rcs} file @sc{cvs}
15599finds the syntax error.
15600
15601@cindex mkmodules
15602@item cvs commit: Executing 'mkmodules'
15603This means that your repository is set up for a version
15604of @sc{cvs} prior to @sc{cvs} 1.8.  When using @sc{cvs}
156051.8 or later, the above message will be preceded by
15606
15607@example
15608cvs commit: Rebuilding administrative file database
15609@end example
15610
15611If you see both messages, the database is being rebuilt
15612twice, which is unnecessary but harmless.  If you wish
15613to avoid the duplication, and you have no versions of
15614@sc{cvs} 1.7 or earlier in use, remove @code{-i mkmodules}
15615every place it appears in your @code{modules}
15616file.  For more information on the @code{modules} file,
15617see @ref{modules}.
15618
15619@c This message comes from "co", and I believe is
15620@c possible only with older versions of CVS which call
15621@c co.  The problem with being able to create the bogus
15622@c RCS file still exists, though (and I think maybe
15623@c there is a different symptom(s) now).
15624@c FIXME: Would be nice to have a more exact wording
15625@c for this message.
15626@item missing author
15627Typically this can happen if you created an RCS file
15628with your username set to empty.  @sc{cvs} will, bogusly,
15629create an illegal RCS file with no value for the author
15630field.  The solution is to make sure your username is
15631set to a non-empty value and re-create the RCS file.
15632@c "make sure your username is set" is complicated in
15633@c and of itself, as there are the environment
15634@c variables the system login name, &c, and it depends
15635@c on the version of CVS.
15636
15637@item cvs [checkout aborted]: no such tag @var{tag}
15638This message means that @sc{cvs} isn't familiar with
15639the tag @var{tag}.  Usually the root cause is that you have
15640mistyped a tag name.  Ocassionally this can also occur because the
15641users creating tags do not have permissions to write to the
15642@file{CVSROOT/val-tags} file (@pxref{File permissions}, for more).
15643
15644Prior to @sc{cvs} version 1.12.10, there were a few relatively
15645obscure cases where a given tag could be created in an archive
15646file in the repository but @sc{cvs} would require the user to
15647@c Search sanity.sh for "no such tag" to see some of
15648@c the relatively obscure cases.
15649try a few other @sc{cvs} commands involving that tag
15650until one was found whch caused @sc{cvs} to update
15651@cindex CVSROOT/val-tags file, forcing tags into
15652@cindex val-tags file, forcing tags into
15653the @file{val-tags} file, at which point the originally failing command
15654would begin to work.  This same method can be used to repair a @file{val-tags}
15655file that becomes out of date due to the permissions problem mentioned above.
15656This updating is only required once per tag - once a tag is listed in
15657@file{val-tags}, it stays there.
15658
15659Note that using @samp{tag -f} to not require tag matches did not and
15660does not override this check (@pxref{Common options}). 
15661 
15662@item *PANIC* administration files missing
15663This typically means that there is a directory named
15664@sc{cvs} but it does not contain the administrative files
15665which @sc{cvs} puts in a CVS directory.  If the problem is
15666that you created a CVS directory via some mechanism
15667other than @sc{cvs}, then the answer is simple, use a name
15668other than @sc{cvs}.  If not, it indicates a @sc{cvs} bug
15669(@pxref{BUGS}).
15670
15671@item rcs error: Unknown option: -x,v/
15672This message will be followed by a usage message for
15673@sc{rcs}.  It means that you have an old version of
15674@sc{rcs} (probably supplied with your operating
15675system), as well as an old version of @sc{cvs}.
15676@sc{cvs} 1.9.18 and earlier only work with @sc{rcs} version 5 and
15677later; current versions of @sc{cvs} do not run @sc{rcs} programs.
15678@c For more information on installing @sc{cvs}, see
15679@c (FIXME: where?  it depends on whether you are
15680@c getting binaries or sources or what).
15681@c The message can also say "ci error" or something
15682@c instead of "rcs error", I suspect.
15683
15684@item cvs [server aborted]: received broken pipe signal
15685This message can be caused by a loginfo program that fails to
15686read all of the log information from its standard input.
15687If you find it happening in any other circumstances,
15688please let us know as described in @ref{BUGS}.
15689
15690@item 'root' is not allowed to commit files
15691When committing a permanent change, @sc{cvs} makes a log entry of
15692who committed the change.  If you are committing the change logged
15693in as "root" (not under "su" or other root-priv giving program),
15694@sc{cvs} cannot determine who is actually making the change.
15695As such, by default, @sc{cvs} disallows changes to be committed by users
15696logged in as "root".  (You can disable this option by passing the
15697@code{--enable-rootcommit} option to @file{configure} and recompiling @sc{cvs}.
15698On some systems this means editing the appropriate @file{config.h} file
15699before building @sc{cvs}.)
15700
15701@item cvs [server aborted]: Secondary out of sync with primary!
15702
15703This usually means that the version of @sc{cvs} running on a secondary
15704server is incompatible with the version running on the primary server
15705(@pxref{Write proxies}).
15706This will not occur if the client supports redirection.
15707
15708It is not the version number that is significant here, but the list of
15709supported requests that the servers provide to the client.
15710For example, even if both servers were the same version,
15711if the secondary was compiled with GSSAPI support and the primary was not,
15712the list of supported requests provided by the two servers
15713would be different and the secondary would not work as a transparent
15714proxy to the primary.
15715Conversely, even if the two servers were radically different versions
15716but both provided the same list of valid requests to the client,
15717the transparent proxy would succeed.
15718
15719@item Terminated with fatal signal 11
15720This message usually indicates that @sc{cvs} (the server, if you're
15721using client/server mode) has run out of (virtual) memory.
15722Although @sc{cvs} tries to catch the error and issue a more meaningful
15723message, there are many circumstances where that is not possible.
15724If you appear to have lots of memory available to the system,
15725the problem is most likely that you're running into a system-wide
15726limit on the amount of memory a single process can use or a
15727similar process-specific limit.
15728The mechanisms for displaying and setting such limits vary from
15729system to system, so you'll have to consult an expert for your
15730particular system if you don't know how to do that.
15731
15732@item Too many arguments!
15733This message is typically printed by the @file{log.pl}
15734script which is in the @file{contrib} directory in the
15735@sc{cvs} source distribution.  In some versions of
15736@sc{cvs}, @file{log.pl} has been part of the default
15737@sc{cvs} installation.  The @file{log.pl} script gets
15738called from the @file{loginfo} administrative file.
15739Check that the arguments passed in @file{loginfo} match
15740what your version of @file{log.pl} expects.  In
15741particular, the @file{log.pl} from @sc{cvs} 1.3 and
15742older expects the log file as an argument whereas the
15743@file{log.pl} from @sc{cvs} 1.5 and newer expects the
15744log file to be specified with a @samp{-f} option.  Of
15745course, if you don't need @file{log.pl} you can just
15746comment it out of @file{loginfo}.
15747
15748@item cvs [update aborted]: unexpected EOF reading @var{file},v
15749See @samp{EOF in key in RCS file}.
15750
15751@item cvs [login aborted]: unrecognized auth response from @var{server}
15752This message typically means that the server is not set
15753up properly.  For example, if @file{inetd.conf} points
15754to a nonexistent cvs executable.  To debug it further,
15755find the log file which inetd writes
15756(@file{/var/log/messages} or whatever inetd uses on
15757your system).  For details, see @ref{Connection}, and
15758@ref{Password authentication server}.
15759
15760@item cvs commit: Up-to-date check failed for `@var{file}'
15761This means that someone else has committed a change to
15762that file since the last time that you did a @code{cvs
15763update}.  So before proceeding with your @code{cvs
15764commit} you need to @code{cvs update}.  @sc{cvs} will merge
15765the changes that you made and the changes that the
15766other person made.  If it does not detect any conflicts
15767it will report @samp{M @var{file}} and you are ready
15768to @code{cvs commit}.  If it detects conflicts it will
15769print a message saying so, will report @samp{C @var{file}},
15770and you need to manually resolve the
15771conflict.  For more details on this process see
15772@ref{Conflicts example}.
15773
15774@item Usage:	diff3 [-exEX3 [-i | -m] [-L label1 -L label3]] file1 file2 file3
15775@example
15776Only one of [exEX3] allowed
15777@end example
15778This indicates a problem with the installation of
15779@code{diff3} and @code{rcsmerge}.  Specifically
15780@code{rcsmerge} was compiled to look for GNU diff3, but
15781it is finding unix diff3 instead.  The exact text of
15782the message will vary depending on the system.  The
15783simplest solution is to upgrade to a current version of
15784@sc{cvs}, which does not rely on external
15785@code{rcsmerge} or @code{diff3} programs.
15786
15787@item warning: unrecognized response `@var{text}' from cvs server
15788If @var{text} contains a valid response (such as
15789@samp{ok}) followed by an extra carriage return
15790character (on many systems this will cause the second
15791part of the message to overwrite the first part), then
15792it probably means that you are using the @samp{:ext:}
15793access method with a version of rsh, such as most
15794non-unix rsh versions, which does not by default
15795provide a transparent data stream.  In such cases you
15796probably want to try @samp{:server:} instead of
15797@samp{:ext:}.  If @var{text} is something else, this
15798may signify a problem with your @sc{cvs} server.
15799Double-check your installation against the instructions
15800for setting up the @sc{cvs} server.
15801@c FIXCVS: should be printing CR as \r or \015 or some
15802@c such, probably.
15803
15804@item cvs commit: [@var{time}] waiting for @var{user}'s lock in @var{directory}
15805This is a normal message, not an error.  See
15806@ref{Concurrency}, for more details.
15807
15808@item cvs commit: warning: editor session failed
15809@cindex Exit status, of editor
15810This means that the editor which @sc{cvs} is using exits with a nonzero
15811exit status.  Some versions of vi will do this even when there was not
15812a problem editing the file.  If so, point the
15813@code{CVSEDITOR} environment variable to a small script
15814such as:
15815
15816@example
15817#!/bin/sh
15818vi $*
15819exit 0
15820@end example
15821
15822@item cvs update: warning: @var{file} was lost
15823This means that the working copy of @var{file} has been deleted
15824but it has not been removed from @sc{cvs}.
15825This is nothing to be concerned about,
15826the update will just recreate the local file from the repository.
15827(This is a convenient way to discard local changes to a file:
15828just delete it and then run @code{cvs update}.)
15829
15830@item cvs update: warning: @var{file} is not (any longer) pertinent
15831This means that the working copy of @var{file} has been deleted,
15832it has not been removed from @sc{cvs} in the current working directory,
15833but it has been removed from @sc{cvs} in some other working directory.
15834This is nothing to be concerned about,
15835the update would have removed the local file anyway.
15836
15837@end table
15838
15839@node Connection
15840@appendixsec Trouble making a connection to a CVS server
15841
15842This section concerns what to do if you are having
15843trouble making a connection to a @sc{cvs} server.  If
15844you are running the @sc{cvs} command line client
15845running on Windows, first upgrade the client to
15846@sc{cvs} 1.9.12 or later.  The error reporting in
15847earlier versions provided much less information about
15848what the problem was.  If the client is non-Windows,
15849@sc{cvs} 1.9 should be fine.
15850
15851If the error messages are not sufficient to track down
15852the problem, the next steps depend largely on which
15853access method you are using.
15854
15855@table @code
15856@cindex :ext:, troubleshooting
15857@item :ext:
15858Try running the rsh program from the command line.  For
15859example: "rsh servername cvs -v" should print @sc{cvs}
15860version information.  If this doesn't work, you need to
15861fix it before you can worry about @sc{cvs} problems.
15862
15863@cindex :server:, troubleshooting
15864@item :server:
15865You don't need a command line rsh program to use this
15866access method, but if you have an rsh program around,
15867it may be useful as a debugging tool.  Follow the
15868directions given for :ext:.
15869
15870@cindex :pserver:, troubleshooting
15871@item :pserver:
15872Errors along the lines of "connection refused" typically indicate
15873that inetd isn't even listening for connections on port 2401
15874whereas errors like "connection reset by peer",
15875"received broken pipe signal", "recv() from server: EOF",
15876or "end of file from server"
15877typically indicate that inetd is listening for
15878connections but is unable to start @sc{cvs} (this is frequently
15879caused by having an incorrect path in @file{inetd.conf}
15880or by firewall software rejecting the connection).
15881"unrecognized auth response" errors are caused by a bad command
15882line in @file{inetd.conf}, typically an invalid option or forgetting
15883to put the @samp{pserver} command at the end of the line.
15884Another less common problem is invisible control characters that
15885your editor "helpfully" added without you noticing.
15886
15887One good debugging tool is to "telnet servername
158882401".  After connecting, send any text (for example
15889"foo" followed by return).  If @sc{cvs} is working
15890correctly, it will respond with
15891
15892@example
15893cvs [pserver aborted]: bad auth protocol start: foo
15894@end example
15895
15896If instead you get:
15897
15898@example
15899Usage: cvs [cvs-options] command [command-options-and-arguments]
15900...
15901@end example
15902
15903@noindent
15904then you're missing the @samp{pserver} command at the end of the
15905line in @file{inetd.conf}; check to make sure that the entire command
15906is on one line and that it's complete.
15907
15908Likewise, if you get something like:
15909
15910@example
15911Unknown command: `pserved'
15912
15913CVS commands are:
15914        add          Add a new file/directory to the repository
15915...
15916@end example
15917
15918@noindent
15919then you've misspelled @samp{pserver} in some way.  If it isn't
15920obvious, check for invisible control characters (particularly
15921carriage returns) in @file{inetd.conf}.
15922
15923If it fails to work at all, then make sure inetd is working
15924right.  Change the invocation in @file{inetd.conf} to run the
15925echo program instead of cvs.  For example:
15926
15927@example
159282401  stream  tcp  nowait  root /bin/echo echo hello
15929@end example
15930
15931After making that change and instructing inetd to
15932re-read its configuration file, "telnet servername
159332401" should show you the text hello and then the
15934server should close the connection.  If this doesn't
15935work, you need to fix it before you can worry about
15936@sc{cvs} problems.
15937
15938On AIX systems, the system will often have its own
15939program trying to use port 2401.  This is AIX's problem
15940in the sense that port 2401 is registered for use with
15941@sc{cvs}.  I hear that there is an AIX patch available
15942to address this problem.
15943
15944Another good debugging tool is the @samp{-d}
15945(debugging) option to inetd.  Consult your system
15946documentation for more information.
15947
15948If you seem to be connecting but get errors like:
15949
15950@example
15951cvs server: cannot open /root/.cvsignore: Permission denied
15952cvs [server aborted]: can't chdir(/root): Permission denied
15953@end example
15954
15955@noindent
15956then you probably haven't specified @samp{-f} in @file{inetd.conf}.
15957(In releases prior to @sc{cvs} 1.11.1, this problem can be caused by
15958your system setting the @code{$HOME} environment variable
15959for programs being run by inetd.  In this case, you can either
15960have inetd run a shell script that unsets @code{$HOME} and then runs
15961@sc{cvs}, or you can use @code{env} to run @sc{cvs} with a pristine
15962environment.)
15963
15964If you can connect successfully for a while but then can't,
15965you've probably hit inetd's rate limit.
15966(If inetd receives too many requests for the same service
15967in a short period of time, it assumes that something is wrong
15968and temporarily disables the service.)
15969Check your inetd documentation to find out how to adjust the
15970rate limit (some versions of inetd have a single rate limit,
15971others allow you to set the limit for each service separately.)
15972@end table
15973
15974@node Other problems
15975@appendixsec Other common problems
15976
15977Here is a list of problems which do not fit into the
15978above categories.  They are in no particular order.
15979
15980@itemize @bullet
15981@item
15982On Windows, if there is a 30 second or so delay when
15983you run a @sc{cvs} command, it may mean that you have
15984your home directory set to @file{C:/}, for example (see
15985@code{HOMEDRIVE} and @code{HOMEPATH} in
15986@ref{Environment variables}).  @sc{cvs} expects the home
15987directory to not end in a slash, for example @file{C:}
15988or @file{C:\cvs}.
15989@c FIXCVS: CVS should at least detect this and print an
15990@c error, presumably.
15991
15992@item
15993If you are running @sc{cvs} 1.9.18 or older, and
15994@code{cvs update} finds a conflict and tries to
15995merge, as described in @ref{Conflicts example}, but
15996doesn't tell you there were conflicts, then you may
15997have an old version of @sc{rcs}.  The easiest solution
15998probably is to upgrade to a current version of
15999@sc{cvs}, which does not rely on external @sc{rcs}
16000programs.
16001@end itemize
16002
16003@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16004@node Credits
16005@appendix Credits
16006
16007@cindex Contributors (manual)
16008@cindex Credits (manual)
16009Roland Pesch, then of Cygnus Support <@t{roland@@wrs.com}>
16010wrote the manual pages which were distributed with
16011@sc{cvs} 1.3.  Much of their text was copied into this
16012manual.  He also read an early draft
16013of this manual and contributed many ideas and
16014corrections.
16015
16016The mailing-list @code{info-cvs} is sometimes
16017informative. I have included information from postings
16018made by the following persons:
16019David G. Grubbs <@t{dgg@@think.com}>.
16020
16021Some text has been extracted from the man pages for
16022@sc{rcs}.
16023
16024The @sc{cvs} @sc{faq} by David G. Grubbs has provided
16025useful material.  The @sc{faq} is no longer maintained,
16026however, and this manual is about the closest thing there
16027is to a successor (with respect to documenting how to
16028use @sc{cvs}, at least).
16029
16030In addition, the following persons have helped by
16031telling me about mistakes I've made:
16032
16033@display
16034Roxanne Brunskill <@t{rbrunski@@datap.ca}>,
16035Kathy Dyer <@t{dyer@@phoenix.ocf.llnl.gov}>,
16036Karl Pingle <@t{pingle@@acuson.com}>,
16037Thomas A Peterson <@t{tap@@src.honeywell.com}>,
16038Inge Wallin <@t{ingwa@@signum.se}>,
16039Dirk Koschuetzki <@t{koschuet@@fmi.uni-passau.de}>
16040and Michael Brown <@t{brown@@wi.extrel.com}>.
16041@end display
16042
16043The list of contributors here is not comprehensive; for a more
16044complete list of who has contributed to this manual see
16045the file @file{doc/ChangeLog} in the @sc{cvs} source
16046distribution.
16047
16048@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16049@node BUGS
16050@appendix Dealing with bugs in CVS or this manual
16051
16052@cindex Bugs in this manual or CVS
16053Neither @sc{cvs} nor this manual is perfect, and they
16054probably never will be.  If you are having trouble
16055using @sc{cvs}, or think you have found a bug, there
16056are a number of things you can do about it.  Note that
16057if the manual is unclear, that can be considered a bug
16058in the manual, so these problems are often worth doing
16059something about as well as problems with @sc{cvs} itself.
16060
16061@cindex Reporting bugs
16062@cindex Bugs, reporting
16063@cindex Errors, reporting
16064@itemize @bullet
16065@item
16066If you want someone to help you and fix bugs that you
16067report, there are companies which will do that for a
16068fee.  One such company is:
16069
16070@cindex Ximbiot
16071@cindex Support, getting CVS support
16072@example
16073Ximbiot
16074319 S. River St.
16075Harrisburg, PA  17104-1657
16076USA
16077Email: info@@ximbiot.com
16078Phone: (717) 579-6168
16079Fax:   (717) 234-3125
16080@url{http://ximbiot.com/}
16081
16082@end example
16083
16084@item
16085If you got @sc{cvs} through a distributor, such as an
16086operating system vendor or a vendor of freeware
16087@sc{cd-rom}s, you may wish to see whether the
16088distributor provides support.  Often, they will provide
16089no support or minimal support, but this may vary from
16090distributor to distributor.
16091
16092@item
16093If you have the skills and time to do so, you may wish
16094to fix the bug yourself.  If you wish to submit your
16095fix for inclusion in future releases of @sc{cvs}, see
16096the file @sc{hacking} in the @sc{cvs} source
16097distribution.  It contains much more information on the
16098process of submitting fixes.
16099
16100@item
16101There may be resources on the net which can help.  A
16102good place to start is:
16103
16104@example
16105@url{http://cvs.nongnu.org/}
16106@end example
16107
16108If you are so inspired, increasing the information
16109available on the net is likely to be appreciated.  For
16110example, before the standard @sc{cvs} distribution
16111worked on Windows 95, there was a web page with some
16112explanation and patches for running @sc{cvs} on Windows
1611395, and various people helped out by mentioning this
16114page on mailing lists or newsgroups when the subject
16115came up.
16116
16117@item
16118It is also possible to report bugs to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.
16119Note that someone may or may not want to do anything
16120with your bug report---if you need a solution consider
16121one of the options mentioned above.  People probably do
16122want to hear about bugs which are particularly severe
16123in consequences and/or easy to fix, however.  You can
16124also increase your odds by being as clear as possible
16125about the exact nature of the bug and any other
16126relevant information.  The way to report bugs is to
16127send email to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  Note
16128that submissions to @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org} may be distributed
16129under the terms of the @sc{gnu} Public License, so if
16130you don't like this, don't submit them.  There is
16131usually no justification for sending mail directly to
16132one of the @sc{cvs} maintainers rather than to
16133@email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}; those maintainers who want to hear
16134about such bug reports read @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  Also note
16135that sending a bug report to other mailing lists or
16136newsgroups is @emph{not} a substitute for sending it to
16137@email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.  It is fine to discuss @sc{cvs} bugs on
16138whatever forum you prefer, but there are not
16139necessarily any maintainers reading bug reports sent
16140anywhere except @email{bug-cvs@@nongnu.org}.
16141@end itemize
16142
16143@cindex Known bugs in this manual or CVS
16144People often ask if there is a list of known bugs or
16145whether a particular bug is a known one.  The file
16146@sc{bugs} in the @sc{cvs} source distribution is one
16147list of known bugs, but it doesn't necessarily try to
16148be comprehensive.  Perhaps there will never be a
16149comprehensive, detailed list of known bugs.
16150
16151@c ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16152@node Index
16153@unnumbered Index
16154@cindex Index
16155
16156@printindex cp
16157
16158@bye
16159
16160Local Variables:
16161fill-column: 55
16162End:
16163